Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on                    , 2012

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM F-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.
AerCap Holdings N.V.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Netherlands
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  7359
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code)
  Not Applicable
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Stationsplein 965
1117 CE Schiphol Airport
The Netherlands
+31 20 655 9655

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Puglisi & Associates
850 Library Avenue, Suite 204
Newark, Delaware 19711
Tel. (302) 738-6680

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent of service)



Copies to:

Paul E. Denaro
Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP
One Chase Manhattan Plaza
New York, New York 10005
(212) 530-5000

 

Erwin den Dikken
Chief Legal Officer
Stationsplein 965
1117 CE Schiphol Airport
The Netherlands
+31 20 655 9655



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

         If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)  o
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)  o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per
Unit(1)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017

  US$300,000,000   100%   US$300,000,000   US$34,380

 

(1)
The notes being registered are offered (i) in exchange for 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 previously sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (ii) upon certain resales of the notes by broker-dealers. The registration fee has been computed based on the face value of the notes solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee, pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.



          The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to these securities is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                    , 2012

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.
AerCap Holdings N.V.

Exchange Offer for
6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017

        This is an offer to exchange any 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 that you now hold for newly issued 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017. This offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on        , 2012, unless we extend the offer. You must tender your old notes by this deadline in order to receive the new notes. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date.

        The exchange of outstanding old notes for new notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. The terms of the new notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the old notes, except that the new notes will be freely tradable and will not benefit from the registration and related rights pursuant to which we are conducting this exchange offer, including an increase in the interest rate related to defaults in our agreement to carry out this exchange offer. All untendered old notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the old notes and in the applicable indenture.

        There is no existing public market for your old notes, and there is currently no public market for the new notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer.

        Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed to make this prospectus available for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement for the exchange offer (or such shorter period during which broker-dealers are required by law to deliver this prospectus) to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."

         See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13 for a description of the business and financial risks associated with the new notes.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2012.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Forward-Looking Statements

    ii  

Prospectus Summary

   
1
 

Risk Factors

   
13
 

Use of Proceeds

   
24
 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

   
25
 

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

   
26
 

The Exchange Offer

   
29
 

Description of the New Notes

   
38
 

Certain Netherlands and U.S. Federal Tax Considerations

   
93
 

Certain ERISA Considerations

   
97
 

Plan of Distribution

   
98
 

Dutch Law Considerations

   
99
 

Incorporation by Reference

   
102
 

Legal Matters

   
102
 

Experts

   
103
 

        In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references to (1) "AerCap" or the "Parent Guarantor" means AerCap Holdings N.V., a public limited liability company ( naamloze vennootschap or N.V.) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, (2) "we," "our" and "us" generally mean AerCap, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, and (3) "AerCap Aviation" or the "Issuer" means AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid or B.V.) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and wholly-owned direct finance subsidiary of AerCap.

        The "old notes" consisting of the 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 which were issued May 22, 2012 and the "new notes" consisting of the 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 offered pursuant to this prospectus are sometimes collectively referred to in this prospectus as the "notes."

        Rather than repeat certain information in this prospectus that we have already included in reports filed with the SEC, we are incorporating this information by reference, which means that we can disclose important business, financial and other information to you by referring to those publicly filed documents that contain the information. The information incorporated by reference is not included in or delivered with this prospectus.

        We will provide without charge to each person to whom a prospectus is delivered, including each beneficial owner of old notes, upon request of such person, a copy of any or all documents that are incorporated into this prospectus by reference, other than exhibits to such documents, unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into the documents that this prospectus incorporates. Requests should be directed to AerCap Holdings N.V., AerCap House, Stationsplein 965, 1117 CE Schipol Airport, The Netherlands, or telephoning us at +31 20 655 9655.

        IN ORDER TO OBTAIN TIMELY DELIVERY, YOU MUST REQUEST THIS INFORMATION NO LATER THAN FIVE BUSINESS DAYS BEFORE YOU MUST MAKE YOUR INVESTMENT DECISION. ACCORDINGLY, YOU MUST REQUEST THIS INFORMATION NO LATER THAN 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME ON                , 2012.

i


Table of Contents


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein may contain "forward looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We have based these forward looking statements largely on our current beliefs and projections about future events and financing trends affecting our business. Many important factors, in addition to those discussed in this prospectus, could cause our actual results to differ substantially from those anticipated in our forward looking statements, including, among other things:

        The words "believe", "may", "aim", "estimate", "continue", "anticipate", "intend", "expect" and similar words are intended to identify forward looking statements. Forward looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities, the effects of future regulation and the effects of competition. Forward looking statements speak only as of the date they were made and we undertake no obligation to update publicly or to revise any forward looking statements because of new information, future events or other factors. In light of the risks and uncertainties described above, the forward looking events and circumstances described in this prospectus might not occur and are not guarantees of future performance.

        The factors described above should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements and the risk factors that are included under "Risk Factors" herein and in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2011 filed with the SEC on March 23, 2012 (the "2011 Form 20-F"). We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

ii


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information and consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.


Our Company

        We are the world's largest independent aircraft leasing company. Aircraft leasing is a high growth sector of the growing aviation industry. We deliver an industry-leading return on assets by acquiring in-demand aircraft at attractive prices, funding them efficiently, hedging interest rate risk conservatively and using our platform to deploy those assets with the objective of delivering superior risk adjusted returns.

        We maintain one of the youngest fleets of fuel-efficient aircraft amongst our competitors. As of March 31, 2012, we owned approximately $8 billion of flight equipment. Our large, diversified and modern aircraft portfolio enables us to generate an industry-leading return on assets through recurring income from leases contracted over the long-term (more than 10 years, on average, for new aircraft). We believe that by applying our expertise through an integrated business model, we are able to identify and execute on a broad range of market opportunities that we expect will continue to generate attractive returns for our investors. We had total revenues of $1.1 billion and $257.9 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $0.9 billion and $226.9 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, respectively.

        We operate our business on a global basis, providing aircraft to customers in every major geographical region. The diversification of our portfolio among customers and geographical regions and the sequencing of our lease maturities enable us to effectively manage potential concentration risk. At March 31, 2012, our largest individual lessee represented 7% of our lease revenues, and our largest individual country exposure represented 10% of our lease revenues.

        As of March 31, 2012, we had the largest portfolio of any independent aircraft leasing company, with 254 owned aircraft, 40 managed aircraft, 53 new aircraft on order (including purchase rights for five Boeing 737 and the remaining 27 Boeing 737 aircraft to be delivered by American Airlines pursuant to the purchase-leaseback entered into in 2011 described elsewhere in this prospectus). All the aircraft we have on order are subject to signed lease agreements or letters of intent. As of March 31, 2012, our owned and managed aircraft were leased to over 100 customers in 50 countries and managed from our offices in the Netherlands, Ireland, the United States, Singapore, China and the United Arab Emirates. The ownership structure of our fleet enabled us to achieve a blended tax rate of 6.7% in 2011.

        We seek to maximize the returns on our investments by managing our financing costs, our aircraft lease rates, time off-lease and maintenance costs, and by carefully timing the sale of our aircraft assets. We have the infrastructure, expertise and resources to execute a large number of diverse aircraft transactions in a variety of market conditions. From January 1, 2007 to March 31, 2012, we executed over 600 aircraft purchases, leases, deliveries or sales. During this period, our weighted average owned aircraft utilization rate was 98.2%.

        Our team of dedicated marketing and asset trading professionals actively manage our portfolio through the acquisition and sale of aircraft. This has resulted in the low average age of our portfolio and an appropriate concentration of widebody and narrowbody aircraft and aircraft types. We purchase new and used aircraft directly from aircraft manufacturers, airlines, financial investors and other aircraft leasing and finance companies, often in large quantities to take advantage of volume discounts. As of

 

1


Table of Contents

March 31, 2012, the weighted average age of our owned portfolio was 5.6 years, and the proportion of our fleet comprising narrowbody aircraft was 73%.


Company Information

        Our principal executive offices are located at AerCap House, Stationsplein 965, 1117 CE Schiphol, the Netherlands, and our general telephone number is +31 20 655-9655. Our website address is www.aercap.com. Information included or referred to on, or otherwise accessible through, our website is not intended to form a part of or be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

        AerCap Aviation, a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid or B.V.), incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, is a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of AerCap with no operations. AerCap Aviation is a special purpose vehicle for the purpose of raising capital and, therefore, depends on the cash flow of its parent, AerCap, to meet its obligations, including its obligation under the new notes.

 

2


Table of Contents


The Exchange Offer

Notes Offered for Exchange

  AerCap Aviation is offering up to US$300 million in aggregate principal amount of its new 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of its old 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 on a one-for-one basis and in satisfaction of our obligations under the registration rights agreement.

 

The new notes have substantially the same terms as the old notes you hold, except that the new notes have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and therefore will be freely tradable and will not benefit from the registration and related rights pursuant to which AerCap Aviation is conducting this exchange offer, including an increase in the interest rate related to defaults in our agreement to carry out this exchange offer.

The Exchange Offer

 

AerCap Aviation is offering to exchange US$1,000 principal amount at maturity of new notes for each US$1,000 principal amount at maturity of your old notes. In order to be exchanged, your old notes must be properly tendered and accepted. All old notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn will be exchanged.

Required Representations

 

By tendering your old notes to AerCap Aviation, you represent that:

 

(i)    any new notes received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

(ii)   you have no arrangement or understanding with anyone to participate in the distribution of the old notes or the new notes within the meaning of the Securities Act;

 

(iii)  you are not an affiliate, within the meaning of Rule 501(b) of Regulation D of the Securities Act, of AerCap Aviation or AerCap;

 

(iv)  you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, the distribution of the new notes; and

 

(v)   if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive new notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes.

 

See "The Exchange Offer—Representations AerCap Aviation Needs From You Before You May Participate in the Exchange Offer" and "Plan of Distribution."

 

3


Table of Contents

Those Excluded from the Exchange
Offer

 

You may not participate in the exchange offer if you are:

 

a holder of old notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offer is not, or your acceptance will not be, legal under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of that jurisdiction; or

 

a holder of old notes who is an affiliate, within the meaning of Rule 501 (b) of Regulation D of the Securities Act, of AerCap Aviation or AerCap.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange
Your Old Notes

 

After the exchange offer is complete, you will no longer be entitled to exchange your old notes for new notes. If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes in the exchange offer, your old notes will continue to have the restrictions on transfer contained in the old notes and in the Indenture dated as of May 22, 2012 among AerCap Aviation, as issuer, AerCap, as parent guarantor, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the "Indenture"). In general, your old notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, unless there is an exemption from, or unless the transaction is not governed by, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We have no current plans to register your old notes under the Securities Act. Under some circumstances, however, holders of the old notes, including holders who are not permitted to participate in the exchange offer or who may not freely sell new notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to file, and to cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement covering resales of the old notes by these holders.

Expiration Date

 

The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on        , 2012, the expiration date, unless AerCap Aviation extends the offer (the "Expiration Date"). AerCap Aviation does not currently intend to extend the expiration date.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

 

The exchange offer has customary conditions that may be waived by us. There is no minimum amount of old notes that must be tendered to complete the exchange offer.

Procedures for Tendering Your Old
Notes

 

If you wish to tender your old notes for exchange in the exchange offer, you or the custodial entity through which you hold your old notes must send to Wilmington Trust, National Association ("Wilmington Trust"), the exchange agent, on or before the Expiration Date of the exchange offer:

 

a properly completed and executed letter of transmittal, which has been provided to you with this prospectus, together with your old notes and any other documentation requested by the letter of transmittal; and

 

4


Table of Contents

 

for holders who hold their positions through The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"):

 

an agent's message from DTC stating that the tendering participant agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal and the terms of the exchange offer;

 

your old notes by timely confirmation of book-entry transfer through DTC; and

 

all other documents required by the letter of transmittal.

 

Holders who hold their positions through Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg must adhere to the procedures described in "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Your Old Notes."

Special Procedures for Beneficial
Owners

 

If you beneficially own old notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your old notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct it to tender on your behalf.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures for
Tendering Old Notes

 

If you wish to tender your old notes and the old notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit your old notes or other required documents to reach Wilmington Trust before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, you may tender your old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."

Withdrawal Rights

 

You may withdraw the tender of your old notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

U.S. Tax Considerations

 

The exchange of old notes for new notes will not constitute a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Rather, the new notes you receive in the exchange offer will be treated as a continuation of your investment in the old notes. For additional information regarding U.S. federal income tax considerations, you should read the discussion under "Certain Netherlands and U.S. Federal Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange."

Use of Proceeds

 

AerCap Aviation will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the new notes in the exchange offer. AerCap Aviation will pay all expenses incidental to the exchange offer.

 

5


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

 

When AerCap Aviation issued the old notes on May 22, 2012, it entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, we agreed to file with the SEC and use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective by February 16, 2013, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange the old notes for the new notes.

 

If AerCap Aviation does not complete the exchange offer by February 16, 2013, the interest rate borne by the old notes will be increased 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days of the registration default period (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such registration default damages continue to accrue, provided that the rate at which such registration default damages accrue may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) until the exchange offer is completed or until the old notes are freely transferable under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. In addition, if the exchange offer registration statement ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of the new notes during periods specified in the registration rights agreement, the interest rate borne by the old notes and the new notes will be increased 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days of the registration default period (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such registration default damages continue to accrue, provided that the rate at which such registration default damages accrue may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) until the registration defects are cured. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this paragraph, no additional interest shall accrue on the notes after May 22, 2014.

Resales

 

Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, AerCap Aviation believes that the new notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as long as:

 

any new notes you receive in the exchange offer will be acquired by you in the ordinary course of your business;

 

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the old notes or the new notes; and

 

you are not an affiliate, as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D of the Securities Act, of AerCap Aviation or AerCap.

 

6


Table of Contents

 

If you are an affiliate of AerCap Aviation or AerCap, are engaged in or intend to engage in or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes:

 

you cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC; and

 

you must comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

 

Each broker or dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities may be a statutory underwriter and must acknowledge that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any offer, resale, or other transfer of the new notes issued in the exchange offer, including information with respect to any selling holder required by the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the new notes and must confirm that it has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with us or any of our affiliates to distribute the new notes.

 

Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of its old notes directly from AerCap Aviation:

 

may not rely on the applicable interpretation of the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in the Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993), Morgan Stanley and Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988) no-action letters and similar no-action letters (collectively, the "Exxon Capital Letters"); and

 

must also be named as a selling noteholder in connection with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act relating to any resale transaction.

 

See "Plan of Distribution" and "The Exchange Offer—Purpose and Effect of Exchange Offer; Registration Rights."

 

7


Table of Contents

Broker-Dealers

 

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any offer, resale or other transfer of such new notes, including information with respect to any selling holder required by the Securities Act in connection with the resale of the new notes and must confirm that it has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with AerCap Aviation or AerCap or any of their affiliates to distribute the new notes. We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."

Exchange Agent

 

Wilmington Trust is serving as the exchange agent. Its address and facsimile number are:

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed
Facsimile: (302) 636-4139

        Please review the information under the heading "The Exchange Offer" for more detailed information concerning the exchange offer.

 

8


Table of Contents


The New Notes

         The summary below describes the principal terms of the new notes to be issued in exchange for the old notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The "Description of the New Notes" section of the prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the new notes.

Issuer

  AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.

Parent Guarantor

 

AerCap Holdings N.V.

New Notes Offered

 

US$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.375% senior unsecured notes due 2017.

 

The terms of the new notes will be identical in all material respects to the terms of the old notes, except that the new notes have been registered and therefore will not contain transfer restrictions and will not contain the provisions for an increase in the interest rate related to defaults in the agreement to carry out this exchange offer.

Denomination

 

$200,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Maturity

 

May 30, 2017.

Interest Payment Dates

 

May 30 and November 30 of each year, commencing November 30, 2012.

Parent Guarantee

 

The obligations under the new notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed (the "Parent Guarantee"), on a senior unsecured basis, by the Parent Guarantor. See "Description of the New Notes—Brief Description of the New Notes" and "Description of the New Notes—Note Guarantees."

 

The new notes and the Parent Guarantee will be structurally subordinated to indebtedness and other liabilities of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries, to the extent of the assets of those subsidiaries.

Future Note Guarantees

 

The new notes will not be guaranteed by any of the subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor on the date the new notes are initially issued. However, the new notes will be required to be guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all of Parent Guarantor's existing and future direct and indirect subsidiaries if any such subsidiary guarantees certain of our indebtedness (such subsidiaries "Future Guarantors"). Thereafter, under certain circumstances, such Future Guarantors may be released from their note guarantees without the consent of the holders of the new notes. See "Description of the New Notes—Note Guarantees."

 

9


Table of Contents

Ranking

 

The new notes and the Parent Guarantee will be Issuer's and the Parent Guarantor's general unsecured senior indebtedness, respectively, and will:

 

rank senior in right of payment to any of the Issuer's and the Parent Guarantor's existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the new notes and the Parent Guarantee;

 

rank equally in right of payment to all of the Issuer's and the Parent Guarantor's existing and future indebtedness and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the new notes and the Parent Guarantee;

 

be effectively junior in right of payment to all of the Issuer's and the Parent Guarantor's existing and future secured indebtedness and other obligations to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and other obligations;

 

be structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries (other than the Issuer); and

 

not be guaranteed by any of Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries or any third party.

 

As of March 31, 2012, the aggregate principal amount of the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries' indebtedness (other than that of the Issuer) was approximately $6.2 billion, including $6.1 billion of secured debt.

Additional Amounts

 

The Issuer, the Parent Guarantor and any Future Guarantor of the new notes will make all payments in respect of the new notes or the guarantees, including principal and interest payments, without deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future taxes or other governmental changes in the Netherlands, the United States or certain other relevant tax jurisdictions, unless it is obligated by law to deduct or withhold such taxes or governmental charges. If the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor or any Future Guarantor is obligated by law to deduct or withhold taxes or governmental charges in respect of the new notes or the guarantees, subject to certain exceptions, the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor or the relevant Future Guarantor, as applicable, will pay to the holders of the new notes additional amounts so that the net amount received by the holders after any deduction or withholding will not be less than the amount the holders would have received if those taxes or governmental charges had not been withheld or deducted.

 

10


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption for Tax Reasons

 

If the Issuer becomes obligated to pay any additional amounts as a result of any change in the law of the Netherlands, the United States or certain other relevant taxing jurisdictions which becomes effective after the date on which the new notes are issued (or, on the date the relevant taxing jurisdiction became applicable, if later), the Issuer may redeem the new notes at its option in whole, but not in part, at any time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the new notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest and additional amounts to the date of redemption.

Optional Redemption

 

The Issuer may redeem the new notes, in whole or in part, at any time at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the new notes plus the applicable "make whole" premium, as described in the "Description of the New Notes—Optional Redemption," plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date.

Change of Control

 

Upon a change of control triggering event, the Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase each holder's new notes at a price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. See "Description of the New Notes—Repurchase at the Option of the Holders—Change of Control Triggering Event."

Certain Covenants

 

The Issuer will issue the new notes under the Indenture. The Indenture contains covenants that will, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of the Parent Guarantor's restricted subsidiaries to:

 

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness and issue disqualified stock or preference shares;

 

sell assets;

 

incur liens;

 

pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;

 

agree to any restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to transfer property or make payments to us;

 

make certain investments;

 

guarantee other indebtedness without guaranteeing the new notes offered hereby;

 

consolidate, amalgamate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

 

enter into transactions with our affiliates.

 

11


Table of Contents

 

These limitations will be subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. See "Description of the New Notes—Certain Covenants." Many of these covenants will cease to apply to the new notes if, on any date following the Closing Date, the new notes are rated investment grade by two of Fitch Ratings Inc., Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and Standard and Poor's Ratings. See "Description of the New Notes—Certain Covenants—Covenant Suspension."

No Prior Market

 

There is currently no established trading market for the new notes. The new notes generally will be freely transferable but will also be new securities for which there will not initially be a market. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the new notes. Although Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, KKR Capital Markets LLC and Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc., the initial purchasers of the old notes, have informed us that they intend to make a market in the new notes, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue market-making at any time without notice. Accordingly, a liquid market for the new notes may not develop or be maintained. The Issuer does not intend to apply for a listing of the new notes on any securities exchange or an automated dealer quotation system.

Use of Proceeds

 

The Issuer will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk Factors

 

You should carefully consider the information set forth herein under "Risk Factors" in deciding whether to purchase the new notes.

 

12


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         In addition to the other information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, including the matters addressed under "Forward-Looking Statements" and the risks described under "Item 3—Risk Factors" in AerCap's 2011 Form 20-F, you should carefully consider the following risks before tendering your old notes in the exchange offer. The risks described below and incorporated by reference, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects, are not the only risks we face. We may experience additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us; or, as a result of developments occurring in the future, conditions that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Relating to the New Notes

Our substantial debt could adversely affect our cash flow and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our existing indebtedness and the new notes.

        As of March 31, 2012, our consolidated indebtedness was $6.2 billion and represented 67% of our total assets as of that date and our interest expense (including the impact of hedging activities) was $292.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our consolidated indebtedness, as adjusted to give effect to the offering of old notes and the use of proceeds therefrom, would have been $6.3 billion as of March 31, 2012. Due to the capital intensive nature of our business and our strategy of expanding our aircraft portfolio, we expect that we will incur additional indebtedness in the future and continue to maintain high levels of indebtedness. If market conditions worsen and precipitate further declines in aircraft and aviation related markets, our operations may not generate sufficient cash to service our debt which will have a material adverse impact on us. Our high level of indebtedness:

        Further, a substantial portion of our debt, including borrowings under certain of our securitizations, term financing facilities, ECA-guaranteed financings, revolving credit facilities, subordinated joint venture agreements, and other commercial bank financings, bear interest at variable rates. The interest expense we incur will vary with changes in the applicable market interest rate. As a result, to the extent we are not sufficiently hedged, changes in interest rates may increase our interest costs and may reduce the spread between the returns on our portfolio investments and the cost of our borrowings.

Despite our substantial debt, the Parent Guarantor or its subsidiaries may still be able to incur significantly more debt, which could exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial debt.

        The Parent Guarantor or its subsidiaries may be able to incur additional debt in the future. The terms of our securitizations, term financing facilities, ECA-guaranteed financings, revolving credit facilities, subordinated joint venture agreements, other commercial bank financings and the Indenture governing the notes will allow us to incur substantial amounts of additional debt, subject to certain limitations. As of March 31, 2012, we also had $319 million of borrowings available under our revolving credit facilities. We regularly consider market conditions and our ability to incur indebtedness to either

13


Table of Contents

refinance existing indebtedness and/or for working capital. If additional debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks we could face would increase.

To service our debt and meet our other cash needs, we will require a significant amount of cash, which may not be available.

        Our ability to make payments on, or repay or refinance, our debt, including the new notes, and to fund planned aircraft purchases and other cash needs will depend largely upon our future operating performance. Our future performance, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. In addition, our ability to borrow funds in the future to make payments on our debt will depend on the satisfaction of the covenants in our securitizations, term financing facilities, ECA-guaranteed financings, revolving credit facilities, subordinated joint venture agreements, and other commercial bank financings, including the Indenture governing the new notes, and other agreements we may enter into in the future. Specifically, we will need to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial condition tests. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available under our term financing facilities or from other sources in an amount sufficient to pay our debt, including the new notes or to satisfy our other liquidity needs.

        If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and aircraft purchases, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance the new notes or our other indebtedness. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of the Indenture governing the new notes and other existing or future debt instruments may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.

The Issuer and the Parent Guarantor are dependent upon dividends from the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries to meet their debt service obligations.

        The Parent Guarantor is a holding company and conducts all of its operations through its subsidiaries. The Issuer is a special purpose vehicle for the purpose of raising capital and, therefore, its ability to meet its debt service obligations, including its obligation under the notes, will be dependent on the cash flow of the Parent Guarantor, which is in turn dependent on receipt of dividends from its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Further, we currently generate significant cash flows from our aircraft leasing business; however, since a significant number of our owned aircraft are held through restricted cash entities (37% of the net book value of our aircraft as of December 31, 2011) including consolidated joint ventures or finance structures which borrow funds to finance or refinance the aircraft, the net cash (the cash generated after we pay the interest costs associated with the aircraft) available from our restricted cash entities is limited. Most of the net cash flow we generated in 2011 and expect to generate in 2012 from our aircraft and engine leasing businesses was, or will be, used to repay indebtedness in our restricted cash entities. The provisions of our aircraft securitization vehicles, ALS I and ALS II and Genesis Funding Limited, prohibit distributions on the subordinated notes issued pursuant to those facilities to us until such time as the senior classes of notes issued pursuant to those facilities are repaid in full. Additionally, our revolving warehouse credit facility with a syndicate of banks led by affiliates of UBS Real Estate Securities Inc., or the "warehouse facility," permits limited distributions to us by the relevant subsidiary borrower during the first two years provided specified principal payments are made. Furthermore, most of our commercial bank loans and export credit facility financings restrict the payment of dividends in the event that the borrower is in default under the applicable loan, which can include the failure to meet financial ratios or tests. As a result,

14


Table of Contents

the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor's liquidity and ability to meet their debt obligations may be impacted by any event of default which restricts the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute cash to the Parent Guarantor as dividends and in the form of other distributions, including in the form of interest and principal payments and the return of subordinated investments. Subject to the restrictions contained in the Indenture, future borrowings by the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries may contain restrictions or prohibitions on the payment of dividends to the Parent Guarantor by its subsidiaries. See "Description of New Notes—Certain Covenants." In addition, applicable state corporate law may limit the ability of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries to pay dividends to it. We cannot assure you that the agreements governing the current and future indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries, applicable laws or state regulation will permit the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries to provide the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor with sufficient dividends, distributions or loans to fund payments of interest, premium, if any, or principal on the new notes when due.

The new notes are not guaranteed by any of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries. As a result, the creditors of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries have a prior claim, ahead of the holders of new notes, on all of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries' assets.

        None of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries will guarantee the new notes offered hereby, and as a result, creditors of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries, other than the Issuer, have a prior claim, ahead of the holders of new notes, on the assets of those subsidiaries. In addition, the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries, other than the Issuer, have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the new notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payments. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of any of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries, holders of indebtedness and trade creditors of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor. Accordingly, there may be insufficient funds to satisfy the claims of the holders of the new notes and other senior debt. As of March 31, 2012, the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries had $6.2 billion of indebtedness outstanding.

The Issuer may be unable to repay or repurchase the new notes at maturity.

        At maturity, the entire outstanding principal amount of the new notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, will become due and payable. The Issuer may not have funds sufficient to fulfill these obligations or the ability to refinance these obligations. If upon the maturity date of the new notes, agreements governing our other indebtedness prohibit the Issuer from repaying the new notes, we could try to obtain waivers of such prohibitions under those agreements, or we could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain the restrictions. In these circumstances, if we were not able to obtain such waivers or refinance these borrowings, the Issuer would be unable to repay the new notes.

The agreements governing our debt, including the new notes and our securitizations, term financing facilities, ECA-guaranteed financings, revolving credit facilities, subordinated joint venture agreements, and other commercial bank financings, contain various covenants that impose restrictions on us that may affect our ability to operate our business and to make payments on the new notes.

        The agreements governing our debt, including our securitizations and term financing facilities impose, and the Indenture governing the new notes will impose, operating and financial restrictions on our activities. These restrictions include compliance with or maintenance of certain financial tests and ratios, including net worth covenants and the maintenance of loan to value and interest coverage ratios, and limit or prohibit our ability to, among other things:

15


Table of Contents

        These restrictions could seriously harm our ability to operate our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, amalgamation, merger and acquisition and other corporate opportunities.

        Various risks, uncertainties and events beyond our control could affect our ability to comply with these covenants and maintain these financial tests and ratios. Failure to comply with any of the covenants in our existing or future financing agreements would result in a default under those agreements and under other agreements containing cross-default provisions. A default would permit debt holders to accelerate the maturity for the debt under these agreements and to foreclose upon any collateral securing the debt and to terminate any commitments to lend. Under these circumstances, we may have insufficient funds or other resources to satisfy all our obligations, including the Issuer's obligations under the new notes and the Parent Guarantor's obligations under the Parent Guarantee. In addition, the limitations imposed by financing agreements on our ability to incur additional debt and to take other actions may significantly impair our ability to obtain other financing.

The repayment of the new notes effectively will be subordinated to substantially all of our existing and future secured debt.

        The new notes and the Parent Guarantee will be unsecured obligations of the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor, respectively. The new notes and the Parent Guarantee, and any other unsecured debt securities issued by the Issuer, will effectively be junior in right of payment to all of the secured indebtedness of the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor. In the event of the Parent Guarantor's bankruptcy, or the bankruptcy of the Issuer, our subsidiaries or special purpose vehicles, holders of any secured indebtedness of ours will have claims that are prior to the claims of any noteholder with respect to the value of the assets securing our other indebtedness. We have pledged all of our aircraft to certain of our creditors and we expect to continue to finance the purchase of additional aircraft with secured indebtedness. As of March 31, 2012, we had $6.2 billion of indebtedness outstanding, of which $6.1 billion was secured.

        If we defaulted on our obligations under any of our secured debt, our secured lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. If any secured indebtedness

16


Table of Contents

were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full that indebtedness or our other indebtedness, including the new notes and the Parent Guarantee. In addition, upon any distribution of assets pursuant to any liquidation, insolvency, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding, the holders of secured indebtedness will be entitled to receive payment in full from the proceeds of the collateral securing such secured indebtedness before the holders of the new notes will be entitled to receive any payment with respect thereto. As a result, the holders of the new notes may recover proportionally less than the holders of secured indebtedness.

Unrestricted subsidiaries generally will not be subject to any of the covenants in the Indenture governing the new notes and we may not be able to rely on the cash flow or assets of those unrestricted subsidiaries to pay our indebtedness.

        Subject to compliance with the restrictive covenants contained in the Indenture governing the new notes, the Issuer will be permitted to designate certain of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. If the Issuer designates a subsidiary as an unrestricted subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture governing the new notes, the creditors of the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries will have a senior claim on the assets of such unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries. Unrestricted subsidiaries will generally not be subject to the covenants under the Indenture governing the new notes. Unrestricted subsidiaries may enter into financing arrangements that limit their ability to make loans or other payments to fund payments in respect of the notes. Accordingly, we may not be able to rely on the cash flow or assets of unrestricted subsidiaries to pay any of our indebtedness, including the new notes.

Your ability to transfer the new notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the new notes.

        There is no established trading market for the new notes and we do not intend to have the new notes listed on a securities exchange. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, KKR Capital Markets LLC and Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc., the initial purchasers of the old notes, have advised us that they presently intend to make a market in the new notes as permitted by applicable laws and regulations; however, the initial purchasers are not obligated to make a market in the new notes, and they may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice. The liquidity of any market for the new notes will depend upon the number of holders of the new notes, our results of operations and financial condition, the market for similar securities, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the new notes and other factors.

        Therefore, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for the notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue. We cannot assure you that the trading market, if any, for the new notes will be free from disruptions that may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your new notes.

If an active trading market for the new notes does develop, changes in our credit ratings or the debt markets could adversely affect the market prices of the new notes.

        If an active trading market for the new notes does develop, the market price for the new notes will depend on many factors, including:

17


Table of Contents

        The condition of the financial markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. Fluctuations could have an adverse effect on the market prices of the new notes.

        Credit rating agencies also continually review their ratings for debt securities of companies that they follow, including us. Negative changes in our ratings, or in our outlook, would likely have an adverse effect on the market prices of the new notes. One of the effects of any credit rating downgrade would be to increase our costs of borrowing in the future.

The Issuer may not be able to repurchase the new notes upon a change of control triggering event.

        Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event, as defined in "Description of the New Notes—Certain Definitions", each holder of new notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder's new notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase. If we experience a change of control triggering event, we cannot assure you that the Issuer would have sufficient financial resources available to satisfy its obligations to repurchase the new notes. The Issuer's failure to repurchase the new notes as required under the Indenture governing the new notes would result in a default under the Indenture, which could result in defaults under the instruments governing our other indebtedness, including the acceleration of the payment of any borrowings thereunder, and have material adverse consequences for us and the holders of the new notes. See "Description of the New Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control Triggering Event."

Holders of the new notes may not be able to determine when a change of control giving rise to their right to have the new notes repurchased has occurred following a sale of "substantially all" of our assets.

        A change of control triggering event, as defined in the Indenture governing the new notes, will require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase all of the outstanding new notes. One of the circumstances under which a change of control, which is a condition to a change of control triggering event, may occur is upon the sale or disposition of "all or substantially all" of the Parent Guarantor and its restricted subsidiaries' assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase "substantially all" under applicable law and the interpretation of that phrase will likely depend upon particular facts and circumstances. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of new notes to require the Issuer to repurchase its new notes as a result of a sale of less than all the Parent Guarantor and its restricted subsidiaries' assets to another person may be uncertain.

We are exploring strategic alternatives that could adversely affect an investment in the new notes if you are unable to or choose not to exercise the option to cause us to repurchase your new notes.

        Our Board of Directors has decided to explore a range of strategic alternatives that include continued execution of our operating strategies in which we actively manage our portfolio through the acquisition and sale of aircraft, in addition to possible further share repurchases, aircraft portfolio sales, or a sale or merger of the company. We may determine not to complete any transaction as a result of such exploration and we may be unsuccessful in implementing any particular strategic alternative. Any such alternatives may also not yield the expected results, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

18


Table of Contents

        The terms of the new notes provide holders of new notes with the option to cause us to repurchase the new notes at 101% of par value plus accrued and unpaid interest upon a change of control triggering event. A change of control triggering event, requires, in part, that the then rating of the new notes be lowered or withdrawn within 60 days after a change of control transaction. In the event that the strategic alternative that is implemented is a sale of the Parent Guarantor, unless the new notes are downgraded, you will not be able to cause the Issuer to repurchase your new notes. If you are unable to cause a repurchase or choose not to cause the Company to repurchase your new notes, the successor company will likely have different operating goals for the Issuer, which could adversely affect the value of the new notes. In addition, in the event of a sale, it is likely that the Parent Guarantor's shares will no longer be listed on the New York Stock Exchange and that the Parent Guarantor will no longer be a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). Although we are required to provide information under the terms of the Indenture, such information may not be as complete as would be available if the Parent Guarantor continued to be a reporting company and you will have no recourse under any of the liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws for material omissions or misstatements in disclosures provided to you at the time we are no longer a reporting company.

Credit ratings on the new notes may not reflect all risks.

        One or more credit rating agencies are expected to assign credit ratings to the new notes. Any such ratings may not reflect the potential impact of all risks related to structure, market, additional factors discussed above or incorporated by reference herein and other factors that may affect the value of the new notes. A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be revised or withdrawn by the rating agency at any time.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the new notes and the Parent Guarantee, subordinate claims in respect of the new notes and require noteholders to return payments received and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the new notes.

        Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the new notes. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the new notes could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if (1) we issued the new notes with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for issuing the new notes and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

        Claims described under subparagraph (1) above are generally described as intentional fraudulent conveyances, while those under subparagraph (2) above are constructive fraudulent conveyances. A court would likely find that we did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the new notes if we did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the new notes. As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. To the extent that the fraudulent conveyance analysis turns on insolvency, as with a constructive fraudulent conveyance, the insolvency determination is an intensely factual one, which is supposed to be conducted based on

19


Table of Contents

current conditions rather than with the benefit of hindsight. Generally an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness, insolvency was present based on one of three alternative tests described above. For purposes of evaluating solvency under the first of these tests, a court would evaluate whether the sum of an entity's debts, including contingent liabilities in light of the probabilities of their incurrence, was greater than the fair saleable value of all its assets.

        If a court were to find that the issuance of the new notes was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the new notes or subordinate the new notes to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours, or require the holders of the new notes to repay any amounts received with respect to such new notes. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the new notes.

The new notes and the Parent Guarantee may be voidable under Dutch fraudulent conveyance rules.

        Dutch law contains specific provisions dealing with fraudulent transfer or conveyance both in and outside of bankruptcy: the so-called actio pauliana provisions. The actio pauliana protects creditors against acts which are prejudicial to them. A legal act performed by a debtor (including, without limitation, an agreement pursuant to which it guarantees the performance of the obligations of a third party and any other legal act having similar effect) can be challenged in or outside bankruptcy of the relevant debtor and may be nullified by the liquidator in bankruptcy ( curator ) of the relevant debtor or by any of the creditors of the relevant debtor outside bankruptcy, if: (i) the debtor performed such acts without a pre-existing legal obligation to do so ( onverplicht ); (ii) the creditor concerned or, in the case of the debtor's bankruptcy, any creditor, was prejudiced as a consequence of the act; and (iii) at the time the act was performed both the debtor and the counterparty to the transaction knew or should have known that one or more of its creditors (existing or future) would be prejudiced, unless the act was entered into for no consideration ( om niet ) in which case such knowledge of the counterparty is not necessary for a successful challenge on grounds of fraudulent transfer or conveyance. For certain types of transactions that are entered into within one year before (a) the declaration of the bankruptcy or (b) the moment the transaction is challenged by a creditor, a debtor is legally presumed to have knowledge of the fact that a legal act will prejudice its creditors (subject to evidence of the contrary). In addition, the liquidator in bankruptcy of a debtor may nullify that debtor's performance of any due and payable obligation if (i) at the time of such performance the payee ( hij die betaling ontving ) knew that a request for bankruptcy of that debtor had been filed, or (ii) the performance of the obligation was the result of a consultation between the debtor and the payee with a view to give preference to the latter over the debtor's other creditors. If a Dutch court finds that the issuance of the new notes or the granting of the Parent Guarantee or any other transaction entered into by the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor at any time in connection with the issuance of the new notes or the granting of the Parent Guarantee involves a fraudulent conveyance that does not qualify for any valid defense under Dutch law, then the issuance of the new notes or the granting of the Parent Guarantee or any such other transaction entered into by the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor at any time in connection with the issuance of the new notes or the granting of the Parent Guarantee will be nullified. As a result of a successful challenge, holders of the new notes may not enjoy the benefit of the new notes or the Parent Guarantee and may only have an unsecured non-preferential claim for repayment of the principal amount of the new notes against the Issuer and the value of any consideration that holders of the new notes received with respect to the new notes or the Parent Guarantee could also be limited. In addition, under such circumstances, holders of the new notes might be held liable for any damages incurred by prejudiced creditors of the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor as a result of the fraudulent conveyance.

20


Table of Contents

Dutch corporate benefit laws may adversely affect the validity and enforceability of the new notes and the Parent Guarantee.

        If a Dutch company, such as the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor, enters into a transaction (such as the granting of a guarantee), the relevant transaction may be nullified by the Dutch company or its liquidator in bankruptcy and, as a consequence, may not be valid, binding and enforceable against it, if that transaction is not in the company's corporate interest and the other party to the transaction knew or should have known this without independent investigation. In determining whether the granting of a guarantee or the giving of security is in the interest of the relevant company, a Dutch court would not only consider the text of the objects clause in the articles of association of the company but all relevant circumstances, including whether the company derives certain commercial benefits from the transaction in respect of which the guarantee was granted and any indirect benefit derived by the relevant Dutch company as a consequence of the interdependence of it with the group of companies to which it belongs and whether or not the subsistence of the relevant Dutch company is put at risk by conducting such transaction. The mere fact that a certain legal act ( rechtshandeling ) is explicitly mentioned in the objects clause in the articles of association of the company, is not conclusive evidence that such legal act is in its corporate interest.

        If the Parent Guarantee or any other guarantee of the new notes were held to be unenforceable it could adversely affect the ability of the holders of new notes to collect any amounts owned to the holders of new notes.

Insolvency laws of the Netherlands may preclude holders of the new notes from recovering payments due on the new notes.

        The Issuer and the Parent Guarantor are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and have their statutory seat ( statutaire zetel ) in the Netherlands, and are likely to have their center of main interests (within the meaning of the EU Insolvency Regulation) in the Netherlands. Consequently, the main insolvency proceedings in respect of the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor would likely be initiated in the Netherlands while secondary proceedings could be initiated in one or more EU jurisdictions (with the exception of Denmark) in which the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor, as the case may be, have an establishment. Dutch insolvency laws may make it difficult or impossible to effect a restructuring which may limit the ability of the holders of the new notes to enforce their rights under the new notes or the Parent Guarantee. For more information, see "Plan of Distribution—Notice to Prospective Investors in the Netherlands."

U.S. investors in the new notes may have difficulties enforcing certain civil liabilities.

        The Parent Guarantor is a public limited liability company ( naamloze vennootschap or N.V.) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and the Issuer is a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid or B.V.) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands. A significant portion of the Issuer's assets and operations are located, and a significant portion of our revenues are derived, outside the United States. In addition, some of the Parent Guarantor's directors are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are or may be located outside the United States. As a result, investors may be unable to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons, or to enforce judgments against them obtained in the United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal and state securities laws. Furthermore, there is no enforcement treaty between the Netherlands and the United States providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a judgment rendered by any federal or state court in the United States in such matters cannot automatically be enforced in the Netherlands. An application will have to be made to the competent Dutch Court in order to obtain a judgment that can be enforced in the Netherlands. For more information, see "Dutch Law Considerations—Enforcement of Civil Liability Judgments under Dutch Law."

21


Table of Contents

As a foreign private issuer, the Parent Guarantor is permitted to file less information with the SEC than a company incorporated in the United States. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning us than there is for companies incorporated in the United States.

        As a foreign private issuer, the Parent Guarantor is exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act, which impose disclosure requirements, as well as procedural requirements, for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. Moreover, the Parent Guarantor is not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, nor is the Parent Guarantor generally required to comply with the SEC's Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material non-public information. Accordingly, there may be less information publicly available concerning us than there is for U.S. public companies.

If the new notes are rated investment grade on by any two of Fitch, Inc., Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and Standard and Poor's Ratings, certain covenants contained in the Indenture will no longer be applicable to the new notes, and the holders of the new notes will lose the protection of these covenants.

        The Indenture contains certain covenants that will no longer be applicable to the new notes if the new notes are rated investment grade by any two of Fitch, Inc., Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and Standard and Poor's Ratings and no default or event of default has occurred. See "Description of the New Notes—Certain Covenants—Covenant Suspension." These covenants restrict, among other things, our ability to pay dividends, incur additional debt and enter into certain types of transactions. Because we would not be subject to these restrictions if the new notes are rated investment grade by the rating agencies, we would be able to make dividends and distributions, incur substantial additional debt and enter into certain types of transactions. During any such suspension period the new notes will lose the protection of these covenants and they will only be reinstated if the new notes are no longer rated investment grade, either as a result of a rating withdrawal or downgrade by one of the two rating agencies or as a result of the Issuer entering into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control Triggering Event that the rating agencies indicate would result in a withdrawal of investment grade rating or a downgrade.

Risks Relating to Participation in the Exchange Offer

If you do not elect to exchange your old notes for new notes, you will hold securities that are not registered and that contain restrictions on transfer.

        The old notes that are not tendered and exchanged will remain restricted securities. If the exchange offer is completed, we will not be required to register any remaining old notes, except in the very limited circumstances described in the registration rights agreement for the old notes. That means that if you wish to offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer your old notes at some future time, they may be offered, sold, pledged or transferred only if an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is available or, outside of the United States, to non-U.S. persons in accordance with the requirements of Regulation S under the Securities Act. Any remaining old notes will continue to bear a legend restricting transfer in the absence of registration or an exemption from registration.

        To the extent that old notes are tendered and accepted in connection with the exchange offer, any trading market for remaining old notes could be adversely affected.

22


Table of Contents

You must comply with the exchange offer procedures in order to receive freely tradeable, new notes.

        Delivery of new notes in exchange for old notes tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of the following:

        Therefore, holders of old notes who would like to tender old notes in exchange for new notes should be sure to allow enough time for the old notes to be delivered on time. We are not required to notify you of defects or irregularities in tenders of old notes for exchange. Old notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but that we do not accept for exchange will, following consummation of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions under the Securities Act and, upon consummation of the exchange offer, certain registration and other rights under the registration rights agreement will terminate. See "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" and "The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange Old Notes."

Some holders who exchange their old notes may be deemed to be underwriters and these holders will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements in connection with any resale transaction.

        If you exchange your old notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

23


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the new notes in this exchange offer. Any old notes that are properly tendered and exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer will be retired and cancelled. We will pay all expenses in connection with the exchange offer.

24


Table of Contents


RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

        For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before income taxes, income of investments accounted for under the equity method and non-controlling interests plus amortization of capitalized interest and fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest). Fixed charges consist of interest incurred (whether expensed or capitalized), amortization of debt expense and that portion of rental expense on operating leases deemed to be the equivalent of interest. The following table sets forth AerCap's ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the periods indicated.


AerCap Holdings N.V. and Subsidiaries

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2011   2012

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

  1.76x   1.56x   2.65x   2.04x   1.77x   2.27x   2.02x

25


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following tables set forth our summary historical consolidated financial and operating data for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated below.

        The summary consolidated statements of income data presented below for 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in our 2011 Form 20-F and incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of income data for 2007 and 2008 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Due to certain reclassifications in our 2011 financial statements as a result of our sale of AeroTurbine, Inc. and the presentation of our sales on a "net gain (loss) on sale of assets" basis, the financial information for 2007 and 2008 can not be reconciled directly to our 2008 financial statements but only to footnote 1 of the financial statements included in the 2011 Form 20-F. The summary consolidated statements of income for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in our quarterly report furnished on Form 6-K on May 8, 2012 (the "Q1 Form 6-K") and incorporated by reference into this prospectus. You should also read our historical financial statements and related notes and the section entitled "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects," in the 2011 Form 20-F, and the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in the Q1 Form 6-K.

26


Table of Contents

 
  Year ended December 31,   Three Months
ended March 31,
 
 
  2007(1)(2)   2008(1)(2)   2009(1)(2)   2010(1)(2)(4)   2011   2011(1)(2)   2012  
 
  (U.S. dollars in thousands, except share amounts)
 

Income Statement Data

                                           

Revenues

                                           

Lease revenue

  $ 495,340   $ 541,455   $ 581,134   $ 902,320   $ 1,050,536   $ 257,242   $ 252,738  

Net gain (loss) on sale of assets

    103,455     77,107     40,243     36,204     9,284     (1,315 )   (219 )

Management fee revenue

    14,343     11,749     12,964     12,975     19,059     5,148     4,530  

Interest revenue

    28,595     18,018     9,459     3,913     2,761     580     622  

Other revenue

    20,079     4,113     3,692     3,866     12,283     2,456     229  
                               

Total revenues

    661,812     652,442     647,492     959,278     1,093,923     264,111     257,900  

Expenses

                                           

Depreciation

    129,294     154,130     194,161     307,706     361,210     90,425     89,028  

Asset impairment

        5,282     18,833     10,905     15,594     7,749      

Interest on debt

    227,765     208,914     86,193     233,985     292,486     58,701     63,967  

Other expenses

    33,941     59,843     68,067     67,829     73,836     14,108     20,999  

Selling, general and administrative expenses(3)

    79,598     85,630     76,628     80,627     120,746     16,834     16,328  
                               

Total expenses

    470,598     513,799     443,882     701,052     863,872     187,817     190,322  
                               

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and income of investments accounted for under the equity method

    191,214     138,643     203,610     258,226     230,051     76,294     67,578  

Provision for income taxes

    (17,080 )   833     (953 )   (22,194 )   (15,460 )   (5,773 )   (5,878 )

Net income of investments accounted for under the equity method

            983     3,713     10,904     2,654     2,737  
                               

Net income from continuing operations

    174,134     139,476     203,640     239,745     225,495     73,175     64,437  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations (AeroTurbine, Inc., including loss on disposal), net of tax

    13,164     1,447     2,731     (3,199 )   (52,745 )   (646 )    

Bargain purchase gain ("Amalgamation gain"), net of transaction expenses

                274              
                               

Net income

  $ 187,298   $ 140,923   $ 206,371   $ 236,820   $ 172,750   $ 72,529   $ 64,437  

Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interest, net of tax

    1,155     10,883     (41,205 )   (29,247 )   (526 )   (440 )   573  

Net income attributable to AerCap Holdings N.V. 

  $ 188,453   $ 151,806   $ 165,166   $ 207,573   $ 172,224   $ 72,089   $ 65,010  
                               

Total earnings per share, basic and diluted

  $ 2.22   $ 1.79   $ 1.94   $ 1.81   $ 1.17   $ 0.48   $ 0.46  

Earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations, basic and diluted

  $ 0.15   $ 0.02   $ 0.03   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.36 )        
                               

Earnings per share from continued operations attributable to AerCap Holdings N.V., basic and diluted

  $ 2.07   $ 1.77   $ 1.91   $ 1.84   $ 1.53   $ 0.48   $ 0.46  

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    85,036,957     85,036,957     85,036,957     114,952,639     146,587,752     149,232,426     139,899,444  

27


Table of Contents


 
  As of December 31,   As of March 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2011   2012  
 
  (U.S. dollars in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data

                                           

Assets

                                           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 241,736   $ 193,563   $ 182,617   $ 404,450   $ 411,081   $ 322,450   $ 424,694  

Restricted cash

    95,072     113,397     140,746     222,464     237,325     210,134     303,652  
                               

Cash and cash equivalents including restricted cash

    336,808     306,960     323,363     626,914     648,406     532,584     728,346  

Flight equipment held for operating leases, net

    3,050,160     3,989,629     5,230,437     8,061,260     7,895,874     8,366,553     7,974,747  

Notes receivable, net of provisions

    184,820     134,067     138,488     15,497     5,200     18,153     4,282  

Prepayments on flight equipment

    247,839     448,945     527,666     199,417     95,619     130,784     102,741  

Other assets

    574,600     531,225     549,547     697,519     462,533     740,981     445,783  
                               

Total assets

  $ 4,394,227   $ 5,410,826   $ 6,769,501   $ 9,600,607   $ 9,107,632   $ 9,789,055   $ 9,255,899  
                               

Debt

    2,892,744     3,790,487     4,846,664     6,566,163     6,111,165     6,731,055     6,176,754  

Other liabilities

    520,328     494,284     509,505     817,047     713,150     765,319     730,679  
                               

Total liabilities

    3,413,072     4,284,771     5,356,169     7,383,210     6,824,315     7,496,374     6,907,433  

AerCap Holdings N.V. shareholders' equity

    950,373     1,109,037     1,258,009     2,211,350     2,277,236     2,286,194     2,342,958  

Non-controlling interest

    30,782     17,018     155,323     6,047     6,081     6,487     5,508  
                               

Total equity

    981,155     1,126,055     1,413,332     2,217,397     2,283,317     2,292,681     2,348,466  
                               

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 4,394,227   $ 5,410,826   $ 6,769,501   $ 9,600,607   $ 9,107,632   $ 9,789,055   $ 9,255,899  
                               

(1)
As a result of the sale of AeroTurbine, Inc. and based on ASC 205-20, which governs financial statements for discontinued operations, the results of AeroTurbine, Inc. have been reclassified to discontinued operations.

(2)
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years' consolidated income statements to reflect the current year presentation. See footnote 1 in the financial statements included in the 2011 Form 20-F incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

(3)
Includes share based compensation of $10.7 million ($9.4 million, net of tax), $6.6 million ($5.8 million, net of tax), $3.0 million ($2.6 million, net of tax), $2.9 million ($2.5 million, net of tax) and $6.2 million ($5.4 million, net of tax) in the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 respectively.

(4)
Includes the results of Genesis Lease Limited for the period from March 25, 2010 (date of acquisition) to December 31, 2010.

28


Table of Contents


THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of Exchange Offer; Registration Rights

        We sold the old notes to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, KKR Capital Markets LLC and Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc. as initial purchasers in a private offering on May 22, 2012 pursuant to a purchase agreement. These initial purchasers subsequently sold the old notes to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A under the Securities Act. As a condition to the sale of the old notes to the initial purchasers, we entered into a registration rights agreement with those initial purchasers on May 22, 2012.

        The registration rights agreement requires us to file a registration statement under the Securities Act offering to exchange your old notes for new notes. Accordingly, we are offering you the opportunity to exchange your old notes for the same principal amount of new notes. The new notes will be registered and issued without a restrictive legend. The registration rights agreement also requires us to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC and to complete the exchange offer by February 16, 2013. In the event that we are unable to satisfy these requirements, holders of the old notes would be entitled to additional interest on the old notes at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days of the registration default period (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such registration default damages continue to accrue, provided that the rate at which such registration default damages accrue may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) until the exchange offer is completed or the old notes are freely transferable under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. In addition, if the exchange offer registration statement ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of the new notes during periods specified in the registration rights agreement, the interest rate borne by the old notes and the new notes will be increased 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days of the registration default period (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such registration default damages continue to accrue, provided that the rate at which such registration default damages accrue may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) until the registration defects are cured. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this paragraph, no additional interest shall accrue on the notes after May 22, 2014.

        Under some circumstances set forth in the registration rights agreement, holders of old notes, including holders who are not permitted to participate in the exchange offer or who may not freely sell new notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to file and cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement covering resales of the old notes by these holders. If such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of the new notes during periods specified in the registration rights agreement, the interest rate borne by the old notes and the new notes will be increased 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days of the registration default period (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such registration default damages continue to accrue, provided that the rate at which such registration default damages accrue may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) until the registration defects are cured, provided that no additional interest shall accrue on the notes after May 22, 2014.

        A copy of the registration rights agreement is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. You are strongly encouraged to read the entire text of the agreement, as it, and not this description defines your rights. Except as discussed below, we will have no further obligation to register your old notes upon the completion of the exchange offer.

29


Table of Contents

        We believe that the new notes issued to you in this exchange offer may be offered for resale, sold and otherwise transferred by you, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, only if you are able to make these four representations:

        Our belief is based upon existing interpretations by the SEC's staff contained in several "no-action" letters to third parties unrelated to us. If you tender your old notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of new notes, you cannot rely on these interpretations by the SEC's staff and you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

        The SEC considers broker-dealers that acquired old notes directly from us, but not as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, to be making a distribution of the new notes if they participate in the exchange offer. Consequently, these broker-dealers cannot use this prospectus for the exchange offer in connection with a resale of the new notes and, absent an exemption, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a resale of the new notes. These broker-dealers cannot rely on the position of the SEC's staff set forth in the Exxon Capital Letters.

        A broker-dealer that has bought old notes for market-making or other trading activities must deliver a prospectus in order to resell any new notes it receives for its own account in the exchange offer. The SEC has taken the position that such broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the new notes by delivering the prospectus contained in the registration statement for the exchange offer. Accordingly, this prospectus may be used by such a broker-dealer to resell any of its new notes. We have agreed in the registration rights agreement to send a prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests copies in the notice and questionnaire included in the letter of transmittal accompanying the prospectus for a period of up to 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for the exchange offer (or such shorter period during which broker-dealers are required by law to deliver this prospectus). Unless you are required to do so because you are such a broker-dealer, you may not use this prospectus for an offer to resell, resale or other retransfer of new notes.

        We are not making this exchange offer to, nor will we accept tenders for exchange from, holders of old notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offer or the acceptance of it would not be in compliance with the securities or blue sky laws of that jurisdiction.

        You may suffer adverse consequences if you fail to exchange your old notes. Following the completion of the exchange offer, except as set forth below and in the registration rights agreement, you will not have any further registration rights and your old notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, if you do not participate in the exchange offer, your ability to sell your old notes could be adversely affected.

        Under the registration rights agreement, we are required to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC to cover resales of the old notes or the new notes by holders if (i) any change of law or applicable SEC interpretations thereof result in any holder other than Restricted Holders (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) not receiving freely tradeable new notes in the exchange offer, (ii) the exchange offer is not consummated on or before February 16, 2013, (iii) any initial purchaser so

30


Table of Contents

requests with respect to old notes not eligible to be exchanged for new notes in the exchange offer, (iv) any holder (other than the initial purchaser) notifies us prior to the 20 th  business day following the completion of the exchange offer that (A) it is prohibited by applicable law or SEC policy from participating in the exchange offer, (B) it may not resell the new notes acquired by it in the exchange offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the registration statement for the exchange offer is not appropriate or available for such resales, or (C) it is a broker-dealer and owns notes acquired directly from us or from an affiliate of ours or, (v) in the case of any initial purchaser that participates in the exchange offer or otherwise acquires new notes under the registration rights agreement, such initial purchaser does not receive freely tradeable new notes on the date of exchange.

        If we are obligated to file a shelf registration statement, we will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such shelf registration statement effective for up to two years after it is declared effective.

Representations We Need From You Before You May Participate in the Exchange Offer

        We need representations from you before you can participate in the exchange offer.

        These representations are that:

Terms of the Exchange Offer

        We will accept any validly tendered old notes that are not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of new notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of your old notes tendered. Holders may tender some or all of their old notes in the exchange offer.

        The form and terms of the new notes will be substantially the same as the form and terms of your old notes except that:

        This prospectus and the documents you received with this prospectus are being sent to you and to others believed to have beneficial interests in the old notes. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

31


Table of Contents

        We will have accepted your validly tendered old notes when we have given written notice to Wilmington Trust. Wilmington Trust will act as agent for the purpose of receiving the old notes. If any tendered old notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events or otherwise, certificates sent to Wilmington Trust will be returned, without expense, as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date to you, unless you request in the letter of transmittal that the old notes be sent to someone else.

        You will not be required to pay brokerage commissions, fees or transfer taxes in the exchange of your old notes. We will pay all charges and expenses in connection with the exchange offer except for any taxes you may incur in effecting the transfer of your old notes or new notes to some other person, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

        The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on        , 2012, unless we extend the exchange offer, in which case the exchange offer shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the last day of the extension. We do not currently intend to extend the Expiration Date. In any event, the exchange offer will be held open for at least 20 business days. In order to extend the exchange offer, we will issue a notice by press release or other public announcement.

        We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

        If we delay, extend, terminate or amend the exchange offer, we will give notice to the exchange agent and issue a press release or other public announcement.

Procedures for Tendering Your Old Notes

        Except in limited circumstances, only a DTC participant listed on a DTC securities position listing with respect to the old notes may tender old notes in the exchange offer. Except as stated below under "—Book-Entry Transfer," to tender in the exchange offer:

32


Table of Contents

        If you intend to use the guaranteed delivery procedures, you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

        None of AerCap Aviation, AerCap or the exchange agent will be responsible for the communication of tenders by holders to the accountholders in DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg through which they hold old notes or by such accountholders to the exchange agent, DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg.

        Holders will not be responsible for the payment of any fees or commissions to the exchange agent for the old notes.

        In no event should a holder submitting a tender for exchange send a letter of transmittal or old notes to any agent of AerCap Aviation or AerCap other than the exchange agent, or to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg.

        Holders may contact the exchange agent for assistance in filling out and delivering letters of transmittal and for additional copies of the exchange offer materials.

        To be tendered effectively, a letter of transmittal or, as described below under "—Book-Entry Transfer," an "agent's message" and other required documents must be received by Wilmington Trust at its address set forth under "—Exchange Agent" below prior to the Expiration Date.

        If you do not withdraw your tender before the Expiration Date, your tender will constitute an agreement between you and us in accordance with the terms and conditions in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

        The method of delivery of your old notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to be delivered to Wilmington Trust is at your election and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that you use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to ensure delivery to Wilmington Trust before the Expiration Date. No letter of transmittal or old notes should be sent to us. You may request your brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect these transactions on your behalf.

Procedure if the Old Notes Are Not Registered in Your Name

        If your old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your old notes, then you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on behalf of a registered owner, you must, prior to completing and executing a letter of transmittal and delivering the registered owner's old notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your name or obtain a properly completed power of attorney or other proper endorsement from the registered holder. We strongly urge you to act immediately since the transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

Signature Requirements and Signature Guarantees

        Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act, referred to as an "eligible institution," that is a member of specified signature guarantee programs. Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal will not be required to be guaranteed if the old notes are tendered:

33


Table of Contents

        If a letter of transmittal or any notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing. Evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted with such letter of transmittal unless waived by us.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

        All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered old notes will be determined by us, in our sole discretion, and our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all old notes not properly tendered or any old notes the acceptance of which would be unlawful in the opinion of us or our counsel. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular old notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in a letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of old notes must be cured within such time as we shall determine, unless waived by us. Although we intend to notify you of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of old notes, neither we, Wilmington Trust nor any other person shall be under any duty to give such notification or shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of old notes will not be deemed to have been made until all such defects and irregularities have been cured or waived. Any old notes received by Wilmington Trust that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by Wilmington Trust as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date to you, unless you request in the letter of transmittal that the old notes be sent to someone else.

        In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any old notes that remain outstanding after the Expiration Date and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to purchase old notes in the open market in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the terms of this exchange offer.

        Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange new notes for, any old notes, and we may terminate the exchange offer, if:

        The conditions listed above are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us at any time, regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any of these conditions, or may be waived by us in whole or in part at any time in our sole discretion. The failure by us to exercise any of our rights shall not be a waiver of our rights. We are required to use reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order at the earliest possible time.

        In all cases, the issuance of new notes for tendered old notes that are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of:

34


Table of Contents

        If we do not accept your tendered old notes or if you submit old notes for a greater aggregate principal amount than you desire to exchange, then the unaccepted or unexchanged old notes will be returned without expense to you or, in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described below, such non-exchanged old notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC, as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Book-Entry Transfer

        We understand that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of this prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the old notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's system may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, to transfer such old notes into the exchange agent's DTC account in accordance with DTC's electronic Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for such transfer. The exchange of new notes for tendered old notes will only be made after timely:

        The confirmation, letter of transmittal or Agent's Message and any other required documents must be received at the exchange agent's address listed below under "—Exchange Agent" on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the exchange offer or, if the guaranteed delivery procedures described below are complied with, within the time period provided under those procedures.

        As indicated above, delivery of documents to any of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg in accordance with its procedures does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

        The term "Agent's Message" means a message, transmitted by DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming part of the confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in DTC tendering old notes stating:

        Delivery of an Agent's Message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC participant that the representations contained in the letter of transmittal are true and correct.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

        If you wish to tender your old notes and the old notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit your old notes or other required documents to reach Wilmington Trust before the

35


Table of Contents

Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if:

Withdrawal Rights

        You may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

        For a withdrawal of tendered old notes to be effective, a written, or for a DTC participant electronic, notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent, at its address set forth in the next section of this prospectus entitled "—Exchange Agent," prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

        Any such notice of withdrawal must:

        All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of such notices will be determined by us, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes withdrawn will be considered not to have been validly tendered for exchange for the purposes of the exchange offer. Any old notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to you without cost as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer relating to such old notes. Properly withdrawn old notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above in "—Procedures for Tendering Your Old Notes" at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date.

36


Table of Contents

Exchange Agent

        All executed letters of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent. We have appointed Wilmington Trust as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. Questions, requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the prospectus or letter of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent at its offices at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890-1626. The exchange agent's facsimile number is (302) 636-4139.

Fees and Expenses

        We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer, other than to the exchange agent. The principal solicitation is being made by mail. However, additional solicitations may be made in person or by telephone by our officers and employees.

        The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer will be paid by us and are estimated in the aggregate to be approximately $                , which includes the SEC registration fee, fees and expenses of Wilmington Trust, as exchange agent, and accounting, legal, printing and related fees and expenses.

Transfer Taxes

        If you tender old notes for exchange, you will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes unless you instruct us to register your new notes in a different name or if a transfer tax is imposed for a reason other than the exchange of notes pursuant to this exchange offer. If you request that your old notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to a different person, you will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax.

Consequences of Failure to Properly Tender Old Notes in the Exchange

        We will issue new notes in exchange for old notes under the exchange offer only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of the old notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal or Agent's Message and all other required documents. Therefore, holders of the old notes desiring to tender old notes in exchange for new notes should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities of tenders of old notes for exchange. Upon completion of the exchange offer, specified rights under the registration rights agreement, including registration rights and any right to additional interest, will be either limited or eliminated.

        Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary. In the event the exchange offer is completed, we will not be required to register the remaining old notes, except in the limited circumstances described under "—Purpose and Effect of Exchange Offer; Registration Rights." Old notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted by us will, following completion of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to the following restrictions on transfer:

    holders may resell old notes only if an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is available or, outside of the United States, to non-U.S. persons in accordance with the requirements of Regulation S under the Securities Act; and

    the remaining old notes will bear a legend restricting transfer in the absence of registration or an exemption from registration.

        To the extent that old notes are tendered and accepted in connection with the exchange offer, any trading market for remaining old notes could be adversely affected.

37


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES

General

        The form and terms of the new notes and the old notes are identical in all material respects, except that transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to the old notes do not apply to the new notes. The new notes will be issued under the Indenture.

        AerCap Aviation issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the old notes on May 22, 2012 pursuant to the Indenture. The Indenture is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the " Trust Indenture Act ," or " TIA "). The terms of the new notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of the new notes and the Indenture. The following summary does not purport to be a complete description of the new notes or such agreements and is subject to the detailed provisions of, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Indenture. You can find definitions of certain terms used in this description under the heading "—Certain Definitions." For purposes of this summary, the term "Parent Guarantor" refers only to AerCap Holdings N.V., and not to any of its Subsidiaries and the term "Issuer" refers only to AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. and not to any of its Subsidiaries.

Brief Description of the New Notes

        The new notes will be:

        Without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, the guarantee of the new notes by the Parent Guarantor will be effectively subordinated to secured Indebtedness and other obligations of the Parent Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness and other obligations. In the event of the Parent Guarantor's bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up, the Parent Guarantor's assets that secure such secured Indebtedness and other obligations will be available to pay obligations on the new notes only after all Indebtedness under such secured Indebtedness and other obligations have been repaid in full from such assets.

        On the closing date for the exchange offer, the new notes will not be guaranteed by any subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor. The new notes will be structurally subordinated to all liabilities and obligations of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries. Claims of creditors of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries, including trade creditors, secured creditors and creditors holding debt and guarantees issued by those subsidiaries, and claims of preferred shareholders (if any) of those subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of those subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor, including Holders of the new notes.

        On the Closing Date, all of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries will be "Restricted Subsidiaries," except for AerCo Limited. AerCo Limited is an aircraft securitization vehicle which we do not consolidate in our consolidated financials statements and to which investment we have not assigned any value on our balance sheet because we do not expect to receive any proceeds from our interest. Under the circumstances described below under the subheading "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on

38


Table of Contents

Restricted Payments," the Parent Guarantor will be permitted to designate other of the Parent Guarantor Subsidiaries as "Unrestricted Subsidiaries." The Parent Guarantor's Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture.

Note Guarantees

        The obligations of the Issuer pursuant to the new notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed (a "Note Guarantee"), jointly and severally, by (i) the Parent Guarantor, and (ii) each future Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor under the conditions set out below. The new notes will not be guaranteed initially by any of the Parent Guarantor's subsidiaries or any third party.

        The Note Guarantees will be:

        From and after the Closing Date, the Parent Guarantor will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary or a Guarantor), directly or indirectly, to guarantee any Capital Markets Debt or unsecured Credit Facility (other than Standard Securitization Undertakings in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing) of the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor or any other Guarantor unless, such Restricted Subsidiary:

        Thereafter, such Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of the Indenture until such Note Guarantee is released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. In the event of a sale or other transfer or disposition of all of the Capital Stock in any subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor who is a Guarantor to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer in compliance with the terms of the Indenture, or in the event all or substantially all the assets or Capital Stock of a subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor who is a Guarantor are sold or otherwise transferred, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer in compliance with the terms of the Indenture, then, without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, such Guarantor (or the Person concurrently acquiring such assets of such Guarantor) shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally cancelled, released and discharged of any obligations under its Note Guarantee, as evidenced by a written instrument or confirmation executed by the Trustee, upon request; provided, however that the Issuer delivers an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee certifying that the net cash proceeds of such sale or other disposition will be applied in accordance with the "Asset Sales" covenant and, if evidence of such cancellation, discharge or release is requested to be executed

39


Table of Contents

by the Trustee, an Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel. In addition, the Note Guarantee of a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor who is a Guarantor will be released:

The Parent Guarantor may cause any other Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor to issue a Note Guarantee and become a Guarantor.

        Each Note Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Note Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

        The new notes will mature on May 30, 2017. The Issuer may issue additional notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture (" Additional Notes "). Any offering of Additional Notes is subject to the covenants described below under the caption "Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock." The new notes offered hereby and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to "new notes" for all purposes of the Indenture and this "Description of the New Notes" include any Additional Notes that are actually issued. The new notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $200,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

        Interest on the new notes will accrue at the rate of 6.375% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 30 and November 30, commencing on November 30, 2012, to Holders of record on the immediately preceding May 15 and November 15. Interest on the new notes will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the old note surrendered in exchange for the new note or, if no interest has been paid on such old note, from May 22, 2012. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Payment of Additional Amounts

        Under current law in the Netherlands, no withholding tax will be imposed upon payments on the new notes or the Note Guarantees, if any. All payments made under or with respect to the new notes or any Note Guarantee by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any successor to any of them (each such person, a " Payor ") will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction on for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments or other government charges and any interest, penalties or other liabilities with respect thereto (" Taxes "), unless the withholding or

40


Table of Contents

deduction of such Taxes is required by law. If any withholding or deduction for or on account of Taxes is required by applicable law, the applicable Payor will pay to Holders of the new notes such additional amounts (" Additional Amounts ") as may be necessary so that every net payment of interest (including any premium paid upon redemption of the new notes and any discount deemed interest under Netherlands law), principal or other amount on that new note or the Note Guarantee will not be less than the amount such Holders would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted.

        Net payment shall mean the amount that any Holder receives from any Payor or our Paying Agent after deduction or withholding of any amount for or on account of any Taxes imposed with respect to that payment (including any withholding or deduction attributable to Additional Amounts) by the Netherlands or any jurisdiction where any Payor is incorporated, resident or engaged in business for tax purposes or from or through which any payment in respect of the notes or any Note Guarantee is made, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (each, a " Relevant Tax Jurisdiction ").

        The Issuer (and Guarantors) will also indemnify and reimburse Holders for:

        This obligation to pay Additional Amounts is subject to several important exceptions, however. The Issuer (or a Guarantor) will not pay Additional Amounts to any Holder for or on account of any of the following:

41


Table of Contents

        The Payor will (i) make any such withholding or deduction required by applicable law and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law. The Payor will make reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Tax Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes. The Payor will provide to the Trustee, within a reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld are due pursuant to applicable law, either a certified copy of tax receipts evidencing such payment, or, if such tax receipts are not reasonably available to the Payor, such other documentation that provides reasonable evidence of such payment by the Payor.

        The tax gross-up and indemnity obligations described above will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person to any Payor and to any jurisdiction in which such successor is organized or is otherwise resident or doing business for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by such successor or its respective agents. Whenever the Indenture or this "Description of the New Notes" refers to, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any note or any guarantee, such reference includes the payment of Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as described hereunder, if applicable.

Payments

        Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the new notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the new notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to new notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer's office or agency will be the office of the trustee maintained for such purpose.

Ranking

        The Indebtedness evidenced by the new notes will be senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, and will rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of the Issuer. The Indebtedness evidenced by the new notes will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer.

42


Table of Contents

        As of March 31, 2012, on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to the old notes offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries would have had $6.3 billion aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding, none of which was Subordinated Indebtedness. All of the operations of the Parent Guarantor are conducted through its Subsidiaries. Claims of creditors on such Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred shareholders (if any) of such Subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the Parent Guarantor, including the Holders of the new notes. The Note Guarantees, therefore, will be structurally subordinated to holders of Indebtedness and other creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred shareholders (if any) of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor.

        Although the Indenture will limit the incurrence of Indebtedness by certain of the Parent Guarantor's Subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of significant qualifications. See "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock."

Mandatory Redemption

        The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the new notes, but the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase the new notes as set forth below under "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders."

Optional Redemption

        Except as described below, the new notes are not redeemable at the Issuer's option. At any time the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the new notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of new notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

        The Trustee shall select the new notes to be redeemed in the manner described under "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice."

        In addition to the Issuer's right to redeem new notes as set forth above, the Issuer may at any time and from time to time purchase new notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

Redemption for Taxation Reasons

        The Issuer will be entitled, at its option, to redeem the notes in whole if at any time it becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts on the notes on the next interest payment date with respect to the notes, but only if its obligation results from a change in, or an amendment to, the laws or treaties (including any regulations or official rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction (or a political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), or from a change in any official position regarding the interpretation, administration or application of those laws, treaties, regulations or official rulings (including a change resulting from a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), that becomes effective and is announced after the Closing Date (or, if the applicable Relevant Tax Jurisdiction became a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Closing Date, such later date) and provided the Issuer cannot avoid the obligation after taking reasonable measures to do so. If the Issuer redeems the new notes in these circumstances, it will do so at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the new notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and any other amounts due to the redemption date.

43


Table of Contents

        If the Issuer becomes entitled to redeem the notes in these circumstances, it may do so at any time on a redemption date of its choice. However, the Issuer must give the Holders of the notes being redeemed notice of the redemption not less than 30 days or more than 60 days before the redemption date and not more than 90 days before the next date on which it would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts. In addition, the Issuer's obligation to pay Additional Amounts must remain in effect when it gives the notice of redemption. Notice of the Issuer's intent to redeem the notes shall not be effective until such time as it delivers to the Trustee both an Officers' Certificate stating that the obligation to pay Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures and an opinion of independent legal counsel or an independent auditor stating that the Issuer is obligated to pay Additional Amounts because of an amendment to or change in law, treaties or position as described in the preceding paragraph.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

        If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the new notes pursuant to the offer described below (the " Change of Control Offer ") at a price in cash (the " Change of Control Payment ") equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of new notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

44


Table of Contents

        While the new notes are in global form and the Issuer makes an offer to purchase all of the notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the new notes through the facilities of DTC, subject to DTC's rules and regulations.

        We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all new notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described under the caption "—Optional Redemption," unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, conditional upon such Change of Control.

        New notes repurchased by us pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of new notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and canceled at the option of the Issuer. New notes purchased by a third party pursuant to the preceding paragraph will have the status of new notes issued and outstanding.

        The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Section 14(e) under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the new notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

        On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,

        The paying agent will promptly mail to each Holder of the notes the Change of Control Payment for such notes, and the Trustee, upon the Issuer's order, will promptly authenticate and mail to each Holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new note will be in a principal amount of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

        The Change of Control Triggering Event purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the initial purchasers of the new notes and us. We have no present intention to engage in a transaction that would trigger a Change of Control Offer, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event under the Indenture, but that could cause a change in effective control of the Parent Guarantor, increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or

45


Table of Contents

otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under "Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" and "Certain Covenants—Liens." Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the new notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the new notes protection in a highly levered transaction.

        The definition of "Change of Control" includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer to certain Persons. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Issuer. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of new notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the new notes as described above. In a recent decision, the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware raised the possibility that a change of control occurring as a result of a failure to have "continuing directors" comprising a majority of a board of directors may be unenforceable on public policy grounds.

        The existence of a Holder's right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Holder's new notes upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event may deter a third party from seeking to acquire the Issuer in a transaction that would constitute a Change of Control.

        The provisions under the Indenture relative to our obligation to make an offer to repurchase the new notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the new notes.

        Notice of redemption or repurchase, at the Issuer's option and discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of such Change of Control, as the case may be.

        The Indenture will provide that the Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale unless:

        Within 365 days after the Parent Guarantor's or a Restricted Subsidiary's receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale covered by this clause (a), the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:

46


Table of Contents

        Any Net Proceeds that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute " Excess Proceeds ." In the case of clause (2) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment; provided that (x) such investment is consummated within 635 days after receipt by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, and (y) if such investment is not consummated within the period set forth in subclause (x), the Net Proceeds not so applied will be deemed to be Excess Proceeds. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of the new notes, and, if required by the terms of any senior Indebtedness, to the holders of such senior Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum principal amount of new notes and such other senior Indebtedness, that are $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within 30 days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of new notes and such senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of new notes or the senior Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the new notes and such senior Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the new notes or such senior Indebtedness tendered, subject to adjustments by the Issuer so that no new notes or such other senior Indebtedness are left outstanding in unauthorized denominations. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. After the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary has applied the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale as provided in, and within the time periods required by, this paragraph (a), the balance of such Net Proceeds, if any, from such Asset Sale may be used by the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary for any purpose not prohibited by the terms of the Indenture.

47


Table of Contents

        For purposes of this covenant, the following are deemed to be cash or Cash Equivalents:

        The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the new notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

        If less than all of the new notes are to be redeemed or repurchased at any time, selection of such notes for redemption or repurchase, will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis or by lot or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC; provided that no new notes of $200,000 or less shall be purchased or redeemed in part.

        Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of new notes to be purchased or redeemed at such Holder's registered address. If any new note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed. In the case of any book-entry notes, notices of purchase or redemption will be given to DTC in accordance with its applicable procedures.

        A new note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original note. On and after the purchase or redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the purchase or redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on notes or portions thereof purchased or called for redemption.

48


Table of Contents

Certain Covenants

        Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture.

        If on any date following the Closing Date (i) the new notes have Investment Grade Ratings from two Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a " Covenant Suspension Event "), the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following covenants (collectively, the " Suspended Covenants "):

        In the event that the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the " Reversion Date ") one of the Rating Agencies (a) withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the new notes below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (b) the Issuer or any of its Affiliates enters into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control Triggering Event and one of the Rating Agencies indicates that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the new notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture with respect to future events, including, without limitation, a proposed transaction described in clause (b) above.

        The period of time between the date of the Covenant Suspension Event and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the " Suspension Period ." Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset at zero. During the Suspension Period no additional subsidiary may be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such designation would have been permitted if the covenant described under the caption "Limitation on Restricted Payments" had been in effect at all times during the Suspension Period. In the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under the Indentures with respect to new notes; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after any such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though the covenant described under the caption "—Limitation on Restricted Payments" had been in effect prior to, but not during the Suspension Period, and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (c) of the second paragraph of "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock."

49


Table of Contents

        The Issuer will give notice to the Trustee and the Holders within 30 days of the date of any Covenant Suspension Event and/or any Reversion Date.

        There can be no assurance that the new notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

        The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as " Restricted Payments "), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

50


Table of Contents

51


Table of Contents

        The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

52


Table of Contents

53


Table of Contents

provided however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (9) and (14), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

        As of the time of issuance of the new notes, all of the Parent Guarantor's Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. Parent Guarantor will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary." For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of "Investment." Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clause (6), (8) or (9) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of "Permitted Investments," and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

        The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, (collectively, "incur" and collectively, an " incurrence ") with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Parent Guarantor will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided , however , that the Parent Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

54


Table of Contents

        The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

55


Table of Contents

56


Table of Contents

57


Table of Contents

        For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock described in clauses (a) through (u) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Parent Guarantor, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant and the Parent Guarantor may divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this covenant.

        For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

58


Table of Contents

        The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

        The Indenture will provide that neither the Parent Guarantor nor the Issuer will, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the new notes or the Guarantee of the Parent Guarantor to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor.

        The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

        The Parent Guarantor will not create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor, the Issuer or any Guarantor (the " Initial Lien ") of any kind upon any of its property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, except any Initial Lien if (i) the new notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Indebtedness) the obligations secured by such Initial Lien or (ii) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien.

        Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the notes pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.

        Neither the Issuer nor the Parent Guarantor may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

59


Table of Contents

        The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, under the Indenture, the new notes and the Note Guarantee of the Parent Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

        The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor (each of the foregoing, an " Affiliate Transaction ") involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

        The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

60


Table of Contents

61


Table of Contents

        The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

        However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

62


Table of Contents

Reports and Other Information

        Notwithstanding that the Parent Guarantor may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture will require the Parent Guarantor to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the notes (without exhibits), without cost to each Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC),

provided that the Parent Guarantor shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer will make available such information to

63


Table of Contents

prospective purchasers of new notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the new notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Parent Guarantor would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Events of Default and Remedies

        The following events constitute " Events of Default " under the Indenture:

64


Table of Contents

        If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes issued under the Indenture, by notice to the Issuer (with a copy to the Trustee), may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding notes issued under the Indenture to be due and payable immediately.

        Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes issued under the Indenture may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Indenture will provide that the Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the notes.

        The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes issued thereunder by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of such notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any such note held by a non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of the acceleration of the notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

        The Indenture will provide that the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required, within five Business Days, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default or any default under any document, instrument or agreement representing Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

65


Table of Contents

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders

        No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor under the new notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the new notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

        The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the notes issued under the Indenture (" Legal Defeasance ") and all obligations of any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor that is a Gurantor discharged with respect to its Guarantee and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

        In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (" Covenant Defeasance ") and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Parent Guarantor and the Issuer) described under "Events of Default" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

        In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the notes issued under the Indenture:

66


Table of Contents

Satisfaction and Discharge

        The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes issued thereunder, when either

67


Table of Contents

        In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the New Notes

        The Issuer will maintain one or more paying agents for the new notes. The initial paying agent for the new notes will be the Trustee.

        The Issuer will also maintain a registrar.

        The initial registrar will be the Trustee. The registrar will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the new notes outstanding from time to time and will facilitate transfers of notes on behalf of the Issuer.

        The Issuer may change the paying agents or the registrar without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer may act as a paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

        A Holder may transfer or exchange new notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any new note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any new note for a period of 15 days before a selection of new notes to be redeemed.

        The registered Holder of a new note will be treated as the owner of the new note for all purposes.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

        Except as provided in the next four succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture and the new notes issued thereunder may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the new notes then outstanding and issued under the Indenture, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, new notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the new notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding new notes issued under the Indenture, other than new notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for new notes).

        The Indenture will provide that, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any new notes issued under the Indenture and held by a non-consenting Holder:

68


Table of Contents

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, or the new notes:

69


Table of Contents

        The consent of the holders of the new notes is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

        Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

        The Indenture will contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.

        The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes issued thereunder will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture will provide that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

        The Indenture and the notes will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

Certain Definitions

        Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term "consolidated" with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

        " Acquired Indebtedness " means, with respect to any specified Person,

70


Table of Contents

        " Affiliate " of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

        " Applicable Premium " means, as determined by the Issuer with respect to any note on any Redemption Date, the excess of:

        " Asset Sale " means

71


Table of Contents

        " Capital Markets Debt " means any debt securities (other than (i) a Qualified Securitization Financing or (ii) a debt issuance guaranteed by an export credit agency (including the Export-Import Bank of the United States)) issued in the capital markets by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary, whether issued in a public offering or private placement, including pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 144A, Regulation S or Regulation D under the Securities Act.

        " Capital Stock " means

        " Capitalized Lease Obligation " means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

        " Cash Equivalents " means

72


Table of Contents

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) through (3) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) through (3) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

        " Change of Control " means:

73


Table of Contents

        " Change of Control Triggering Event " means the occurrence of both a (1) Change of Control and (ii) a Rating Decline.

        " Closing Date " means May 22, 2012.

        " Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense " means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including any amortization of deferred financing fees, amortization in relation to terminated Hedging Obligations and amortization of net lease discounts and lease incentives, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

        " Consolidated Interest Expense " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

74


Table of Contents

        " Consolidated Net Income " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that

75


Table of Contents

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under "Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments" only (other than clause (c)(4) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (c)(4) thereof.

        " Contingent Obligations " means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (" primary obligations ") of any other Person (the " primary obligor ") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

        " Credit Facilities " means one or more debt facilities, or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors or indentures providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing, including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against receivables, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof.

        " Default " means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

        " Designated Noncash Consideration " means the Fair Market Value of noncash consideration received by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers' Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of the

76


Table of Contents

Parent Guarantor, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

        " Designated Preferred Stock " means preferred shares of the Parent Guarantor (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers' Certificate executed by a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of the Parent Guarantor on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of the "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant.

        " Disqualified Stock " means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the notes or the date the notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

        " EBITDA " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, plus (without duplication)

77


Table of Contents

        " EMU " means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

        " Equity Interests " means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

        " Equity Offering " means any public or private sale of common shares or preferred shares of the Parent Guarantor (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than

        " euro " means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

        " Exchange Act " means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

        " Excluded Contribution " means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Parent Guarantor from

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers' Certificate executed by a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of the Parent Guarantor on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments."

        " Existing Indebtedness " means Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date, plus interest accruing thereon.

        " Fair Market Value " means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or controller of the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiary, which determination will be conclusive (unless otherwise provided in the indenture).

         "Fitch" means Fitch, Inc.

        " Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems,

78


Table of Contents

retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than reductions in amounts outstanding under revolving facilities unless accompanied by a corresponding termination of commitment) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the " Calculation Date "), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

        For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, amalgamations, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, amalgamations, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was amalgamated or merged with or into the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

        For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Guarantor (including pro forma expense and cost reductions, regardless of whether these cost savings could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the SEC related thereto). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Guarantor to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Parent Guarantor may designate.

        " Fixed Charges " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of

79


Table of Contents

        " Foreign Subsidiary " means any subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor or the Issuer that is not incorporated in or organized under the laws of the United States or the Netherlands.

        " GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Closing Date. At any time after the Closing Date, the Parent Guarantor may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP for purposes of calculations hereunder and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture); provided that calculation or determination in the Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Parent Guarantor's election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Parent Guarantor shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders of notes.

        " Government Securities " means securities that are

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

        " guarantee " means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

        " Guarantor " means the Parent Guarantor or any Person that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and its respective successors and assigns.

        " Hedging Obligations " means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under

        " Holder " means a Person in whose name a note is registered in the register.

        " Indebtedness " means, with respect to any Person,

80


Table of Contents

provided , however , that Contingent Obligations shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness; and obligations under or in respect of a Qualified Securitization Financing shall not be deemed to constitute Indebtedness.

        " Independent Financial Advisor " means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Parent Guarantor, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

        " Investment Grade Rating " means a rating equal to or higher than BBB (or the equivalent) by Fitch, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody's and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

        " Investments " means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel, moving and similar advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Parent Guarantor in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,"

81


Table of Contents

        " Junior Securities " means any subordinated debt held by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that qualifies as Capital Stock.

        " Lien " means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

        " Management Group " means at any time, the Chairman of the Board, any President, any Executive Vice President or Vice President, any Managing Director, any Treasurer and any Secretary or other executive officer of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor at such time.

        " Moody's " means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

        " Net Income " means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

        " Net Proceeds " means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Noncash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Noncash Consideration, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted under the Indenture required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of clause (a) "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales") to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Parent Guarantor as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Parent Guarantor after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

        " Obligations " means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker's acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

        " Officer " means the Chairman of the board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable.

82


Table of Contents

        " Officers' Certificate " means a certificate signed on behalf of the Parent Guarantor or the Issuer, as applicable, by two Officers of the Parent Guarantor or the Issuer, as applicable, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Parent Guarantor or Issuer, as applicable, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

         "Organizational Documents" mean, with respect to (a) the Issuer, the articles of association ( statuten ), (b) the Parent Guarantor, the articles of association ( statuten ) and (c) any other person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or similar documents) of such person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the certificate of formation and operating agreement (or similar documents) of such person, (iii) in the case of any limited partnership, the certificate of formation and limited partnership agreement (or similar documents) of such person, (iv) in the case of any general partnership, the partnership agreement (or similar document) of such person, (v) in the case of any trust, the declaration of trust and trust agreement (or similar document) of such person and (vi) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

        " Permitted Asset Swap " means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the "Asset Sales" covenant.

        " Permitted Holders " means the collective reference to Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., Waha Capital, their Affiliates and the Management Group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

        " Permitted Investments " means

83


Table of Contents

84


Table of Contents

        " Permitted Joint Venture" means any agreement, contract or other arrangement between the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and any person engaged principally in a Similar Business that permits one party to share risks or costs, comply with regulatory requirements or satisfy other business objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of such Similar Business jointly with third parties.

        " Permitted Jurisdiction " means any of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, any member state of the Pre-Expansion European Union, Switzerland, Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Switzerland or Singapore.

        " Permitted Liens " means, with respect to any Person:

85


Table of Contents

86


Table of Contents

87


Table of Contents

        For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Permitted Liens need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described above but are permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens described above, the Issuer may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such item of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition and the Issuer may divide and classify a Lien in more than one of the types of Permitted Liens in one of the above clauses.

        " Person " means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

         "Pre-Expansion European Union" means the European Union as of January 1, 2004, including the countries of Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom, but not including any country which became or becomes a member of the European Union after January 1, 2004; provided that "Pre-Expansion European Union" shall not include any country whose long-term debt does not have a long-term rating of at least "AA" by S&P or at least "Aa2" by Moody's or the equivalent rating category of another Rating Agency.

        " preferred stock " means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

        " Qualified Proceeds " means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the board of directors in good faith.

        " Qualified Securitization Financing " means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary, the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions of which, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall be market terms.

        " Rating Agencies " means Fitch, Moody's and S&P or if any of Fitch, Moody's or S&P or all three shall not make a rating on the notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for any of Fitch, Moody's or S&P or all three, as the case may be.

        " Rating Date " means the date which is the day prior to the initial public announcement by the Parent Guarantor or the proposed acquirer that (i) the acquirer has entered into one or more binding agreements with the Parent Guarantor and/or shareholders of the Parent Guarantor that would give rise to a Change of Control or (ii) the proposed acquirer has commenced an offer to acquire outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent Guarantor.

        " Rating Decline " shall be deemed to occur if on the 60th day following the occurrence of a Change of Control the rating of the notes by two Rating Agencies, if the notes are rated by all three Rating Agencies, or either Rating Agency, if the notes are only rated by two Rating Agencies, shall have been (i) withdrawn or (ii) downgraded, by one or more degradations, from the ratings in effect on the Rating Date.

88


Table of Contents

        " Related Business Assets " means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

        " Restricted Investment " means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

        " Restricted Subsidiary " means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of "Restricted Subsidiary."

        " S&P " means Standard and Poor's Ratings Group.

        " Securities Act " means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

         "Securitization Assets" means the accounts receivable, lease, royalty or other revenue streams and other rights to payment and all related assets (including contract rights, books and records, all collateral securing any and all of the foregoing, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of any and all of the foregoing and other assets that are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving any and all of the foregoing) and the proceeds thereof in each case pursuant to a Securitization Financing.

        " Securitization Fees " means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

        " Securitization Financing " means one or more transactions or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Parent Guarantor and/or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer Securitization Assets to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Parent Guarantor or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Securitization Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary.

        " Securitization Subsidiary " means a Restricted Subsidiary (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization

89


Table of Contents

Undertakings and (b) to which none of the Parent Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity's financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor or such other Person shall be evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor or such other Person giving effect to such designation.

        " Significant Subsidiary " means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.

        " Similar Business " means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of the Indenture or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

        " Standard Securitization Undertakings " means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that are customary for a seller or servicer of assets in a Securitization Financing.

        " Subordinated Indebtedness " means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor.

        " Subsidiary " means, with respect to any Person,

        " Total Assets " means the total assets of the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which any calculation of Total Assets is being made, with such pro forma adjustments for transactions consummated on or prior to or simultaneously with the date of the calculation as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

        " Treasury Rate " means, as of any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to the stated maturity date of the notes; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to the stated maturity date of the notes is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

90


Table of Contents

        The board of directors of the Parent Guarantor may designate any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

        The board of directors of the Parent Guarantor may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either

        Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

        On the Closing Date, AerCo Limited was an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

        " Voting Stock " of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

91


Table of Contents

        " Weighted Average Life to Maturity " means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing

        " Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary " means any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

        " Wholly-Owned Subsidiary " of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

92


Table of Contents


CERTAIN NETHERLANDS AND U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         The following discussion, subject to the limitations set forth below, describes material tax considerations of the Netherlands and the United States relating to your ownership and disposition of notes. This discussion is based on laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect in the Netherlands and the United States, which, in each case, may change. Any change could apply retroactively and could affect the continued validity of this discussion. This discussion does not purport to be a complete analysis of all tax considerations in the Netherlands or the United States, and this discussion does not describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to you or your situation, particularly if you are subject to special tax rules. You should consult your tax advisors about the tax consequences of holding the notes, including the relevance to your particular situation of the considerations discussed below, as well as of state, local and other tax laws.

Certain Netherlands Tax Considerations

        The following is a general summary of certain Netherlands tax consequences of the acquisition, holding and disposal of the notes. This summary does not purport to describe all possible tax considerations or consequences that may be relevant to a holder or prospective holder of notes and does not purport to deal with the tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which (such as investors that are subject to taxation in Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba and trusts or similar arrangements) may be subject to special rules. In view of its general nature, it should be treated with corresponding caution. Holders or prospective holders of notes should consult with their tax advisers with regard to the tax consequences of investing in the notes in their particular circumstances. The discussion below is included for general information purposes only.

        Except as otherwise indicated, this summary only addresses Netherlands national tax legislation and published regulations, as in effect on the date hereof and as interpreted in published case law until this date, without prejudice to any amendment introduced at a later date and implemented with or without retroactive effect.

        All payments of principal and/or interest made by the Issuer under the notes may be made free of withholding or deduction of, for or on account of any taxes of whatever nature imposed, levied, withheld or assessed by the Netherlands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

        Please note that the summary in this section does not describe the Netherlands tax consequences for:

93


Table of Contents

        Generally speaking, if the holder of the notes is an entity that is a resident or deemed to be resident of the Netherlands for Netherlands corporate income tax purposes, any income derived from the notes or any gain or loss realized on the disposal or deemed disposal of the notes is subject to Netherlands corporate income tax at a rate of 25% (a corporate income tax rate of 20% applies with respect to taxable profits up to €200,000, the bracket for 2012).

        If a holder of the notes is an individual, resident or deemed to be resident of the Netherlands for Netherlands income tax purposes (including the non-resident individual holder who has made an election for the application of the rules of the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 as they apply to residents of the Netherlands), any income derived from the notes or any gain or loss realized on the disposal or deemed disposal of the notes is taxable at the progressive income tax rates (with a maximum of 52%), if:

        If the above-mentioned conditions (i) and (ii) do not apply to the individual holder of the notes, such holder will be taxed annually on a deemed income of 4% of his/her net investment assets for the year at an income tax rate of 30%. The net investment assets for the year are the fair market value of the investment assets less the allowable liabilities on 1 January of the relevant calendar year. The notes are included as investment assets. A tax free allowance may be available. An actual gain or loss in respect of the notes is as such not subject to Netherlands income tax.

        A holder of the notes that is neither resident nor deemed to be resident of the Netherlands nor has made an election for the application of the rules of the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 as they apply to residents of the Netherlands will not be subject to Netherlands taxes on income or capital

94


Table of Contents

gains in respect of any income derived from the notes or in respect of any gain or loss realized on the disposal or deemed disposal of the notes, provided that:

        Gift or inheritance taxes will arise in the Netherlands with respect to a transfer of the notes by way of a gift by, or on the death of, a holder of such notes who is resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands at the time of the gift or his/her death. For purposes of Netherlands gift and inheritance taxes, an individual holding the Netherlands nationality will be deemed to be resident in the Netherlands if such individual has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the ten years preceding the date of the gift or his/her death. Additionally, for purposes of Netherlands gift tax, an individual not holding the Netherlands nationality will be deemed to be resident in the Netherlands if such individual has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the twelve months preceding the date of the gift.

        No Netherlands gift or inheritance taxes will arise on the transfer of notes by way of gift by, or on the death of, a holder of notes who is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands.

        Based on legal fictions in Netherlands tax law certain transactions undertaken during the lifetime of a holder of notes, even if such holder at the time of such a transaction was neither resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands, are taxed with Netherlands inheritance tax when the holder of notes dies as a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands. Examples of such transactions are transfers of ownership under which the holder of notes keeps the usufruct, gifts made under condition precedent and gifts made within 180 days before the death of the donor.

        No Netherlands VAT will be payable by the holders of the notes on any payment in consideration for the issue of the notes or with respect to the payment of interest or principal by the Issuer under the notes.

        No Netherlands registration tax, transfer tax, customs duty, stamp duty or any other similar documentary tax or duty will be payable by the holders of the notes in respect or in connection with (i) the issue of the notes, (ii) the payment of interest or principal by the Issuer under the notes or (iii) the transfer of the notes.

95


Table of Contents

        Under the European Union Directive on the taxation of savings income (Council Directive 2003/48/EC, the "EU Savings Directive"), each Member State of the European Union is required to provide to the tax authorities of another Member State details of payments of interest or other similar income paid by a person within its jurisdiction to, or collected by such a person for, an individual resident in that other Member State; however, for a transitional period, Austria and Luxembourg may instead apply a withholding system in relation to such payments, deducting tax at a rate of 35%. The transitional period is to terminate at the end of the first full fiscal year following agreement by certain non-EU countries to the exchange of information relating to such payments.

        A number of non-EU countries, and certain dependent or associated territories of certain Member States, have agreed to adopt similar measures (either provision of information of transitional withholding) in relation to payments made by a person within its jurisdiction to, or collected by such a person for, an individual resident in a Member State. In addition, the Member States have entered into reciprocal provision of information arrangements or transitional withholding arrangements with certain of those dependent or associated territories in relation to payments made by a person in a Member State to, or collected by such a person for, an individual resident in one of those territories.

        The European Commission has published proposals for amendments to the EU Savings Directive, which, if implemented, would amend and broaden the scope of the requirements above.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange

        The exchange of old notes for new notes in this exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event for holders. Consequently, a holder will not recognize gain or loss on the exchange, the holding period of the new note will include the holding period of the old note and the adjusted basis of the new note will be the same as the adjusted basis of the old note immediately before the exchange. Persons considering the exchange of old notes for new notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

96


Table of Contents


CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         The discussion of tax matters in this prospectus is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used by any person, for the purpose of avoiding U.S. federal, state or local tax penalties, and was written to support the promotion or marketing of the new notes. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on such person's particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

        The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with an investment in the notes by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code, and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include plan assets of such plans, accounts and arrangements (each, a "Plan").

        ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, such as exercising prudence in selecting investments, diversifying investments to minimize the risk of losses to the Plan, and acting in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan. In addition, Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are "parties in interest," within the meaning of ERISA, or "disqualified persons," within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code (each, a "Party in Interest"), unless an exemption is available. A Party in Interest who engages in a nonexempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code and the transaction may have to be rescinded at significant cost to us. The U.S. Department of Labor has granted certain class exemptions including, without limitation, Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 90-1 (relating to investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTCE 91-38 (relating to investments by bank collective investment funds), PTCE 84-14 (relating to transactions effected by a "qualified professional asset manager"), PTCE 95-60 (relating to investments by an insurance company general account), and PTCE 96-23 (relating to transactions directed by an in- house professional asset manager) which, if their terms are met, may permit transactions that would otherwise be prohibited under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. There can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied.

        An investment in the new notes by a Plan may result in a prohibited transaction under ERISA or the Code if AerCap Aviation or any of its affiliates were considered a Party in Interest with respect to such Plan. Although AerCap Aviation does not expect to be a Party in Interest with respect to any Plan at the time the notes are issued (other than Plans sponsored by AerCap Aviation or its affiliates for the benefit of AerCap Aviation or its affiliates' employees, which are not permitted to invest in the new notes) or provide services in the foreseeable future to Plans that would make AerCap Aviation a Party in Interest, there can be no assurance that AerCap Aviation will not become a Party in Interest with respect to one or more Plans while the notes remain outstanding. This could happen, for example, if we were acquired by an entity that is a Party in Interest to one or more Plans. Accordingly, each investor and subsequent transferee by its exchange and holding of the new notes (or any interest in a new note) will be deemed to have represented and agreed that either: (i) it is not, and will not be for so long as it holds any note (or interest in a note), a Plan, or a governmental, non-U.S., church or other plan which is subject to any federal, state, local or non-U.S. law substantially similar to Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code ("Similar Law") and no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire and hold the new notes constitutes assets of any Plan; or (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of such notes will not constitute or result in a nonexempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (or, in the case of a governmental, non-U.S., church or other plan, a violation of any Similar Law).

        Any Plan that is considering an investment in the new notes (or interests therein) should consult with its counsel to confirm that such investment will satisfy applicable requirements of ERISA, the Code and Similar Law, and that it can make the deemed representation set forth above. The issuance of the new notes to a Plan is in no respect a representation by us or the Initial Purchasers that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by Plans generally or any particular Plan, or that such an investment is appropriate for Plans generally or any particular Plan.

97


Table of Contents


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to this exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. Any broker-dealer that holds old notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and who receives the new notes in exchange for such old notes pursuant to the exchange offer, may be a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old securities where such old securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, starting on the effective date of the registration statement for the exchange offer and ending on the close of business 180 days after such date or such shorter period as will terminate when all new notes held by broker-dealers exchanging old notes they acquired for their own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities or initial purchasers have been sold pursuant hereto (or for such shorter period during which broker-dealers are required by law to deliver this prospectus), we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.

        We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by brokers-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to this exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to this exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

        Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of the old notes directly from AerCap Aviation:

        For a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for the exchange offer or such shorter period as will terminate when all new notes held by broker-dealers exchanging old notes they acquired for their own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities or initial purchasers have been sold pursuant hereto (or for such shorter period during which broker-dealers are required by law to deliver this prospectus), we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to this exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the old notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the old notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

98


Table of Contents


DUTCH LAW CONSIDERATIONS

Insolvency Under Dutch Law

        Insolvency proceedings applicable to the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor may be governed by Dutch insolvency laws. There are two insolvency regimes under Dutch law in relation to corporations. The first, suspension of payments ( surseance van betaling ), is intended to facilitate the reorganization of a debtor's debts and enable the debtor to continue as a going concern. The second, bankruptcy ( faillissement ), is primarily designed to liquidate the assets of a debtor and distribute the proceeds thereof to its creditors. In practice a suspension of payments nearly always results in the bankruptcy of the debtor.

        A request for a suspension of payments can only be filed by the debtor itself if it foresees that it will not be able to continue to pay its debts as they fall due in the future. Upon commencement of suspension of payments proceedings, the court will immediately ( dadelijk ) grant a provisional suspension of payments, and will appoint an administrator ( bewindvoerder ). A definitive suspension will generally be granted in a creditors' meeting called for that purpose, unless a qualified minority (more than one-quarter in amount of claims held by creditors represented at the creditors' meeting or one-third in number of creditors represented at such creditors' meeting) of the unsecured non-preferential creditors withholds its consent or if there is no prospect that the debtor will in the future be able to pay its debts as they fall due (in which case the debtor will generally be declared bankrupt). During a suspension of payments, unsecured and non-preferential creditors will be precluded from attempting to recover their claims existing at the moment of the commencement of the suspension of payments from the assets of the debtor. However, secured creditors and (subject to certain limitations) preferential creditors (such as tax and social security authorities and employees) are excluded from the application of the suspension. This implies that during suspension of payments proceedings secured creditors are not barred from taking recourse against the assets that secure their claims to satisfy their claims, and preferential creditors are also not barred from seeking to recover their claims. Therefore, during a suspension of payments, certain assets of the debtor may be sold in a manner that does not reflect their going concern value. Consequently, Dutch insolvency laws could preclude or inhibit a restructuring of the Issuer and Parent Guarantor. However, a competent Dutch court may order a "cooling down period" for a maximum period of two times two months during which enforcement actions by secured creditors and preferential creditors are barred, unless such creditors have obtained leave for enforcement from the court or the supervisory judge ( rechter-commissaris ).

        In a suspension of payments, a composition ( akkoord ) may be offered by the debtor to its creditors. Such a composition will be binding on all unsecured and non-preferential creditors, irrespective whether they voted in favor or against it or whether they were represented at the creditor's meeting called for the purpose of voting on the composition plan, if (i) it is approved by a simple majority of the recognized and admitted creditors present or represented at the relevant meeting, representing at least 50% of the amount of the recognized and admitted claims and (ii) it is subsequently ratified ( gehomologeerd ) by the court. Consequently, Dutch insolvency laws could reduce the recovery of holders of the new notes in a Dutch suspension of payments applicable to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

        Bankruptcy can be applied for either by the debtor itself or by a creditor if the debtor has ceased to pay its debts as they fall due. This is deemed to be the case if the debtor has at least two creditors (at least one of which has a claim that is due and payable). Simultaneously with the opening of the bankruptcy, a liquidator in bankruptcy ( curator ) will be appointed. Under Dutch bankruptcy proceedings, the assets of an insolvent debtor are generally liquidated and the proceeds distributed to the debtor's creditors in accordance with the ranking and priority of their respective claims. The general principle of Dutch bankruptcy law is the so-called paritas creditorum (principle of equal treatment) which means that the proceeds of the liquidation of the debtor's assets in bankruptcy

99


Table of Contents

proceedings shall be distributed to the unsecured and non-preferential creditors in proportion to the size of their claims. Certain creditors (such as secured creditors and preferential creditors) have special rights that may adversely affect the interests of holders of the new notes. For example, a Dutch bankruptcy in principle does not prohibit secured creditors from taking recourse against the encumbered assets of the bankrupt debtor to satisfy their claims. Furthermore, secured creditors in principle do not have to contribute to the liquidation costs.

        Consequently, Dutch insolvency laws could reduce the potential recovery of a holder of the new notes in Dutch bankruptcy proceedings. As a general rule, to obtain payment on unsecured non-preferential claims, such claims need to be submitted to the liquidator in bankruptcy in order to be recognized. The liquidator in bankruptcy determines whether a claim can be provisionally recognized for the purpose of the distribution of the proceeds, and at what value. The valuation of claims that do not by their terms become payable at the time of the commencement of the bankruptcy proceedings may be based on their net present value. Interest payments that fall due after the date of the bankruptcy will not be recognized. At a creditors' meeting ( verificatievergadering ) the liquidator in bankruptcy, the insolvent debtor and all relevant creditors may dispute the provisional recognition of claims of other creditors. Creditors whose claims or part thereof are disputed in the creditors' meeting will be referred to separate court proceedings ( renvooiprocedure ). This procedure could result in holders of the new notes receiving a right to recover less than the principal amount of their new notes. In addition, in a Dutch bankruptcy in practice usually no or little funds remain available for the payment of unsecured and non-preferential creditors.

        As in suspension of payments proceedings, in a bankruptcy, a composition ( akkoord ) may be offered to the unsecured and non-preferential creditors. Such a composition will be binding upon all unsecured and non-preferential creditors, if (i) it is approved by a simple majority of unsecured non-preferential creditors with recognized and provisionally admitted claims representing at least 50% of the total amount of the recognized and provisionally admitted unsecured non preferential claims and (ii) it is subsequently ratified ( gehomologeerd ) by the court.

        Secured creditors may, in a Dutch bankruptcy, enforce their rights against the assets of the debtor which are subject to their security rights, to satisfy their claims as if there were no bankruptcy. As in suspension of payments proceedings, the competent Dutch court or the supervisory judge may order a "cooling down period" for a maximum of two times two months during which enforcement actions by those creditors are barred unless they have obtained leave for enforcement from the supervisory judge. Furthermore, a liquidator in bankruptcy can force a secured creditor to foreclose its security right within a reasonable time (as determined by the liquidator in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 58(1) of the Dutch Bankruptcy Act), failing which the liquidator in bankruptcy will be entitled to sell the relevant rights or assets and distribute the proceeds to the secured party and excess proceeds of enforcement must be returned to the liquidator in bankruptcy. Such excess proceeds may not be offset against an unsecured claim of the secured creditor against the debtor. Under Dutch law, as soon as a debtor is declared bankrupt, all pending enforcements of judgments against such debtor terminate by operation of law and all attachments on the debtor's assets lapse by operation of law. Litigation against a debtor which is pending on the date on which that debtor is declared bankrupt and which concerns a claim against that debtor which must be satisfied from the proceeds of the liquidation in bankruptcy, is automatically stayed.

Enforcement of Civil Liability Judgments under Dutch Law

        We are advised that there is no enforcement treaty between the Netherlands and the United States providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a judgment rendered by any federal or state court in the United States in such matters cannot automatically be enforced in the Netherlands. An application will have to be made to the competent Dutch Court in order to obtain a judgment that can be enforced in

100


Table of Contents

the Netherlands. The Dutch Courts can in principle be expected to give conclusive effect to a final and enforceable judgment of such United States court in respect of the contractual obligations under the relevant document without such re-examination or re-litigation, but would require (i) proper service of process to have been given, (ii) the proceedings before such court to have complied with principles of proper procedure ( behoorlijke rechtspleging ), and (iii) such judgment not being contrary to the public policy of the Netherlands, but the court will have discretion to attach such weight to the judgment of any federal or state court in the United States as it deems appropriate and may re-examine or re-litigate the substantive matters adjudicated upon. Furthermore, a Dutch court may reduce the amount of damages granted by a federal or state court in the United States and recognise damages only to the extent that they are necessary to compensate actual losses or damages.

        Dutch civil procedure differs substantially from U.S. civil procedure in a number of respects. Insofar as the production of evidence is concerned, U.S. law and the laws of several other jurisdictions based on common law provide for pre-trial discovery, a process by which parties to the proceedings may prior to trial compel the production of documents by adverse or third parties and the deposition of witnesses. Evidence obtained in this manner may be decisive in the outcome of any proceeding. No such pre-trial discovery process exists under Dutch law. Subject to the foregoing and service of process in accordance with applicable treaties, investors may be able to enforce in the Netherlands judgments in civil and commercial matters obtained from United States state or federal courts. However, no assurance can be given that the Dutch Courts will give such effect to a final and enforceable judgment of the relevant United States courts. In addition, it is doubtful whether a Dutch Court would accept jurisdiction and impose civil or other liability in an original action commenced in the Netherlands and predicated solely upon United States federal securities laws.

101


Table of Contents


INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

        AerCap Aviation incorporates by reference into this prospectus the documents listed below and any future filings AerCap makes with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, including any filings or furnished documents on Form 6-K that specifically state therein that they are incorporated by reference into this prospectus after the date of this prospectus until the exchange offer is consummated with respect to all the new notes to which this prospectus relates or the offering is otherwise terminated.

        The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. Any statement in a document incorporated by reference into this prospectus will be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent a statement contained in (1) this prospectus or (2) any other subsequently filed or furnished document that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus modifies or supersedes such statement.

        We will furnish without charge to you, upon written or oral request, a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference herein, other than exhibits to such documents that are not specifically incorporated by reference therein. You should direct any requests for documents to us at AerCap Holdings N.V., AerCap House, Stationsplein 965, 1117 CE Schipol Airport, The Netherlands, or telephoning us at +31 20 655 9655.


LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP with respect to New York law and by NautaDutilh N.V. with respect to Dutch law. Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP and NautaDutilh N.V. have represented us in the past in their respective jurisdictions and continue to represent us on a regular basis on a variety of legal matters.

102


Table of Contents


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements and management's assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) incorporated in this Prospectus by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of AerCap Holdings N.V. for the year ended December 31, 2011 have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

103


Table of Contents

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.
AerCap Holdings N.V.

Exchange Offer for
6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017

LOGO

PROSPECTUS

                        , 2012


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Insurance

        AerCap has a directors and officers liability insurance policy which, subject to policy terms and limitations, includes coverage to reimburse directors and officers of AerCap and its subsidiaries (including AerCap Aviation) for the costs of defense, settlement or payment of claims and judgments under certain circumstances.

Indemnification

        The provisions of Dutch law governing the liability of the members of AerCap's and AerCap Aviation's board of directors are mandatory in nature. Although Dutch law does not provide for any provisions with respect to the indemnification of officers and directors, the concept of indemnification of directors of a company for liabilities arising from their actions as members of the executive or supervisory boards is, in principle, accepted in The Netherlands.

    AerCap Holdings N.V.

        The current articles of association of AerCap provide for an indemnification of the directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Netherlands law. The indemnification protects the directors and officers against liabilities, expenses and amounts paid in settlement relating to claims, actions, suits or proceedings to which a director and/or officer becomes a party as a result of his or her position.

        Article 18 of the articles of association of AerCap Holdings N.V. provide that:

    INDEMNIFICATION

    Article 18

             18.1 Subject to the limitations included in this article, every person or legal entity who is, or has been, a director, proxy-holder, staff member or officer (specifically including the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Legal Officer as from time to time designated by the Board of Directors), who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he/she or it becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his/her or its being, or having been, a director, proxy-holder, staff member or officer of the company, shall be indemnified by the company, to the fullest extent permitted under the laws of the Netherlands, concerning (A) any and all liabilities imposed on him/her or on it, including judgements, fines and penalties, (B) any and all expenses, including costs and attorneys' fees, reasonably incurred or paid by him/her or by it, and (C) any and all amounts paid in settlement by him/her or by it, in connection with any such claim, action, suit or other proceeding.

             18.2 A director, proxy-holder, staff member or officer shall, however, have no right to be indemnified against any liability in any matter if it shall have been finally determined that such liability resulted from the intent, wilful recklessness or serious culpability of such person or legal entity.

             18.3 Furthermore, a director, proxy-holder, staff member or officer shall have no right to be indemnified against any liability in any matter if it shall have been finally determined that such person or legal entity did not act in good faith and in the reasonable belief that his or its action was in the best interest of the company.

             18.4 In the event of a settlement, a director, proxy-holder, staff member or officer shall not lose his/her or its right to be indemnified unless there has been a determination that such person or legal

II-1


Table of Contents

    entity engaged in intent, wilful recklessness or serious culpability in the conduct of his or its office or did not act in good faith and in the reasonable belief that his/her or its action was in the best interest of the company:

      (i)
      by the court or other body approving settlement; or
      (ii)
      by a resolution duly adopted by the general meeting of shareholders; or
      (iii)
      by written opinion of independent counsel to be appointed by the Board of Directors.

             18.5 The right to indemnification herein provided (i) may be insured against by policies maintained by the company, (ii) shall be severable, (iii) shall not affect any other rights to which any director, proxy-holder, staff member or officer may now or hereafter be entitled, (iv) shall continue as to a person or legal entity who has ceased to be a director, proxy-holder, staff member or officer, and (v) shall also inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of such person or legal entity.

             18.6 Nothing included herein shall affect any right to indemnification to which persons or legal entities other than a director, proxy-holder, staff member or officer may be entitled by contract or otherwise.

             18.7 Subject to such procedures as may be determined by the Board of Directors, expenses in connection with the preparation and presentation of a defence to any claim, action, suit or proceeding of the character described in this article 18 may be advanced to the director, proxy-holder, staff member or officer by the company prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, proxy-holder, staff member or officer to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he or it is not entitled to indemnification under this article 18.

        The indemnification provided above is not exclusive of any rights to which any of the directors or officers of AerCap Holdings N.V. may be entitled. The general effect of the foregoing provisions may be to reduce the circumstances in which a director or officer may be required to bear the economic burdens of the foregoing liabilities and expenses.

    AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.

        The current articles of association of AerCap Aviation do not provide for an indemnification of members of its board of directors and/or representatives (" procuratiehouders ").

        However, AerCap Aviation has the option to include an indemnity to the members of the AerCap Aviation board of directors and/or representatives in specific contracts between AerCap Aviation and individual managing directors and/or representatives.

Item 21.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

        The following is a list of exhibits to this registration statement:

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  3.1   Articles of Association of AerCap Holdings N.V.(1)

 

3.2

 

Deed of Incorporation of AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. (Articles of Association of AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. included therein)

 

3.3

 

Rules for the Board of Directors, including its Committees, of AerCap Holdings N.V.

 

4.1

 

Indenture related to the 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017, dated as of May 22, 2012, among AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., AerCap Holdings N.V. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (including form of 6.375% Senior Unsecured Note due 2027)

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  4.2   First Supplemental Indenture related to the 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017, dated as of June 15, 2012, among AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., AerCap Holdings N.V. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee

 

4.3

 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, among AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., AerCap Holdings N.V. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

4.4

 

Form of 6.375% Senior Unsecured Note due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.1)

 

4.5

 

Subscription Agreement dated October 25, 2010 between AerCap Holdings N.V., Waha AC Cooperatief U.A. and Waha Capital PJSC(9)

 

4.6

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated October 25, 2010 between AerCap Holdings NV and Waha AC Cooperatief U.A.(9)

 

5.1

 

Opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley and McCloy LLP with respect to the new notes

 

5.2

 

Opinion of NautaDutilh N.V. with respect to the new notes

 

8.1

 

Opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley and McCloy LLP with respect to certain U.S. tax matters

 

8.2

 

Opinion of NautaDutilh N.V. with respect to certain Dutch tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.2)

 

10.1

 

Aircraft Purchase Agreement, dated December 30, 2005, between Airbus S.A.S. and AerVenture Limited(1)(4)

 

10.2

 

Facility Agreement, dated April 23, 2003, among the Banks and Financial Institutions named therein as ECA Lenders, the Banks and Financial Institutions named therein as Mismatch Lenders, Credit Lyonnais, Kreditanstalt Für Wiederaufbau, Sunrise Leasing Limited, Sundance Leasing Limited, Sunray Leasing Limited, Sunshine Leasing Limited, Sunglow Leasing Limited, Sunflower Aircraft Leasing Limited, Debis Aircraft Leasing XXX B.V. and Debis AirFinance B.V.(1)

 

10.3

 

Sale and Purchase Agreement regarding the acquisition of all shares in and certain loans and facilities granted to debis AirFinance B.V. by and between DaimlerChrysler Services AG, DaimlerChrysler Aerospace AG, DaimlerChrysler AG, Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG, HVB Banque Luxembourg SA, Bayerische Landesbank, BLB Beteiligungsgesellschaft Beta mbH, Dresdner Bank AG, DZ Bank AG Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank, DZ Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Nr. 6, KfW and FERN S.a r.l. as amended by the Amendment Agreement dated June 29, 2005 by and between the DaimlerChrysler Services AG, DaimlerChrysler Aerospace AG, DaimlerChrysler AG, Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG, HVB Banque Luxembourg SA, Bayerische Landesbank, BLB Beteiligungsgesellschaft Beta mbH, Dresdner Bank AG, DZ Bank AG Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank, DZ Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Nr. 6, KfW, FERN S.a r.l., FERN GP S.a r.l. and AerCap Holdings C.V.(1)

 

10.4

 

AerCap Holdings N.V. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (including form of Stock Option Agreement)(1)

 

10.5

 

Aircraft Purchase Agreement, dated December 11, 2006, between Airbus S.A.S. and AerCap Ireland Limited(2)(6)

 

10.6

 

Amended and Restated Trust Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2007, among Aircraft Lease Securitisation Limited, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, cash manager and Operating Bank and Crédit Agricole, as initial primary liquidity facility provider, and MBIA Insurance Corporation, as the policy provider(3)

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  10.7   Amendment No. 1 dated May 11, 2007 to Aircraft Purchase Agreement, dated December 11, 2006, between Airbus S.A.S. and AerCap Ireland Limited(3)(6)

 

10.8

 

Trust Indenture, dated as of June 26, 2008, among Aircraft Lease Securitisation II Limited, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as the Cash Manager, Operating Bank and Trustee, Crédit Agricole, as the Initial Primary Liquidity Facility Provider, and Crédit Agricole as the Class A-1 Funding Agent(5)

 

10.9

 

Facility Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2008 among the Banks and Financial Institutions named therein as ECA Lenders, Crédit Agricole as National Agent, ECA Agent and Security Trustee, Jetstream Aircraft Leasing Limited as Principal Borrower, AerCap Ireland Limited and AerCap A330 Holdings Limited as Principal AerCap Obligors, and AerCap Holdings, N.V.(8)

 

10.10

 

Facility Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2009 among the Banks and Financial Institutions named therein as ECA Lenders, Crédit Agricole as ECA Agent and Security Trustee, Constellation Aircraft Leasing Limited as Principal Borrower, Andromeda Aircraft Leasing Limited and Aquarius Aircraft Leasing Limited as Lessees, AerVenture Limited and AerCap Holdings, N.V.(8)

 

10.11

 

Agreement and Plan of Amalgamation, dated as of September 17, 2009, among AerCap Holdings N.V., Genesis Lease Limited and AerCap International Bermuda Limited(7)

 

12.1

 

Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of AerCap Holdings N.V.(10)

 

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V., an independent registered public accounting firm

 

23.2

 

Consent of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley and McCloy LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

23.3

 

Consent of NautaDutilh N.V. (included in Exhibit 5.2)

 

24.1

 

Powers of Attorney Keith A. Helming, Wouter den Dikken and Najim Chellioui (included in signature page hereto)

 

24.2

 

Powers of Attorney for AerCap Holdings N.V. and each of the directors of AerCap Holdings N.V.

 

25.1

 

Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 of Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture for the 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017

 

99.1

 

Form of Letter of Transmittal

 

99.2

 

Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

 

99.3

 

Form of Letter to Registered Holders

 

99.4

 

Form of the Letter to The Depository Trust Company Participants

 

99.5

 

Form of Letter to Clients

 

99.6

 

Form of Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner

 

99.7

 

Form of Exchange Agent Agreement between AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. and Wilmington Trust, National Association

(1)
Previously filed with Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-138381.

II-4


Table of Contents

(2)
Previously filed with Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006.

(3)
Previously filed with Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-144468.

(4)
Previously filed with Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2007.

(5)
Previously filed with Form 6-K on September 11, 2008.

(6)
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an Order of the Securities and Exchange Commission granting confidential treatment with respect thereto.

(7)
Previously filed with Form 6-K on September 18, 2009.

(8)
Previously filed with Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2008.

(9)
Previously filed with Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010.

(10)
Previously filed with Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2011.

II-5


Table of Contents

Item 22.    Undertakings

        (a)   The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

            (1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

                (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

               (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

              (iii)  To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

            (2)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

            (3)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

        (b)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (c)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (d)   The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-6


Table of Contents

        (e)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: (i) to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means, and (ii) to arrange or provide for a facility in the United States for the purpose of responding to such requests. The undertaking in subparagraph (i) above includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

II-7


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned co-registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on June 15, 2012.

    AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ KEITH A. HELMING

        Name:   Keith A. Helming
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 
  /s/ KEITH A. HELMING

Keith A. Helming
  Chief Executive Officer and Managing Board Member   June 15, 2012

 

/s/ GORDON JAMES CHASE

Gordon James Chase

 

Chief Legal Officer and Managing Board Member

 

June 15, 2012

 

/s/ DONALD PUGLISI

Donald Puglisi

 

Authorized Representative in the United States

 

June 15, 2012

II-8


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned co-registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on June 15, 2012.

    AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ AENGUS KELLY

        Name:   Aengus Kelly
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        Keith A. Helming, Wouter den Dikken and Najim Chellioui, in their respective capacities set forth below, hereby severally constitute and appoint James N. Chapman and Aengus Kelly and both of them, their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for them, together or individually, in any and all capacities, to sign for them and in their names, the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments to said Registration Statement (including post-effective amendments), and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, or their substitute, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
*

Pieter Korteweg
  Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors   June 15, 2012

/s/ AENGUS KELLY

Aengus Kelly

 

Director and Chief Executive Officer

 

June 15, 2012

*

Salem Rashed Abdulla Ali Al Noaimi

 

Non-Executive Director

 

June 15, 2012

*

James N. Chapman

 

Non-Executive Director

 

June 15, 2012

II-9


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
*

Paul T. Dacier
  Non-Executive Director   June 15, 2012

*

Michael Gradon

 

Non-Executive Director

 

June 15, 2012

*

Marius J.L. Jonkhart

 

Non-Executive Director

 

June 15, 2012

/s/ KEITH A. HELMING

Keith A. Helming

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

June 15, 2012

/s/ WOUTER DEN DIKKEN

Wouter den Dikken

 

Chief Operating Officer & Chief Legal Officer

 

June 15, 2012

/s/ NAJIM CHELLIOUI

Najim Chellioui

 

Chief Accounting Officer

 

June 15, 2012

*

Homaid Abdulla Al Shemmari

 

Non-Executive Director

 

June 15, 2012

*

Gerald P. Strong

 

Non-Executive Director

 

June 15, 2012

*

Robert G. Warden

 

Non-Executive Director

 

June 15, 2012

/s/ DONALD PUGLISI

Donald Puglisi

 

Authorized Representative in the United States

 

June 15, 2012

*By:

 

/s/ AENGUS KELLY


Aengus Kelly
Attorney-in fact
       

II-10


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT LIST

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  3.1   Articles of Association of AerCap Holdings N.V.(1)

 

3.2

 

Deed of Incorporation of AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. (Articles of Association of AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. included therein)

 

3.3

 

Rules for the Board of Directors, including its Committees, of AerCap Holdings N.V.

 

4.1

 

Indenture related to the 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017, dated as of May 22, 2012, among AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., AerCap Holdings N.V. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (including form of 6.375% Senior Unsecured Note due 2027)

 

4.2

 

First Supplemental Indenture related to the 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017, dated as of June 15, 2012, among AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., AerCap Holdings N.V. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee

 

4.3

 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, among AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., AerCap Holdings N.V. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

4.4

 

Form of 6.375% Senior Unsecured Note due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.1)

 

4.5

 

Subscription Agreement dated October 25, 2010 between AerCap Holdings N.V., Waha AC Cooperatief U.A. and Waha Capital PJSC(9)

 

4.6

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated October 25, 2010 between AerCap Holdings NV and Waha AC Cooperatief U.A.(9)

 

5.1

 

Opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley and McCloy LLP with respect to the new notes

 

5.2

 

Opinion of NautaDutilh N.V. with respect to the new notes

 

8.1

 

Opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley and McCloy LLP with respect to certain U.S. tax matters

 

8.2

 

Opinion of NautaDutilh N.V. with respect to certain Dutch tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.2)

 

10.1

 

Aircraft Purchase Agreement, dated December 30, 2005, between Airbus S.A.S. and AerVenture Limited(1)(4)

 

10.2

 

Facility Agreement, dated April 23, 2003, among the Banks and Financial Institutions named therein as ECA Lenders, the Banks and Financial Institutions named therein as Mismatch Lenders, Credit Lyonnais, Kreditanstalt Für Wiederaufbau, Sunrise Leasing Limited, Sundance Leasing Limited, Sunray Leasing Limited, Sunshine Leasing Limited, Sunglow Leasing Limited, Sunflower Aircraft Leasing Limited, Debis Aircraft Leasing XXX B.V. and Debis AirFinance B.V.(1)

II-11


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  10.3   Sale and Purchase Agreement regarding the acquisition of all shares in and certain loans and facilities granted to debis AirFinance B.V. by and between DaimlerChrysler Services AG, DaimlerChrysler Aerospace AG, DaimlerChrysler AG, Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG, HVB Banque Luxembourg SA, Bayerische Landesbank, BLB Beteiligungsgesellschaft Beta mbH, Dresdner Bank AG, DZ Bank AG Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank, DZ Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Nr. 6, KfW and FERN S.a r.l. as amended by the Amendment Agreement dated June 29, 2005 by and between the DaimlerChrysler Services AG, DaimlerChrysler Aerospace AG, DaimlerChrysler AG, Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG, HVB Banque Luxembourg SA, Bayerische Landesbank, BLB Beteiligungsgesellschaft Beta mbH, Dresdner Bank AG, DZ Bank AG Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank, DZ Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH Nr. 6, KfW, FERN S.a r.l., FERN GP S.a r.l. and AerCap Holdings C.V.(1)

 

10.4

 

AerCap Holdings N.V. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (including form of Stock Option Agreement)(1)

 

10.5

 

Aircraft Purchase Agreement, dated December 11, 2006, between Airbus S.A.S. and AerCap Ireland Limited(2)(6)

 

10.6

 

Amended and Restated Trust Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2007, among Aircraft Lease Securitisation Limited, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, cash manager and Operating Bank and Crédit Agricole, as initial primary liquidity facility provider, and MBIA Insurance Corporation, as the policy provider(3)

 

10.7

 

Amendment No. 1 dated May 11, 2007 to Aircraft Purchase Agreement, dated December 11, 2006, between Airbus S.A.S. and AerCap Ireland Limited(3)(6)

 

10.8

 

Trust Indenture, dated as of June 26, 2008, among Aircraft Lease Securitisation II Limited, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as the Cash Manager, Operating Bank and Trustee, Crédit Agricole, as the Initial Primary Liquidity Facility Provider, and Crédit Agricole as the Class A-1 Funding Agent(5)

 

10.9

 

Facility Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2008 among the Banks and Financial Institutions named therein as ECA Lenders, Crédit Agricole as National Agent, ECA Agent and Security Trustee, Jetstream Aircraft Leasing Limited as Principal Borrower, AerCap Ireland Limited and AerCap A330 Holdings Limited as Principal AerCap Obligors, and AerCap Holdings, N.V.(8)

 

10.10

 

Facility Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2009 among the Banks and Financial Institutions named therein as ECA Lenders, Crédit Agricole as ECA Agent and Security Trustee, Constellation Aircraft Leasing Limited as Principal Borrower, Andromeda Aircraft Leasing Limited and Aquarius Aircraft Leasing Limited as Lessees, AerVenture Limited and AerCap Holdings, N.V.(8)

 

10.11

 

Agreement and Plan of Amalgamation, dated as of September 17, 2009, among AerCap Holdings N.V., Genesis Lease Limited and AerCap International Bermuda Limited(7)

 

12.1

 

Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of AerCap Holdings N.V.(10)

 

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V., an independent registered public accounting firm

 

23.2

 

Consent of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley and McCloy LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

II-12


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  23.3   Consent of NautaDutilh N.V. (included in Exhibit 5.2)

 

24.1

 

Powers of Attorney Keith A. Helming, Wouter den Dikken and Najim Chellioui (included in signature page hereto)

 

24.2

 

Powers of Attorney for AerCap Holdings N.V. and each of the directors of AerCap Holdings N.V.

 

25.1

 

Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 of Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture for the 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017

 

99.1

 

Form of Letter of Transmittal

 

99.2

 

Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

 

99.3

 

Form of Letter to Registered Holders

 

99.4

 

Form of the Letter to The Depository Trust Company Participants

 

99.5

 

Form of Letter to Clients

 

99.6

 

Form of Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner

 

99.7

 

Form of Exchange Agent Agreement between AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. and Wilmington Trust, National Association

(1)
Previously filed with Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-138381.

(2)
Previously filed with Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006.

(3)
Previously filed with Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-144468.

(4)
Previously filed with Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2007.

(5)
Previously filed with Form 6-K on September 11, 2008.

(6)
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an Order of the Securities and Exchange Commission granting confidential treatment with respect thereto.

(7)
Previously filed with Form 6-K on September 18, 2009.

(8)
Previously filed with Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2008.

(9)
Previously filed with Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010.

(10)
Previously filed with Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2011.

II-13




Exhibit 3.2

 

ADVOCATEN · NOTARISSEN · BELASTINGADVISEURS

 

 

· NautaDutilh

 

 

OPRICHTING

 

INCORPORATION

 

 

(unofficial translation)

 

 

 

van

 

of

 

 

 

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

 

akte van 10 april 2012

 

deed of 10 April 2012

 

Amsterdam

 

Brussel

 

Londen

 

Luxemburg

 

New York

 

Rotterdam

 



 

 

NautaDutilh N.V.

 

PD/WB/rp

 

AKTE VAN OPRICHTING
AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

Heden, tien april tweeduizend twaalf, verscheen voor mij, mr. Wijnand Hendrik Bossenbroek, notaris te Amsterdam:

de heer mr. Pieter Jacob van Drooge, werkzaam ten kantore van mij, notaris, te 1077 XV Amsterdam, Strawinskylaan 1999, geboren te Enschede op dertien juni negentienhonderd eenentachtig,

te dezen handelend als schriftelijk gevolmachtigde van AerCap Holdings N.V., een naamloze vennootschap, statutair gevestigd te Amsterdam (adres: 1117 CE Luchthaven Schiphol, Stationsplein 965 AerCap House, handelsregisternummer: 34251954), hierna te noemen: de “Oprichtster” .

De comparant, handelend als gemeld, verklaarde bij deze een besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid op te richten, welke wordt geregeerd door de volgende

 

STATUTEN

 

NAAM EN ZETEL

 

Artikel 1

 

1.1            De vennootschap is genaamd: AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.

 

1.2            Zij is gevestigd te Amsterdam.

 

DOEL

 

Artikel 2

 

De vennootschap heeft ten doel:

 

a.              het aangaan van financieringscontracten, met name financial en operational leaseovereenkomsten, met betrekking tot vliegtuigen en helikopters, vliegtuigen helikoptermotoren, (reserve)onderdelen van vliegtuigen en helikopters, alsmede met betrekking tot alle daarmee verband houdende technische benodigdheden en alle andere technische benodigdheden welke de vennootschap passend acht;

 

b.              het aangaan van servicecontracten ter ondersteuning van bovengenoemde overeenkomsten;

 

c.              het verkrijgen, exploiteren en vervreemden van alle hiervoor genoemde voorwerpen;

 

d.              het deelnemen in, het financieren van, het samenwerken met, het voeren van directie over en het verlenen van adviezen en andere diensten aan rechtspersonen en andere ondernemingen met een soortgelijk of aanverwant doel;

 

e.              het verkrijgen, exploiteren en/of vervreemden van industriёle en intellectuele eigendomsrechten;

 

f.               het lenen, uitlenen en bijeenbrengen van gelden, daaronder begrepen het uitgeven van obligaties, schuldbrieven of andere waardepapieren, alsmede het

 

1



 

aangaan van daarmee samenhangende overeenkomsten;

 

g.              het verstrekken van zekerheden voor schulden van rechtspersonen of andere vennootschappen; en

 

h.              het verrichten van al hetgeen met het vorenstaande in de ruimste zin verband houdt of daartoe bevorderlijk kan zijn.

 

KAPITAAL EN AANDELEN

 

Artikel 3

 

3.1.           Het maatschappelijk kapitaal van de vennootschap bedraagt negentigduizend euro (EUR 90.000). Het is verdeeld in negentigduizend (90.000) aandelen van één euro (EUR 1) elk.

 

3.2.           De aandelen luiden op naam en zijn doorlopend genummerd van 1 af.

 

3.3.           Er worden geen aandeelbewijzen uitgegeven.

 

3.4.           De vennootschap mag leningen met het oog op het nemen of verkrijgen van aandelen in haar kapitaal verstrekken tot ten hoogste het bedrag van haar uitkeerbare reserves. Een besluit van de directie tot het verstrekken van een lening, bedoeld in de vorige zin, behoeft goedkeuring van de algemene vergadering van aandeelhouders, hierna ook te noemen: de algemene vergadering.

De vennootschap houdt een niet uitkeerbare reserve aan tot het uitstaande bedrag van de in dit lid genoemde leningen.

 

UITGIFTE VAN AANDELEN

 

Artikel 4

 

4.1.           De algemene vergadering besluit tot uitgifte van aandelen; de algemene vergadering stelt de koers en de verdere voorwaarden van uitgifte vast.

 

4.2.           Uitgifte van aandelen geschiedt nimmer beneden pari.

 

4.3.           Uitgifte van aandelen geschiedt bij notariёle akte met inachtneming van het bepaalde in artikel 2:196 Burgerlijk Wetboek.

 

4.4.           Bij uitgifte van aandelen alsook bij het verlenen van rechten tot het nemen van aandelen heeft een aandeelhouder geen voorkeursrecht.

 

4.5.           De vennootschap is niet bevoegd haar medewerking te verlenen aan de uitgifte van certificaten van aandelen.

 

STORTING OP AANDELEN

 

Artikel 5

 

5.1.           Aandelen worden slechts tegen volstorting uitgegeven.

 

5.2.           Storting moet in geld geschieden, voor zover niet een andere inbreng is overeengekomen.

 

5.3.           Storting in geld kan in vreemd geld geschieden, indien de vennootschap daarin toestemt.

 

VERKRIJGING EN VERVREEMDING VAN EIGEN AANDELEN

 

Artikel 6

 

6.1.           De directie kan met machtiging van de algemene vergadering de vennootschap een zodanig aantal volgestorte aandelen in haar eigen kapitaal onder

 

2



 

bezwarende titel doen verkrijgen, dat het nominale bedrag van de te verkrijgen en van de reeds door de vennootschap en haar dochtermaatschappijen tezamen gehouden aandelen in haar kapitaal niet meer dan de helft van het geplaatste kapitaal bedraagt en onverminderd het daaromtrent overigens in de wet bepaalde.

 

6.2.           Ten aanzien van vervreemding door de vennootschap van door haar verkregen aandelen in haar eigen kapitaal is artikel 4 lid 1 van overeenkomstige toepassing. Een besluit tot vervreemding van zodanige aandelen omvat de goedkeuring, als bedoeld in artikel 2:195 lid 3 Burgerlijk Wetboek.

 

AANDEELHOUDERSREGISTER

 

Artikel 7

 

7.1.           De directie houdt een aandeelhoudersregister overeenkomstig de daartoe door de wet gestelde eisen.

 

7.2.           De directie legt het register ten kantore van de vennootschap ter inzage van de aandeelhouders.

 

OPROEPINGEN EN MEDEDELINGEN

 

Artikel 8

 

8.1.           Oproepingen aan aandeelhouders geschieden bij al dan niet aangetekende brief, verzonden aan de adressen vermeld in het aandeelhoudersregister.

 

8.2.           Mededelingen aan de directie geschieden bij al dan niet aangetekende brief, verzonden aan het kantoor van de vennootschap of aan de adressen van alle directeuren.

 

WIJZE VAN LEVERING VAN AANDELEN

 

Artikel 9

 

De levering van aandelen geschiedt bij notariёle akte met inachtneming van het bepaalde in artikel 2:196 Burgerlijk Wetboek.

 

BLOKKERINGSREGELING

 

Artikel 10

 

10.1.         Overdracht van aandelen in de vennootschap, daaronder niet begrepen vervreemding door de vennootschap van door haar verkregen aandelen in haar eigen kapitaal, kan slechts geschieden met inachtneming van de leden 2 tot en met 7 van dit artikel.

 

10.2.         De aandeelhouder die een of meer aandelen wil overdragen, behoeft daartoe de goedkeuring van de algemene vergadering.

 

10.3.         De overdracht moet plaats vinden binnen drie maanden nadat de goedkeuring is verleend of wordt geacht te zijn verleend.

 

10.4.         De goedkeuring wordt geacht te zijn verleend, indien de algemene vergadering niet gelijktijdig met de weigering van de goedkeuring aan de verzoeker opgaaf doet van een of meer gegadigden, die bereid zijn al de aandelen, waarop het verzoek om goedkeuring betrekking heeft, tegen contante betaling te kopen, tegen de prijs, vastgesteld op de wijze als omschreven in lid 5; de

vennootschap zelf kan slechts met goedkeuring van de verzoeker als gegadigde

 

3



 

worden aangewezen. De goedkeuring wordt eveneens geacht te zijn verleend, indien de algemene vergadering niet binnen zes weken na het verzoek om goedkeuring op dat verzoek heeft beslist.

 

10.5.         De verzoeker en de door hem aanvaarde gegadigden zullen in onderling overleg de in lid 4 bedoelde prijs vaststellen. Bij gebreke van overeenstemming geschiedt de vaststelling van de prijs door een onafhankelijke deskundige, aan te wijzen door de directie en de verzoeker in onderling overleg.

 

10.6.         Indien de directie en de verzoeker omtrent de aanwijzing van de onafhankelijke deskundige geen overeenstemming bereiken, geschiedt die aanwijzing door de Voorzitter van de Kamer van Koophandel en Fabrieken, in welker gebied de vennootschap haar hoofdvestiging heeft.

 

10.7.         Zodra de prijs van de aandelen door de onafhankelijke deskundige is vastgesteld, is de verzoeker gedurende een maand na de prijsvaststelling vrij te beslissen, of hij zijn aandelen aan de aangewezen gegadigden zal overdragen.

 

BESTUUR

 

Artikel 11

 

11.1.         De vennootschap wordt bestuurd door een directie, bestaande uit een of meer directeuren. De algemene vergadering bepaalt het aantal directeuren. Een rechtspersoon kan tot directeur worden benoemd.

 

11.2.         Directeuren worden benoemd door de algemene vergadering. De algemene vergadering kan hen te allen tijde schorsen en ontslaan.

 

11.3.         De algemene vergadering stelt de arbeidsvoorwaarden van de directeuren vast.

 

11.4.         Ingeval van belet of ontstentenis van een of meer directeuren zijn de overblijvende directeuren of is de enig overblijvende directeur tijdelijk met het bestuur belast. Ingeval van belet of ontstentenis van alle directeuren of de enige directeur is de persoon, die de algemene vergadering daartoe heeft aangewezen casu quo zal aanwijzen, tijdelijk met het bestuur belast. Ingeval van ontstentenis neemt de in de vorige zin bedoelde persoon zo spoedig mogelijk de nodige maatregelen teneinde een definitieve voorziening te doen treffen.

 

BESLUITVORMING VAN DE DIRECTIE

 

Artikel 12

 

12.1.         De directie kan, met inachtneming van deze statuten, een reglement opstellen, waarin aangelegenheden, haar intern betreffende, worden geregeld. Voorts kunnen de directeuren, al dan niet bij reglement, hun werkzaamheden onderling verdelen.

 

12.2.         De directie vergadert, zo dikwijls een directeur het verlangt. Zij besluit bij volstrekte meerderheid van de uitgebrachte stemmen.

Bij staking van stemmen beslist de algemene vergadering.

 

4



 

12.3.         De directie kan ook buiten vergadering besluiten nemen, mits dit schriftelijk, telegrafisch, per telex of per telecopier geschiedt en alle directeuren zich voor het desbetreffende voorstel uitspreken.

 

12.4.         De directie zal zich gedragen naar de door de algemene vergadering gegeven aanwijzingen betreffende de algemene lijnen van het te voeren financiёle, sociale, economische en het personeelsbeleid.

 

12.5.         De directie behoeft de goedkeuring van de algemene vergadering voor duidelijk in een daartoe strekkend besluit van de algemene vergadering omschreven besluiten.

 

VERTEGENWOORDIGING. PROCURATIEHOUDERS

 

Artikel 13

 

13.1.         De directie, zomede iedere directeur afzonderlijk, is bevoegd de vennootschap - te vertegenwoordigen.

 

13.2.         Indien een directeur in privé een overeenkomst met de vennootschap sluit of in privé enigerlei procedure tegen de vennootschap voert, kan de vennootschap ter zake worden vertegenwoordigd door een van de andere directeuren, tenzij de algemene vergadering daartoe een persoon aanwijst of de wet op andere wijze in de aanwijzing voorziet. Zodanige persoon kan ook zijn de directeur, te wiens aanzien het strijdig belang bestaat. Indien een directeur op een andere wijze dan in de eerste zin van dit lid omschreven een belang heeft, dat strijdig is met dat van de vennootschap, is hij, evenals iedere andere directeur, bevoegd de vennootschap te vertegenwoordigen.

 

13.3.         De directie kan aan een of meer personen, al dan niet in dienst van de vennootschap, procuratie of anderszins doorlopende vertegenwoordigingsbevoegdheid verlenen. Tevens kan de directie aan personen als in de vorige zin bedoeld, alsook aan andere personen mits in dienst van de vennootschap, zodanige titel toekennen, als zij zal verkiezen.

 

ALGEMENE VERGADERINGEN

 

Artikel 14

 

14.1.         De jaarlijkse algemene vergadering wordt binnen zes maanden na afloop van het boekjaar gehouden.

 

14.2.         De agenda voor deze vergadering bevat in ieder geval de vaststelling van de jaarrekening en de bepaling van de winstbestemming, tenzij de termijn voor het opmaken van de jaarrekening is verlengd.

 

In die algemene vergadering wordt de persoon, bedoeld in artikel 11 lid 4, aangewezen en wordt voorts behandeld, hetgeen met inachtneming van de leden 5 en 6 van dit artikel, verder op de agenda is geplaatst.

 

14.3.         Een algemene vergadering wordt bijeengeroepen zo dikwijls de directie of een aandeelhouder het wenselijk acht.

 

14.4.         De algemene vergaderingen worden gehouden in de gemeente waar de vennootschap haar statutaire zetel heeft.

In een elders gehouden algemene vergadering kunnen slechts geldige besluiten

 

5



 

worden genomen, indien het gehele geplaatste kapitaal is vertegenwoordigd.

 

14.5.         Aandeelhouders en vruchtgebruikers en pandhouders met stemrecht worden tot de algemene vergadering opgeroepen door de directie, door een directeur of door een aandeelhouder. Bij de oproeping worden de te behandelen onderwerpen steeds vermeld.

 

14.6.         De oproeping geschiedt niet later dan op de vijftiende dag voor die van de vergadering.

 

Was die termijn korter of heeft de oproeping niet plaats gehad, dan kunnen geen wettige besluiten worden genomen, tenzij het besluit met algemene stemmen wordt genomen in een vergadering, waarin het gehele geplaatste kapitaal vertegenwoordigd is.

 

Ten aanzien van onderwerpen die niet in de oproepingsbrief of in een aanvullende oproepingsbrief met inachtneming van de voor oproeping gestelde termijn zijn aangekondigd, vindt het bepaalde in de vorige zin overeenkomstige toepassing.

 

14.7.         De algemene vergadering benoemt zelf haar voorzitter. De voorzitter wijst de secretaris aan.

 

14.8.         Van het ter vergadering verhandelde worden notulen gehouden.

 

STEMRECHT VAN AANDEELHOUDERS

 

Artikel 15

 

15.1.         Elk aandeel geeft recht op het uitbrengen van een stem. Bij vestiging van een vruchtgebruik of een pandrecht op een aandeel kan het stemrecht, met inachtneming van de wettelijke bepalingen, aan de vruchtgebruiker of de pandhouder worden toegekend.

 

15.2.         Aandeelhouders kunnen zich ter vergadering door een schriftelijk gevolmachtigde doen vertegenwoordigen.

 

15.3.         Besluiten worden genomen bij volstrekte meerderheid van de uitgebrachte stemmen.

 

15.4.         Tenzij de vennootschap vruchtgebruikers of pandhouders met stemrecht kent, kunnen aandeelhouders alle besluiten, die zij in vergadering kunnen nemen, buiten vergadering nemen, mits de directeuren in de gelegenheid zijn gesteld over het voorstel advies uit te brengen. Een zodanig besluit is slechts geldig, indien alle stemgerechtigde aandeelhouders schriftelijk, telegrafisch, per telex of per telecopier ten gunste van het desbetreffende voorstel stem hebben uitgebracht.

Degenen die buiten vergadering een besluit hebben genomen, doen van het aldus genomen besluit onverwijld mededeling aan de directie.

 

BOEKJAAR. JAARREKENING

 

Artikel 16

 

16.1.         Het boekjaar is gelijk aan het kalenderjaar.

 

16.2.         Jaarlijks binnen vijf maanden na afloop van elk boekjaar - behoudens verlenging van deze termijn met ten hoogste zes maanden door de algemene

 

6



 

vergadering op grond van bijzondere omstandigheden - maakt de directie een jaarrekening op en legt zij deze voor de aandeelhouders en vruchtgebruikers en pandhouders met stemrecht ter inzage ten kantore van de vennootschap.

De jaarrekening gaat vergezeld van de verklaring van de accountant, bedoeld in artikel 17, zo de daar bedoelde opdracht is verstrekt, van het jaarverslag, tenzij artikel 2:403 Burgerlijk Wetboek, voor de vennootschap geldt, en van de in artikel 2:392 lid 1 Burgerlijk Wetboek, bedoelde overige gegevens, voor zover het in dat lid bepaalde op de vennootschap van toepassing is.

De jaarrekening wordt ondertekend door alle directeuren.

Indien de ondertekening van een of meer van hen ontbreekt, dan wordt daarvan onder opgaaf van de reden melding gemaakt.

 

16.3.         Vaststelling van de jaarrekening geschiedt door de algemene vergadering. Decharge van de directeuren voor het door hen gevoerde beleid vloeit niet voort uit de vaststelling van de jaarrekening doch dient als afzonderlijk agendapunt tijdens de algemene vergadering te worden behandeld.

 

ACCOUNTANT

 

Artikel 17

 

De vennootschap kan aan een accountant, als bedoeld in artikel 2:393 Burgerlijk Wetboek, de opdracht verlenen om de door de directie opgemaakte jaarrekening te onderzoeken overeenkomstig het bepaalde in lid 3 van dat artikel, met dien verstande dat de vennootschap daartoe gehouden is indien de wet dat verlangt.

Indien de wet niet verlangt dat de in de vorige zin bedoelde opdracht wordt verleend, kan de vennootschap een opdracht tot onderzoek van de opgemaakte jaarrekening ook aan een andere deskundige verlenen; zodanige deskundige wordt hierna ook aangeduid als accountant.

Tot het verlenen van de opdracht is de algemene vergadering bevoegd. Gaat deze daartoe niet over, dan is de directie bevoegd.

De aan de accountant verleende opdracht kan te allen tijde worden ingetrokken door de algemene vergadering of door de directie, indien deze de opdracht heeft verleend.

De accountant brengt omtrent zijn onderzoek verslag uit aan de directie en geeft de uitslag van zijn onderzoek in een verklaring weer.

 

WINST EN VERLIES

 

Artikel 18

 

18.1.         Uitkering van winst ingevolge het in dit artikel bepaalde geschiedt na vaststelling van de jaarrekening waaruit blijkt dat zij geoorloofd is.

 

18.2.         De winst staat ter vrije beschikking van de algemene vergadering.

 

18.3.         De vennootschap kan aan de aandeelhouders en andere gerechtigden tot de voor uitkering vatbare winst slechts uitkeringen doen voor zover haar eigen vermogen groter is dan het bedrag van het geplaatste kapitaal vermeerderd met de reserves die krachtens de wet moeten worden aangehouden.

 

18.4.         Ten laste van de door de wet voorgeschreven reserves mag een tekort slechts worden gedelgd voor zover de wet dat toestaat.

 

7



 

18.5.         Bij de berekening van de verdeling van een voor uitkering op aandelen bestemd bedrag tellen de aandelen die de vennootschap houdt in haar eigen kapitaal niet mee.

 

WINSTUITKERING

 

Artikel 19

 

19.1.         Dividenden zijn opeisbaar vier weken na vaststelling, tenzij de algemene vergadering daartoe op voorstel van de directie een andere datum bepaalt.

 

19.2.         De algemene vergadering kan besluiten, dat dividenden geheel of gedeeltelijk in een andere vorm dan in contanten zullen worden uitgekeerd.

 

19.3.         Onverminderd het bepaalde in artikel 18 lid 3, kan de algemene vergadering besluiten tot gehele of gedeeltelijke uitkering van reserves.

 

19.4.         Onverminderd het bepaalde in artikel 18 lid 3, wordt, indien de algemene vergadering op voorstel van de directie dat bepaalt, uit de winst over het lopende boekjaar een interim-dividend uitgekeerd.

 

VEREFFENING

 

Artikel 20

 

20.1.         Indien de vennootschap wordt ontbonden ingevolge een besluit van de algemene vergadering, geschiedt de vereffening door de directie, indien en voor zover de algemene vergadering niet anders bepaalt.

 

20.2.         Nadat de rechtspersoon heeft opgehouden te bestaan blijven de boeken en bescheiden van de vennootschap gedurende zeven jaar berusten onder degene die daartoe door de vereffenaars is aangewezen.

 

SLOTVERKLARING

 

De comparant, handelend als gemeld, verklaarde tenslotte:

 

a.              in het kapitaal van de vennootschap wordt deelgenomen door de Oprichtster voor achttienduizend (18.000) aandelen;

derhalve bedraagt het geplaatste kapitaal achttienduizend euro (EUR 18.000);

 

b.              alle geplaatste aandelen zijn a pari in geld volgestort; storting in vreemd geld is toegestaan;

 

c.              voor de eerste maal worden tot directeuren van de vennootschap benoemd:

 

(i)             Keith Alan Helming, geboren op twaalf december negentienhonderd achtenvijftig te Indiana, de Verenigde Staten van Amerika; en

 

(ii)            Gordon James Chase, geboren op vijfentwintig juni negentienhonderd negenenzeventig te Hatfield, Verenigd Koninkrijk;

 

d.              het eerste boekjaar van de vennootschap eindigt op éénendertig december tweeduizend twaalf;

 

e.              de verklaring als bedoeld in artikel 2:203a Burgerlijk Wetboek is aan deze akte gehecht.

 

De vennootschap aanvaardt de stortingen vermeld in deze verklaring voor het geval het een verklaring als bedoeld in lid 1 sub b van artikel 2:203a Burgerlijk Wetboek betreft.

 

De comparant is gemachtigd bij een onderhandse akte van volmacht welke

 

8



 

onmiddellijk na het passeren aan deze akte zal worden gehecht.

De comparant is mij, notaris, bekend.

Deze akte is verleden te Amsterdam op de dag aan het begin van deze akte vermeld.

Nadat vooraf door mij, notaris, de zakelijke inhoud van deze akte aan de comparant is medegedeeld en door mij, notaris, is toegelicht, heeft hij verklaard van de inhoud daarvan te hebben kennisgenomen, met de inhoud in te stemmen en op volledige voorlezing daarvan geen prijs te stellen. Onmiddellijk na beperkte voorlezing is deze akte door de comparant en mij, notaris, ondertekend.

(w.g.) P.J. van Drooge, W.H. Bossenbroek

 

UITGEGEVEN VOOR AFSCHRIFT

 

9


 

NOTE: THIS IS A TRANSLATION INTO ENGLISH OF THE ARTICLES OF
ASSOCIATION ( STATUTEN ) OF A DUTCH PRIVATE COMPANY WITH
LIMITED LIABILITY (BESLOTEN VENNOOTSCHAP MET BEPERKTE
AANSPRAKELIJKHEID
) . IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN THE
ENGLISH AND DUTCH TEXTS, THE DUTCH TEXT SHALL PREVAIL.

 

DEED OF INCORPORATION
AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

On this day, the tenth day of April two thousand twelve, appeared before me, Wijnand Hendrik Bossenbroek, civil law notary in Amsterdam:

 

Pieter Jacob van Drooge, employed at my office at 1077 XV Amsterdam,

Strawinskylaan 1999, born in Enschede on the thirteenth day of June nineteen hundred and eighty-one,

acting for the purposes hereof as the holder of a written power of attorney of AerCap Holdings N.V., a limited liability company ( naamloze vennootschap ) , having its corporate seat at Amsterdam (address: 1117 CE Luchthaven Schiphol, Stationsplein 965 AerCap House, trade register number: 34251954), hereinafter to be referred to as: the “ Incorporator ”.

 

The person appearing, acting in the above capacity, declared that he was hereby incorporating a private company with limited liability to be governed by the following

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION ( STATUTEN )

 

NAME AND SEAT

 

Article 1

 

1.1                                  The name of the Company is AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.

 

1.2                                  It has its corporate seat at Amsterdam.

 

OBJECTS

 

Article 2

 

The objects of the Company are:

 

a.                                        to enter into financial engagements, particularly into financial and operational lease agreements, with respect to airplanes and helicopters, airplane and helicopter engines, (spare) components of airplanes and helicopters, as well as related technical equipments and other technical equipment as the company deems fit;

 

b.                                       to enter into service agreements which support the before mentioned engagements;

 

c.                                        to acquire, exploit and sell the before mentioned objects;

 

d.                                       to participate in, to finance, to collaborate with, to conduct the management of and provide advice and other services to legal persons and other enterprises with the same or similar objects;

 

1



 

e.                                        to acquire, use and/or assign industrial and intellectual property rights;

 

f.                                          to borrow, to lend and to raise funds, including the issue of bonds, promissory notes or other securities or evidence of indebtedness as well as to enter into agreements in connection with the aforementioned;

 

g.                                       to provide security for the debts of legal persons or of any other company; and

 

h.                                       to do anything which is, in the widest sense of the word, connected with or may be conducive to the attainment of these objects.

 

SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARES

 

Article 3

 

3.1.                               The authorised share capital of the company amounts to ninety thousand euro (EUR 90,000). It is divided into ninety thousand (90,000) shares of one euro (EUR 1) each.

 

3.2.                               The shares shall be in registered form and shall consecutively be numbered from 1 onwards.

 

3.3.                               No share certificates shall be issued.

 

3.4.                               The company may make loans in respect of a subscription for or acquisition of shares in its share capital up to an amount not exceeding the amount of its distributable reserves. A resolution by the managing board to make a loan as referred to in the preceding sentence shall be subject to the approval of the general meeting of shareholders, hereinafter also to be referred to as: the general meeting.

 

The company shall maintain a non-distributable reserve for an amount equal to the outstanding amount of the loans as referred to in this paragraph.

 

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

Article 4

 

4.1. Shares shall be issued pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting; the general meeting shall determine the price and further terms and conditions of the issue.

 

4.2.                               Shares shall never be issued at a price below par.

 

4.3.                               Shares shall be issued by notarial deed, in accordance with the provisions set out in section 2:196 of the Civil Code.

 

4.4.                               Shareholders have no pre-emption rights upon issue of shares or upon a grant of rights to subscribe for shares.

 

4.5.                               The company is not authorised to cooperate in the issue of depositary receipts for shares.

 

PAYMENT FOR SHARES

 

Article 5

 

5.1.                               Shares shall only be issued against payment in full.

 

5.2.                               Payment must be made in cash, providing no alternative contribution has been agreed.

 

5.3.                               Payment in cash may be made in a foreign currency, subject to the company’s consent.

 

2



 

REPURCHASE AND DISPOSAL OF SHARES

 

Article 6

 

6.1.                               Subject to authorisation by the general meeting, the managing board may cause the company to acquire such number of fully paid up shares in its own share capital for a consideration that the aggregate par value of the shares in its share capital to be acquired and already held by the company and its subsidiary companies does not exceed half the issued share capital and without prejudice to the other provisions of the law in respect thereof.

 

6.2.                               Article 4, paragraph 1, shall equally apply to the disposal of shares acquired in its share capital by the company. A resolution to dispose of such shares shall be deemed to include the approval as referred to in section 2:195, subsection 3 of the Civil Code.

 

SHAREHOLDERS REGISTER

 

Article 7

 

7.1.                               The managing board shall maintain a shareholders register in accordance with the requirements set for that purpose by law.

 

7.2.                               The managing board shall make the register available at the office of the company for inspection by the shareholders.

 

NOTICES OF MEETINGS AND NOTIFICATIONS

 

Article 8

 

8.1.                               Notices of meetings and notifications to shareholders shall be sent by registered or regular letter to the addresses stated in the shareholders register.

 

8.2.                               Notifications to the managing board shall be sent by registered or regular letter to the office of the company or to the addresses of all managing directors.

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

Article 9

 

Any transfer of shares shall be effected by notarial deed, in accordance with the provisions set out in section 2:196 of the civil Code.

 

RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

Article 10

 

10.1.                         A transfer of shares in the company - not including a transfer by the company of shares which it has acquired in its own share capital - may only be effected with due observance of paragraphs 2 to 7 inclusive of this article.

 

10.2.                         A shareholder who wishes to transfer one or more shares shall require the approval of the general meeting.

 

10.3.                         The transfer must be effected within three months after the approval has been granted or is deemed to have been granted.

 

10.4.                         The approval shall be deemed to have been granted if the general meeting, simultaneously with the refusal to grant its approval, does not provide the requesting shareholder with the names of one or more prospective purchasers who are prepared to purchase all the shares referred to in the request for approval, against payment in cash, at the purchase price determined in

 

3



 

accordance with paragraph 5; the company itself may only be designated as prospective purchaser with the approval of the requesting shareholder.

 

The approval shall likewise be deemed granted if the general meeting has not made a decision in respect of the request for approval within six weeks of its receipt.

 

10.5.                         The requesting shareholder and the prospective purchasers accepted by him shall determine the purchase price referred to in paragraph 4 by mutual agreement.

 

Failing agreement, the purchase price shall be determined by an independent expert, to be designated by mutual agreement between the managing board and the requesting shareholder.

 

10.6.                         Should the managing board and the requesting shareholder fail to reach agreement on the designation of the independent expert, such designation shall be made by the President of the Chamber of Commerce and Industry, within the district in which the company has its head office.

 

10.7.                         Once the purchase price of the shares has been determined by the independent expert, the requesting shareholder shall be free, for a period of one month after such determination of the purchase price, to decide whether he will transfer his shares to the designated prospective purchasers.

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Article 11

 

11.1.                         The company shall be managed by a managing board, consisting of one or more managing directors. The general meeting shall determine the number of managing directors.

 

A legal entity may be appointed as a managing director.

 

11.2.                         Managing directors shall be appointed by the general meeting. The general meeting may at any time suspend and dismiss managing directors.

 

11.3.                         The general meeting shall determine the terms and conditions of employment of the managing directors.

 

11.4.                         In the event that one or more managing directors is prevented from acting or is failing, the remaining managing directors or the only remaining managing director shall temporarily be in charge of the management.

 

In the event that all managing directors are or the only managing director is prevented from acting or are / is failing, the person designated or to be designated for that purpose by the general meeting shall temporarily be in charge of the management.

 

Failing one or more managing directors the person referred to in the preceding sentence shall take the necessary measures as soon as possible in order to have a definitive arrangement made.

 

RESOLUTIONS BY THE MANAGEMENT BOARD

 

Article 12

 

12.1.                         With due observance of these articles of association, the managing board may

 

4



 

adopt rules governing its internal proceedings. Furthermore, the managing directors may divide their duties among themselves, whether or not by rule.

 

12.2.                         The managing board shall meet whenever a managing director so requires. The managing board shall adopt its resolutions by an absolute majority of votes cast.

 

In a tie vote, the general meeting shall decide.

 

12.3.                         The managing board may also adopt resolutions without holding a meeting, provided such resolutions are adopted in writing, by cable, by telex or by telefax and all managing directors have expressed themselves in favour of the proposal concerned.

 

12.4.                         The managing board shall adhere to the instructions of the general meeting in respect of the general financial, social, economic and personnel policies to be pursued by the company.

 

12.5.                         The general meeting may adopt resolutions pursuant to which clearly specified resolutions of the managing board require its approval.

 

REPRESENTATION. AUTHORISED SIGNATORIES

 

Article 13

 

13.1.                         The managing board as well as each managing director individually shall have power to represent the company.

 

13.2.                         If a managing director, acting in his personal capacity, enters into an agreement with the company, or if he, acting in his personal capacity, conducts any litigation against the company, the company may be represented in that matter by one of the other managing directors, unless the general meeting designates a person for that purpose or unless the law provides otherwise for such designation. Such person may also be the managing director with whom the conflict of interest exists. If a managing director has a conflict of interest with the company other than as referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph, he shall as each of the other managing directors have power to represent the company.

 

13.3.                         The managing board may grant to one or more persons, whether or not employed by the company, the power to represent the company (“procuratie”) or grant in a different manner the power to represent the company on a continuing basis. The managing board may also grant such titles as it may determine to persons, as referred to in the preceding sentence, as well as to other persons, but only if such persons are employed by the company.

 

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

Article 14

 

14.1.                         The annual general meeting shall be held within six months after the end of the financial year.

 

14.2.                         The agenda for this meeting shall in any case include the adoption of the annual accounts and the allocation of profits, unless the period for preparation of the annual accounts has been extended.

 

5



 

At such general meeting the person referred to in article 11, paragraph 4, shall be designated and, furthermore, all items which have been put on the agenda in accordance with paragraphs 5 and 6 of this article shall be discussed.

 

14.3.                         A general meeting shall be convened whenever the managing board or a shareholder considers appropriate.

 

14.4.                         General meetings shall be held in the municipality where the company has its corporate seat.

 

Resolutions adopted at a general meeting held elsewhere shall be valid only if the entire issued share capital is represented.

 

14.5.                         Shareholders and usufructuaries and pledgees with voting rights shall be given notice of the general meeting by the managing board, by a managing director or by a shareholder. The notice shall specify the items to be discussed.

 

14.6.                         Notice shall be given not later than on the fifteenth day prior to the date of the meeting.

 

If the notice period was shorter or if no notice was sent, no valid resolutions may be adopted unless the resolution is adopted by unanimous vote at a meeting at which the entire issued share capital is represented.

 

The provision of the preceding sentence shall equally apply to matters which have not been mentioned in the notice of meeting or in a supplementary notice sent with due observance of the notice period.

 

14.7.                         The general meeting shall appoint its chairman. The chairman shall designate the secretary.

 

14.8.                         Minutes shall be kept of the business transacted at a meeting.

 

VOTING RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Article 15

 

15.1.                         Each share confers the right to cast one vote. If a usufruct or pledge on shares is established, the voting rights may be granted to the usufructuary and pledgee, with due observance of the legal provisions.

 

15.2.                         Shareholders may be represented at a meeting by a proxy authorised in writing.

 

15.3.                         Resolutions shall be adopted by an absolute majority of votes cast.

 

15.4.                         Unless the Company has usufructuaries or pledgees with voting rights, shareholders may adopt any resolutions which they could adopt at a meeting, provided that the managing directors have been able to advice regarding such resolution. Such a resolution shall only be valid if all shareholders entitled to vote have cast their votes in writing, by cable, by telex or by telefax in favour of the proposal concerned.

 

Those who have adopted a resolution without holding a meeting shall forthwith notify the managing board of the resolution so adopted.

 

FINANCIAL YEAR. ANNUAL ACCOUNTS

 

Article 16

 

16.1.                         The financial year shall coincide with the calendar year.

 

16.2.                         Annually, within five months after the end of each financial year - subject to an

 

6



 

extension of such period not exceeding six months by the general meeting on the basis of special circumstances - the managing board shall prepare annual accounts and shall make these available at the office of the company for inspection by the shareholders and usufructuaries or pledgees with voting rights. The annual accounts shall be accompanied by the auditor’s certificate, referred to in article 17, if the assignment referred to in that article has been given, by the annual report, unless section 2:403 of the Civil Code is applicable to the company, and by the additional information referred to in section 2:392, subsection 1 of the Civil Code, insofar as the provisions of that subsection apply to the company.

 

The annual accounts shall be signed by all managing directors. If the signature of one or more of them is lacking, this shall be disclosed, stating the reasons thereof.

 

16.3.                         The annual accounts shall be approved and adopted by the General Meeting. The discharge of directors for their conduct of affairs does not automatically result from the approval of the annual accounts, but should be dealt with as a separate item on the agenda of the general meeting.

 

AUDITOR

 

Article 17

 

The company may give an assignment to an auditor, as referred to in section 2:393 of the civil Code, to audit the annual accounts prepared by the managing board in accordance with subsection 3 of such section provided that the company shall give such assignment if the law so requires.

 

If the law does not require that the assignment mentioned in the preceding sentence be given the company may also give the assignment to audit the annual accounts prepared by the managing board to another expert; such expert shall hereinafter also be referred to as: auditor.

 

The general meeting shall be authorised to give the assignment referred to above. If the general meeting fails to do so, then the managing board shall be so authorised.

 

The assignment given to the auditor may be revoked at any time by the general meeting and by the managing board if it has given such assignment.

 

The auditor shall report on his audit to the managing board and shall issue a certificate containing its results.

 

PROFIT AND LOSS

 

Article 18

 

18.1.                         Distribution of profits pursuant to this article shall be made following the adoption of the annual accounts which show that such distribution is allowed.

 

18.2.                         The profits shall be at the free disposal of the general meeting.

 

18.3.                         The company may only make distributions to shareholders and other persons entitled to distributable profits to the extent that its equity exceeds the total amount of its issued share capital and the reserves to be maintained pursuant to the law.

 

7



 

18.4.                              A loss may only be applied against reserves maintained pursuant to the law to the extent permitted by law.

 

18.5.                         When determining the division of the amount to be distributed among shareholders, shares which are held by the company shall not be counted.

 

DISTRIBUTION OF PROFITS

 

Article 19

 

19.1.                         Dividends shall be due and payable four weeks after they have been declared, unless the general meeting determines another date on the proposal of the managing board.

 

19.2.                         The general meeting may resolve that dividends shall be distributed in whole or in part in a form other than cash.

 

19.3.                         Without prejudice to article 18, paragraph 3, the general meeting may resolve to distribute all or any part of the reserves.

 

19.4.                         Without prejudice to article 18, paragraph 3, an interim dividend shall be distributed out of the profits made in the current financial year, if the general meeting so determines on the proposal of the managing board.

 

LIQUIDATION

 

Article 20

 

20.1.                         If the company is dissolved pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting, it shall be liquidated by the managing board, if and to the extent that the general meeting shall not resolve otherwise.

 

20.2.                         After the legal entity has ceased to exist, the books and records of the company shall remain in the custody of the person designated for that purpose by the liquidators for a period of seven years.

 

FINAL STATEMENTS

 

Finally, the person appearing, acting in the stated capacity, declared:

 

a.                                        the Incorporator is participating as to eighteen thousand (18,000) shares in the Company’s share capital;

accordingly, the issued share capital is eighteen thousand euro (EUR 18,000);

 

b.                                       all issued shares have been fully paid up in cash at nominal value; payments may be made in a foreign currency;

 

c.                                        (i)             Keith Alan Helming, born on the twelfth day of December nineteen hundred and fifty-eight in Indiana, the United States of America; and

 

(ii)            Gordon James Chase, born on the twenty-fifth day of June nineteen hundred and seventy-nine in Hatfield, United Kingdom,

 

are appointed as the first managing directors of the Company;

 

d.                                       the first financial year shall end on the thirty-first day of December two thousand and twelve.

 

e.                                        the statement referred to in Article 2:203a Civil Code has been attached to this deed. In the event that it is a statement referred to in Article 2:203a(1)(b) Civil Code, the Company accepts the payments referred to in the statement.

 

The authorisation granted to the person appearing is evidenced by one private power of

 

8



 

attorney which immediately after the execution will be attached to this deed. The person appearing is known to me, civil law notary.

 

This deed was executed in Amsterdam on the date mentioned in its heading. After I, civil law notary, had conveyed and explained the contents of the deed in substance to the person appearing, he declared that he had taken note of the contents of the deed, was in agreement with the contents and did not wish them to be read out in full. Following a partial reading, the deed was signed by the person appearing and by me, civil law notary.

 

(Signed): P.J. van Drooge, W.H. Bossenbroek

 

 

 

ISSUED FOR TRUE COPY

 

(Signed: W.H. Bossenbroek)

 

9




Exhibit 3.3

 


 

 

AerCap Holdings N.V.

 

Rules

 

for the

 

Board of Directors,

 

including its Committees

 


 

as of 22 March 2011

 

i



 

CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

 

PAGE

 

 

 

1.

INTRODUCTION

 

3

2.

THE BOARD

 

5

2.1

RESPONSIBILITIES

 

5

2.2

COMPOSITION AND TERM

 

5

2.3

APPOINTMENT AND DISMISSAL OF DIRECTORS

 

5

2.4

REMUNERATION

 

6

2.5

MAJORITY AND QUORUM

 

6

2.6

MEETINGS

 

6

3.

CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

8

4.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

10

4.1

TASKS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

10

5.

CHAIRMAN AND VICE-CHAIRMAN

 

10

5.1

TASKS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

10

6.

THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR/CEO

 

10

6.1

GENERAL

 

10

6.2

POWERS OF THE CEO

 

11

7.

COMMITTEES

 

11

8.

INTEREST OF, AND TRANSACTIONS IN, SECURITIES OTHER THAN ISSUED BY THE COMPANY

 

12

9.

RELATIONSHIP WITH THE SHAREHOLDERS

 

12

10.

RELATIONSHIP WITH THE WORKS COUNCIL

 

13

11.

GOVERNING LAW

 

14

 

 

 

ANNEX A

 

 

Independency Criteria Non-Executive Directors

 

15

 

 

 

ANNEX B

 

16

Matters excluded from delegation to the CEO

 

 

 

 

 

ANNEX C

 

20

Internal Rules Group Executive Committee

 

 

 

 

 

ANNEX D

 

23

Internal Rules Group Portfolio and Investment Committee

 

 

 

 

 

ANNEX E

 

27

Internal Rules Group Treasury and Accounting Committee

 

 

 

 

 

ANNEX F

 

31

Internal Rules Audit Committee

 

 

 

 

 

ANNEX G

 

36

Internal Rules Nomination and Compensation Committee

 

 

 

ii



 

AerCap Holdings N.V.

 

RULES FOR THE

BOARD OF DIRECTORS, INCLUDING ITS COMMITTEES

 

1.                                       INTRODUCTION

 

1.1                                  Article 16, paragraph 2 of the articles of association of AerCap Holdings N.V. (the Company) (the Articles) provides that the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) shall adopt rules governing its internal affairs (the Rules) and that such Rules may also contain an allocation of duties to one or more directors.

 

1.2                                  The Rules may only be amended in accordance with clause 2.5.3 and 2.5.4. of the Rules.

 

1.3                                  The Board and each of its Directors shall observe and comply with the Rules and action shall be taken by the Board and its Directors to ensure that the Directors shall observe and comply with the principles set out in the Rules.

 

1.4                                  In these Rules, the following expressions shall have the following respective meanings:

 

Articles means the articles of association of the Company;

 

Audit Committee means the audit committee of the Company;

 

Board means the Board of Directors (Bestuur) of the Company;

 

CEO means the chief executive officer of the Company, referred to in clause 6;

 

Chairman means the chairman of the Board, referred to in clauses 2.2.2 and 5;

 

Company means: AerCap Holdings N.V.;

 

Committee(s) means the Group Executive Committee, the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee, the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee, the Audit Committee and the Nomination and Compensation Committee and any other committee which the Board may establish from time to time pursuant to clause 7;

 

3



 

Group Corporate Counsel means the group corporate counsel of the Company, referred to in clause 2.6.8;

 

Directors means the directors of the Company and Director means anyone of the Directors;

 

Executive Director means the executive director of the Company, referred to in clause 6;

 

General Meeting of Shareholders means the Company’s general meeting of shareholders;

 

Group means for the purposes of these Rules, the Company and all the subsidiaries which are consolidated in the Company’s accounts according to US GAAP and “Group Company” means any one of them;

 

Group Executive Committee means the group executive committee of the Company;

 

Group Portfolio and Investment Committee means the group portfolio and investment committee of the Company;

 

Group Treasury and Accounting Committee means the group treasury and accounting committee of the Company;

 

Nomination and Compensation Committee means the nomination and compensation committee of the Company;

 

Non-Executive Directors means the non-executive directors of the Company, referred to in clause 4 and Non-Executive Director means anyone of the Non-Executive Directors;

 

Rules  means these rules governing the Board’s internal affairs, including its annexes;

 

Vice-Chairman means the vice-chairman of the Board, referred to in clauses 2.2.2 and 5.

 

1.5                                  References to clauses are to be construed as references to clauses of the Rules.

 

4



 

2.                                       THE BOARD

 

2.1                                Responsibilities

 

2.1.1                        In addition to the responsibilities that follow from the law, the Articles and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, the Directors shall be collectively responsible for the management, general and financial affairs and policy and strategy of the Group.

 

2.2                                Composition and term

 

2.2.1                        The Board shall consist of up to twelve (12) Directors. The Board shall appoint from the number of Directors one (1) Executive Director. The other Directors shall be the Non-Executive Directors. The Executive Director shall be the CEO.

 

2.2.2                        The Board shall appoint among its Non-Executive Directors the Chairman and the Vice-Chairman. A Chairman may submit his resignation as Chairman to the Board or may be dismissed as Chairman by the Board. The appointment shall further terminate if the Chairman is dismissed or resigns as a Director. This shall be applicable mutatis mutandis to the Vice-Chairman.

 

2.2.3                        The Board shall aim for a diverse composition, in line with the global nature and identity of the Company and its business, in terms of such factors as nationality, background, gender and age.

 

2.2.4                        The Board shall prepare a profile which regulates the size and composition of the group of Non-Exectutive Directors, in accordance with the Articles and these Board Rules and taking account of the nature of the Company’s business, its activities and the desired expertise and background of the Non-Executive Directors. The profile shall state what specific objective is pursued by the Board.

 

2.2.5                        If one or more of the Directors is/are permanently incapacitated or prevented from acting, article 16.8 of the Articles shall apply.

 

2.3                                Appointment and dismissal of Directors

 

2.3.1                        The Directors are appointed in the manner as described in article 15.2 of the Articles.

 

2.3.2                        The Board intends to comply with the independency criteria which are applicable to Non-Executive Directors, as included in the Dutch corporate governance code and listed in Annex A.

 

5



 

2.3.3                        The Directors are suspended and dismissed in the manner as described in article 15.4 and 15.5 of the Articles. If the general meeting of shareholders has suspended a director, the general meeting of shareholders shall within three months after the suspension has taken effect resolve either to dismiss such director, or to terminate or continue the suspension, failing which the suspension shall lapse. A resolution to continue the suspension may be adopted only once and in such event the suspension may be continued for a maximum period of three months commencing on the day the general meeting of shareholders has adopted the resolution to continue the suspension. If within the period of continued suspension the general meeting of shareholders has not resolved either to dismiss the director concerned or to terminate the suspension, the suspension shall lapse. A suspended Director shall be given an opportunity to account for his actions at the General Meeting of Shareholders and to be assisted by counsel in doing so.

 

2.4                                Remuneration

 

2.4.1                        The Board shall determine the remuneration, bonuses and other terms of employment of the Directors, with due regard for (i) the recommendations made by the Nomination and Compensation Committee in accordance with Annex G, clause 1.2, (ii) the Group’s remuneration policy as determined by the general meeting of shareholders and (iii) the Articles.

 

2.4.2                        The CEO shall not participate in the discussions and discisionmaking in meetings of the Board regarding his remuneration.

 

2.5                                Majority and quorum

 

2.5.1                        Each Director shall have the right to cast one vote in a meeting.

 

2.5.2                        The Chairman shall use its best efforts to see to it that the majority of the meetings of the Board shall be held in the Netherlands and a majority of the written resolutions adopted in accordance with clause 2.6.5, shall be deemed to be adopted in the Netherlands. A Director can authorise another Director, to represent him or her at a Board meeting and to vote on his or her behalf. Such authorisation shall be in writing (including email).

 

2.5.3                        The Board can only pass resolutions when a quorum of four Directors, comprising of at least the CEO and the Chairman - or in his absence, the Vice-Chairman - participate in a meeting.

 

2.5.4                        All resolutions shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast. In the event of a tie vote, the matter shall be decided by the Chairman, or in his absence the Vice-Chairman.

 

6



 

2.6                                Meetings

 

2.6.1                       The Board shall - with due observance of the following paragraphs - at least meet quarterly, physically or in accordance with clause 2.6.4, or more frequently according to need.

 

2.6.2                       The Chairman shall chair the meetings of the Board. If the Chairman is absent, the Vice-Chairman shall chair the meeting.

 

2.6.3                       The notice of the meeting shall be given by the Chairman, or in his absence the Vice-Chairman, or the CEO and shall set out an agenda identifying in reasonable detail the matters to be discussed at the meeting and shall be accompanied by copies of any relevant papers to be discussed at the meeting. Any matter which is to be submitted to the Board for a decision which is not identified in reasonable detail as aforesaid may, notwithstanding the foregoing, be decided upon at the applicable meeting, unless any Director, acting reasonably, requests reasonable detail in which case the meeting shall be adjourned, once only, for fourteen days maximum in which time the Director or members having submitted the matter to the Board shall supply reasonable detail to the others.

 

There shall be at least two days between the date on which notice is given to each of the Directors of any meeting of the Board and the date on which it is held, unless the person giving notice of the meeting determines a shorter notice period.

 

2.6.4                       The contemporaneous linking together by telephone conference or audio-visual communication facilities of the Directors, shall be deemed to constitute a meeting of the Board for the duration of the connection. Any Director taking part, shall be deemed present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote or counted in quorum accordingly. Such meeting shall be deemed to be held in the Chairman’s office, or in his absence the Vice-Chairman’s office, in the Netherlands if the majority of the participants are in the Netherlands for the full duration of the meeting.

 

2.6.5                       Resolutions of the Board may, instead of in a meeting, be passed in writing - including any electronic message and facsimile, or in the form of a message transmitted by any accepted means of communication and received or capable of being produced in writing - provided that all Directors were notified of the resolution being passed in writing and that the Chairman or in his absence the Vice-Chairman have not prior to passing of the resolution been notified of any objections to this decision-making process and furthermore provided that the resolution is signed by a majority of the Directors. A resolution shall be deemed

 

7



 

to be adopted in the Netherlands if a majority of the Directors executing the resolution are in the Netherlands when signing the resolution.

 

2.6.6.                    The minutes of a meeting of the Board shall be adopted in the same or in the next meeting or, in exceptional circumstances, in a subsequent meeting. Minutes of the matters dealt with at a meeting of the Board shall be sufficient evidence thereof and of the observance of all necessary formalities, provided such minutes are certified by the Chairman or in his absence the Vice- Chairman.

 

2.6.7                       In case an extract of the minutes of a meeting of the Board will be required this extract can be certified by the Chairman or in his absence the Vice- Chairman, or any director or the Group Corporate Counsel.

 

2.6.8                       The Board shall be assisted by the Group Corporate Counsel. The Group Corporate Counsel shall ensure that the correct procedures are followed and that the Board acts in accordance with its statutory obligations and its obligations under the Articles of Association. He shall assist the Chairman in the actual organisation of the affairs of the Board. The Group Corporate Counsel shall be appointed and dismissed by the Board. The Board hereby delegates to the Group Corporate Counsel the authority to bindingly interpret the Rules. Each time the Group Corporate Counsel gives such binding interpretation, the Chairman shall be forthwith informed.

 

3.                                     CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

3.1                                A Director shall not participate in the discussions and/or decision-taking process on a subject or transaction in relation to which he/she has a conflict of interest with the Company within the meaning of article 3.2. Such transaction must be concluded on terms at least customary in the sector concerned. Resolutions to enter into such transaction must be approved by the Board. The Chairman shall procure that transactions in respect of which Directors have a conflict of interest will be referred to in the Company’s annual report with reference to the conflict of interests and a declaration that articles 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 were complied with.

 

3.2                                A Director shall in any event have a conflict of interests of significant interest to the Company and/or the relevant member of the Board (“ conflict of interests ”) with the Company if:

 

a.                                        he/she personally has a material* financial interest in a company with which the Company intends to enter into a transaction;

b.                                       he/she has a family law relationship ( familierechtelijke verhouding ) with

 


*  According to the Mock Scale, “material” (aanzienlijk) means between 20-45%.

 

8



 

a member of the managing board, supervisory board or board of directors of a company with which the Company intends to enter into a transaction;

c.                                        he/she is a member of the managing board, supervisory board or board of directors of, or holds similar office with, a company with which the Company intends to enter into a transaction;

d.                                       under applicable law, including the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed, such conflict of interests exists or is deemed to exist;

e.                                        the Board has ruled that such conflict of interests exists or is deemed to exist.

 

3.3.                             Each Director (other than the Chairman) shall immediately report any potential conflict concerning a Director to the Chairman. The Director with such (potential) conflict of interests must provide the Chairman with all information relevant to the conflict of interests, including information relating to the persons with whom he/she has a relationship under family law ( familierechtelijke verhouding ) .

 

In all circumstances other than the ones listed in article 3.2 under d) and e), the Chairman will determine whether a reported (potential) conflict of interests qualifies as a conflict of interests to which article 3.1 applies.

 

In case the Chairman has a (potential) conflict of interest, he shall immediately report such potential conflict to the Vice-Chairman. The Chairman must provide the Vice-Chairman with all information relevant to the conflict of interests, including information relating to the persons with whom he/she has a relationship under family law ( familierechtelijke verhouding ). In all circumstances other than the ones listed in article 3.2 under d) and e), the Board will determine whether a reported (potential) conflict of interests qualifies as a conflict of interests to which article 3.1 applies.

 

3.4                                All transactions between the Company and legal or natural persons who hold at least ten percent of the shares in the Company shall be agreed on terms that are customary in the sector concerned. Decisions to enter into transactions in which there are conflicts of interest with such persons that are of material significance to the Company and/or to such persons require the approval of the Board. Such transactions shall be published in the annual report, together with a declaration that this article has been observed.

 

3.5                                The external auditor shall in any event have a conflict of interests with the Company, if:

 

a.                                        the independence of the external auditor with respect to its (supervision of) financial reporting is compromised by the non-audit activities for the

 

9



 

Company (including inter alia marketing, advice on (management) consultancy or information technology);

b.                                       the responsible partner in the external auditors firm has been in charge of the audit activities for the Company during a continuous period of five years without rotation;

c.                                        under applicable law, including the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed, such conflict of interests exists or is deemed to exist;

d.                                       the Board at his sole discretion has ruled that such conflict of interests exists or is deemed to exist.

 

The external auditor of the Company, as well as each Director shall immediately report any potential conflict concerning the external auditor to the Chairman. The external auditor of the Company, as well as each Director must provide all information relevant to the conflict of interests to the Chairman. In all circumstances other than the ones listed under c and d above the Board will determine whether a reported (potential) conflict of interests qualifies as a conflict of interests pursuant to which the appointment of the external auditor will have to be reconsidered or other measures must be taken to resolve it. The Chairman shall procure that those measures will be mentioned in the Company’s annual report with reference to the conflict of interests and a declaration that this article 3.5 was complied with.

 

4.                                     NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

4.1                              Tasks and Responsibilities

 

The role of the Non-Executive Directors is to supervise the policies of the CEO and the general affairs of the Group, as well as to assist the CEO by providing advice. In discharging their role, the Non-Executive Directors shall be guided by the interests of the Group, and shall, within the boundaries set by relevant Dutch corporate law, take into account the relevant interests of the Company’s shareholders.

 

5.                                     CHAIRMAN AND VICE-CHAIRMAN

 

5.1                              Tasks and Responsibilities

 

5.1.1                       The Chairman of the Board shall see to it that:

 

a.                                        the Directors and the members of the Committees receive in good time all information which is necessary for the proper performance of their duties;

b.                                       there is sufficient time for consultation and decision-making by the Board;

 

10


 

c.                                        the Board and Committees shall be proper constituted and functioning properly;

d.                                       the performance of the Directors is assessed at least once a year; the performance review of the CEO will take place without the presence of the CEO;

e.                                        the contact with the works council is productive and that the results thereof are timely and prudently communicated to the Directors;

f.                                          he will receive and decide on, reported potential conflicts of interests within the meaning of article 3;

g.                                       the Board shall appoint from among its Non-Executive Directors, the Vice-Chairman;

h.                                       the Directors follow their induction and education or training programme, if and when applicable.

 

5.1.2                        The Chairman shall chair the meetings of the Board and the General Meeting of Shareholders.

 

5.1.3                        If the Chairman is permanently incapacitated or prevented from acting, the Vice-Chairman shall be charged with his tasks.

 

6.                                      THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR/CEO

 

6.1                               General

 

6.1.1                        The Executive Director shall be the CEO. The CEO shall represent the Company.

 

6.1.2                        The CEO is primarily responsible for managing the operational running of the Group. In doing so, the CEO shall closely cooperate with his co-members of the Group Executive Committee, the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee and the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee. The CEO is supervised and supported by the Non-Executive Directors.

 

6.2                               Powers of the CEO

 

6.2.1                        All powers, authority and discretions that are vested in the Board are hereby delegated to the CEO, except in relation to the matters listed in Annex B and those matters delegated to the Group Corporate Counsel pursuant to clause 2.6.8 and those matters delegated to the Committees pursuant to clause 7. Matters not expressly included in Annex B, shall be validly resolved upon by the CEO and no further resolutions, approvals, consents, consultations or other involvement of the Board shall be required and the Company shall have full and complete authority to engage in such matters.

 

In case of urgency, being a situation where a failure to have a Board or

 

11



 

Committee meeting before the entering into any legal act as listed in Annex B could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on the Group, the CEO is authorized to enter into these legal acts without having the prior approval by the Board or relevant Committee, provided that the CEO consults the Chairman, or in his absence the Vice-Chairman. The Board shall soon thereafter be informed of the entering into the respective legal act. The absence of the approval by the Board shall not affect the representative authority of the CEO.

 

6.2.2                        The CEO can delegate his powers, authority and discretion as the CEO thinks appropriate. In such case the CEO shall inform the Chairman, or in his absence the Vice-Chairman, thereof as soon as practically possible.

 

6.2.3                        Within the authorization policy as approved by the Board, the CEO may authorise members of the Group Executive Committee and other employees to represent the Company on a continuing basis.

 

7.                                       COMMITTEES

 

7.1                                 The Board shall establish and maintain five committees. These are the Group Executive Committee, the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee, the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee, the Audit Committee and the Nomination and Compensation Committee.

 

7.2                                 In addition to the Committees referred to under clause 7.1, the Board may form one or more other committees as it deems fit. The Board may also delegate certain of its tasks to a Committee. The delegation of certain tasks to a Committee does not negate the joint responsibility of all Board members. The Board may reverse a delegation at any time.

 

7.3                                 The internal rules of the Group Executive Committee, the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee, the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee, the Audit Committee and the Nomination and Compensation Committee have been included in their internal rules as set out in Annex C, Annex D, Annex E, Annex F and Annex G, respectively. Such rules may be amended from time to time; all in accordance with clause 2.5.4 of the Rules.

 

8.                                      INTEREST OF, AND TRANSACTIONS IN, SECURITIES OTHER THAN ISSUED BY THE COMPANY

 

8.1                                 With respect to the ownership of and transactions with securities other than securities issued by the Company, each Director must at all times comply with the Group policies and procedures and with all Dutch and foreign statutory provisions and regulations applicable thereto.

 

12



 

9.                                      RELATIONSHIP WITH THE SHAREHOLDERS

 

9.1                                 In accordance with the Articles, general meetings of shareholders may be convened at the request of the Board. The person(s) convening the meeting shall ensure that it is held in due time and that the shareholders are informed by means of a shareholders circular of all facts and circumstances relevant to the item(s) on the agenda. The shareholders circular will be placed on the website of the Company.

 

9.2                                 The Directors shall participate in shareholders meetings, unless they are prevented from attending on serious grounds. In conformity with article 5.1.2, the Chairman shall, as a general rule, chair the general meetings, and shall – pursuant to the Articles decide on the contents of resolutions. The ruling pronounced by the Chairman in respect of the outcome of a vote in a general meeting shall be decisive subject to the provisions of article 2:13 of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

9.3                                 The Board shall provide the general meeting with any information it may require concerning an item on the agenda, unless important interests ( zwaarwegende belangen ) of the Company or any law, rules or regulations applicable to the Company prevent it from doing so. The Board shall specify the reasons for invoking such important interests.

 

9.4                                 The Board is responsible for the corporate governance structure of the Company and must give account to the general meeting in relation to such structure. Each year the broad outline of the Company’s corporate governance structure shall be set forth in a separate chapter of the annual report. In this chapter where the best practices of the Dutch corporate governance code were followed and if not, the reason for not doing so, and to which extent the Company deviates from these best practices. Each significant change in the Company’s corporate governance structure and the compliance of the Dutch corporate governance code shall be addressed in a separate item on the agenda for consideration by the general meeting.

 

10.                               RELATIONSHIP WITH THE WORKS COUNCIL

 

10.1                           The Board shall annually fix a schedule for attendance by one or more of its members of the consultative meetings with the works council - if it has been established -, to the extent that the law or an agreement with the works council requires members to be present. Attendance is required by law at meetings as referred to in section 24, paragraph 1 of the Works Councils Act ( Wet op de ondernemingsraden ) where the general course of affairs of the Company or proposals as referred to in section 25, paragraph 1 of the Works

 

13



 

Councils Act are discussed. In addition, the Board may schedule other meetings with the works council.

 

10.2                           The Board shall annually draw up a list of Directors who are available to attend meetings of the works council where the law does not require such attendance.

 

10.3                           The Chairman is primarily responsible for maintaining and co-ordinating contacts with the works council. If a Director is invited to attend a meeting of the works council, he shall accept the invitation only after consultation with the Chairman, or in his absence the Vice-Chairman.

 

11.                               GOVERNING LAW

 

11.1                           These Rules shall be governed by, and be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Netherlands.

 

These Rules were established on 27 September 2006, pursuant to a resolution of the Board adopted on 27 September 2006, amended on 18 March 2008 pursuant to a resolution of the Board adopted on 18 March 2008, amended on 21 October 2008 pursuant to a resolution of the Board adopted on 21 October 2008, amended on 25 March 2009 pursuant to a resolution of the Board adopted on 25 March 2009, amended on 7 July 2009 pursuant to a resolution of the Board adopted on 7 July 2009, amended on 12 March 2010 pursuant to a resolution of the Board adopted on 12 March 2010, amended on 27 May 2010 pursuant to a resolution of the Board adopted on 27 May 2010 and amended on 22 March 2011 pursuant to a resolution of the Board adopted on 22 March 2011.

 

 

 

 

Chairman

 

CEO

 

14



 

ANNEX A

 

Independency criteria as included in the Dutch corporate governance code

 

A Non-Executive Director shall be deemed to be independent if the following criteria of dependence do not apply to him. The said criteria are that the Non-Executive Director concerned or his wife, registered partner or other life companion, foster child or relative by blood or marriage up to the second degree:

 

a.                                        has been an employee or member of the management board or Executive Director of the Company (including associated companies as referred to in section5:48(2) on the Act of Financial Supervision in the five years prior to the appointment;

 

b.                                       receives personal financial compensation from the Company, or a company associated with it, other than the compensation received for the work performed as a Non-Executive Director and in so far as this is not in keeping with the normal course of business;

 

c.                                        has had an important business relationship with the Company, or a company associated with it, in the year prior to the appointment. This includes the case where the Non-Executive Director, or the firm of which he is a shareholder, partner, associate or adviser, has acted as adviser to the Company (consultant, external auditor, civil notary and lawyer) and the case where the Non-Executive Director is a management board member or an employee of any bank with which the Company has a lasting and significant relationship;

 

d.                                       is a member of the management board or executive director of a company in which an Executive Director which he supervises is a supervisory board member or non-executive director;

 

e.                                        holds at least ten percent of the shares in the Company (including the shares held by natural persons or legal entities which cooperate with him under an express or tacit, oral or written agreement);

 

f.                                          is a member of the management board or supervisory board, or (non-) executive director - or is a representative in some other way - of a legal entity which holds at least ten percent of the shares in the Company, unless such entity is a member of the same group as the Company;

 

g.                                       has temporarily managed the Company during the previous twelve months where Executive Directors have been absent or unable to discharge their duties.

 

 

Approved by the Board at its meeting of 22 March 2011.

 

 

Chairman

 

CEO

 

15



 

ANNEX B

 

Exclusively the following matters are not delegated by the Board to the CEO:

 

A.                          termination of operations

 

disposing of the enterprise or almost the entire enterprise of the Company to a party outside the Group;

 

B.                            acquisition and sale of assets

 

acquiring and disposing of aircraft, engines and/or financial assets, the book value of which is in excess of USD 100 million or in respect of which a price is paid which is in excess of USD 100 million, save for transactions within the Group;

 

C.                            joint ventures

 

entering into or terminating any long-term co-operation with another legal entity, company or partnership, or as a fully liable partner in a limited or general partnership, if such co-operation or termination is of far-reaching significance to the Group as a whole;

 

D.                           major M&A

 

acquiring an interest in an entity that, when acquired, would qualify as a subsidiary of the Company, or disposing of an interest in a subsidiary of the Company, against a purchase price or sale price respectively of at least USD 100 million, save for transactions within the Group;

 

E.                             funding

 

obtaining commitments to fund, assuming non-trade debt, giving guarantees, pledging or entering into any arrangement having a similar economic effect resulting in a liability towards a party outside the Group which exceeds USD 100 million per transaction;

 

F.                             lending

 

entering into or terminating any financing under which the Company accepts a funding commitment in favour of a party outside the Group in excess of USD 100 million per transaction;

 

G.                            capital structure

 

entering into a transaction involving its own shares (i.a. repurchase, issuance and capital reduction), or any other securities to be issued by it;

 

16



 

H.                           listing

 

applying for or terminating a listing of any securities issued by it on any stock exchange;

 

I.                                articles of association

 

a proposal to the General Meeting of Shareholders to amend the Company’s articles of association;

 

J.                               dissolution

 

a proposal to the General Meeting of Shareholders to dissolve the Company;

 

K.                           legal merger or demerger

 

proposing to enter into a legal merger or demerger within the meaning of Title 7 of Book 2 Dutch Civil Code to the General Meeting of Shareholders, or resolving upon the entering into a legal merger, as well as drawing up and adopting any document required in order to effectuate such legal merger or demerger;

 

L.                             insolvency 

 

applying for the Company’s bankruptcy or suspension of payments;

 

M.                        general meetings of shareholders

 

the calling of the annual or an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders and any other decision regarding the convening and/or holding of such meeting, such as setting the record date and drawing up the agenda;

 

N.                           issuance of shares

 

resolving upon (i) the issuance of new shares in the Company’s share capital, (ii) the granting of rights to subscribe for such shares and/or to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights in respect of any issuance of shares, in the event the General Meeting of Shareholder has authorized the Board to do so;

 

O.                           acquisition of own shares

 

resolving upon the acquisition of shares in the Company’s own share capital, in the event the General Meeting of Shareholder has authorized the Board to do so;

 

P.                             share certificates

 

any resolution regarding share certificates, such as form and contents of, the issuance and cancellation of share certificates;

 

17



 

Q.                           releasing shareholders

 

releasing former shareholders from any further liability after transfer or allocation of shares which were not fully paid up;

 

R.                            reservations

 

resolving upon the reservation of all or part of the Company’s profits;

 

S.                             financial assistance

 

resolutions with regard to the granting of loans, within the meaning of 2:98c Dutch Civil Code;

 

T.                            remuneration

 

the determination of the remuneration of the Directors in accordance with clause 2.4;

 

U.                           CEO, Chairman and Vice-Chairman

 

the appointment of the CEO, the Chairman and the Vice-Chairman;

 

V.                            descriptions

 

drawing up descriptions pursuant to articles 2:94 b and 2:94c Dutch Civil Code;

 

W.                       internal audit

 

hiring and firing of the head of the internal audit department;

 

Explanatory and construction notes

 

Re A, C, D

 

These phrase come from 2:107a civil code and shall be interpreted accordingly (except with respect to monetary thresholds);

 

 

 

Re B, D, E:

 

If an amount or value referred to above is denominated in a currency other than USD, then such other currency denominated amount or value shall be converted into USD against the spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with USD in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. five business days prior to the date of entry into such (first) transaction, not counting the latter date;

 

 

 

Re C:

 

An existing long term co-operation within the meaning of paragraph (C) is: Aer Venture. Aer Dragon does not qualify as such. A “ co-operation” means any form of co-operation, whether contractual or incorporated. It also includes a

 

18



 

 

 

statutory merger, and other structural co-operations. A co-operation is “ long term ” if it is entered into for a period of five years or more or for an indefinite period of time. A co-operation is of “ far reaching significance ” for the Company if as a result of such co-operation the identity (for example legal form) of the Company or the nature of its enterprise changes dramatically.

 

 

 

Re E

 

The term “ debt ” refers to the line in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet;

 

 

 

Re E

 

The term “ pledging ” refers to the creation of any security/collateral that purports to secure a financial obligation.

 

 

 

Re E and F:

 

The term “ fund ” or “ funding ” in paragraphs (E) and (F) excludes aircraft operational leasing, which is the core business of the Group;

 

The board may delegate its authority in respect of the matters addressed in this Annex B to any of its committees. Failure to obtain authorization (from the board, or if delegated to a committee, from the committee) cannot be opposed third parties. In case of doubt whether pursuant to this Annex B board (or if delegated committee) authorization is required, the CEO shall request advice from the Group Corporate Counsel. Such advice may be relied upon by any party outside the Group, also for the purpose of compliance and governance matters, as well as legal advice and opinions.

 

Approved by the Board at its meeting of 22 March 2011.

 

 

Chairman

 

CEO

 

******

 

19



 

ANNEX C

 

Internal Rules Group Executive Committee

 

1.                                       Task and Responsibility

 

1.1                                  The Group Executive Committee shall assist the CEO with the operational running of the Group, subject always to the CEO’s ultimate responsibility.

 

1.2                                  Matters entrusted to the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee or the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee and matters that exceed the powers, authority and discretions delegated by the Board to the CEO, fall outside the scope of the activities of the Group Executive Committee.

 

1.3                                  The Group Executive Committee shall be chaired by the CEO. The chairman shall be responsible for keeping the Board informed of all relevant developments within the Group Executive Committee and the matters entrusted to the Group Executive Committee.

 

2.                                       Composition

 

The Group Executive Committee shall consist of the CEO and up to ten members of the Group’s senior management, to be appointed by the CEO, with the approval of the Nomination and Compensation Committee.

 

3.             Meetings

 

3.1                                  The Group Executive Committee shall meet at least four times per year, or more frequently according to need. The chairman shall use its best efforts to see to it that the majority of the meetings of the Group Executive Committee shall be held in the Netherlands and a majority of the written resolutions adopted in accordance with clause 3.10, shall be deemed to be adopted in the Netherlands.

 

A member can authorise another member, to represent him or her at a meeting and to vote on his or her behalf. Such authorisation shall be in writing (including email).

 

3.2                                  The chairman shall chair the meeting. If the chairman is absent, the meeting shall be chaired by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (the CFO ) .

 

3.3                                  The chairman may invite non-members to meetings of the Group Executive Committee to brief the members of the Group Executive Committee on specific items.

 

20


 

3.4                                  The notice of the meeting shall be given by the chairman, or in his absence the CFO, and shall set out an agenda identifying in reasonable detail the matters to be discussed at the meeting and shall be accompanied by copies of any relevant papers to be discussed at the meeting. There shall be at least 24 hours between the date on which notice is given to each of the members of the Group Executive Committee of any meeting and the date on which it is held, unless the chairman, or in his absence the CFO, determines a shorter notice period.

 

3.5                                  With respect to matters relating to non-Dutch Group Companies the Group Executive Committee may make recommendations to the board of management of the relevant company, and these recommendations shall not be nor deemed to be nor construed to be formal resolutions of any corporate body of such company.

 

3.6                                  The Group Executive Committee can only pass resolutions when at least two (2) members and the CEO, or in his absence, the CFO, participate in the meeting.

 

3.7                                  Each member of the Group Executive Committee shall have the right to cast one vote in a meeting, provided that the CEO has the power to overrule any decision taken by the Group Executive Committee. In such case, the CEO will immediately inform the Chairman, or in his absence the Vice-Chairman. In case the CEO is not present at a meeting, he will have the power to overrule any decision taken by the Group Executive Committee, in the next meeting, unless the decision has already been implemented.

 

3.8                                  All resolutions shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast. In the event of a tie vote, the CEO shall have the casting vote.

 

3.9                                  The contemporaneous linking together by telephone conference or audio-visual communication facilities of members of the Group Executive Committee, shall be deemed to constitute a meeting of the Group Executive Committee for the duration of the connection. Any member taking part, shall be deemed present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote or counted in a quorum accordingly. Such meeting shall be deemed to be held in the chairman’s office in the Netherlands if the majority of the participants are in the Netherlands for the full duration of the meeting.

 

21



 

3.10                            Resolutions of the Group Executive Committee may, instead of in a meeting, be passed in writing - including any electronic message and facsimile, or in the form of a message transmitted by any accepted means of communication and received or capable of being produced in writing – provided that all members of the Group Executive Committee were notified of the resolution being passed in writing and that the chairman or in his absence the CFO have not prior to passing of the resolution been notified of any objections to this decision-making process and furthermore provided that the resolution is signed by a majority of the members of the Group Executive Committee. A resolution shall be deemed to be adopted in the office of the chairman in the Netherlands if a majority of the members executing the resolution are in the Netherlands when signing the resolution.

 

3.11                            If the chairman decides that minutes of a meeting of the Group Executive Committee will be prepared, these minutes shall be adopted by the chairman. Minutes of the matters dealt with in a meeting of the Group Executive Committee shall be sufficient evidence thereof and of the observance of all necessary formalities, provided such minutes are certified by the chairman of the Group Executive Committee or in his absence the CFO.

 

3.12                            In case an extract of the minutes of a meeting of the Group Executive Committee will be required this extract can be certified by the chairman of the Group Executive Committee or in his absence the CFO, or any member of the Group Executive Committee or the Group Corporate Counsel.

 

3.13                            Members of the Group Executive Committee shall notify the chairman in case of absence from their place of business for more than one week.

 

Approved by the Board at its meeting of 22 March 2011.

 

 

 

Chairman

 

CEO

 

******

 

22



 

ANNEX D

 

Internal Rules Group Portfolio and Investment Committee

 

1.                                       Task and Responsibility

 

1.1                                  The Group Portfolio and Investment Committee is, by way of delegation, entrusted with all the Board’s powers, authorities and discretions (inclusive the power to sub-delegate) in relation to acquiring or disposing of aircraft, engines and/or financial assets, the book value of which is in excess of USD 100 million but less than USD 500 million or in respect of which a price is paid which is in excess of USD 100 million but less than USD 500 million. Matters entrusted to the CEO or the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee fall outside the powers, authorities and discretions of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee.

 

1.2                                  If an amount or value referred to above is denominated in a currency other than USD, then such other currency denominated amount or value shall be converted into USD against the spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with USD in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. five business days prior to the date of entry into such (first) transaction, not counting the latter date.

 

1.3                                  The Board may by separate resolution lay down in more detail the delegation of its powers, authorities and discretions in respect of the Group’s investment functions.

 

1.4                                  Matters delegated to the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee pursuant to section 1.1 and 1.3 above which shall be validly resolved upon by the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee and no further resolutions, approvals, consents, consultations or other involvement of the Board shall be required and the Company shall have full and complete authority to engage in such matters.

 

1.5                                  The Group Portfolio and Investment Committee is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company ( CFO ) . The chairman shall be responsible for keeping the Board informed of all relevant developments within the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee and the matters entrusted to the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee.

 

23



 

Composition

 

2.1                                  The Group Portfolio and Investment Committee shall consist of the CFO, the CEO, at least one Non-Executive Director and up to ten members of the Group’s senior management, to be appointed by the CEO, with the approval of the Nomination and Compensation Committee.

 

3.             Meetings

 

3.1                                  The Group Portfolio and Investment Committee shall meet according to need. The chairman shall use its best efforts to see to it that the majority of the meetings of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee shall be held in the Netherlands and a majority of the written resolutions adopted in accordance with clause 3.8, shall be deemed to be adopted in the Netherlands. A member can authorise another member, to represent him or her at a meeting and to vote on his or her behalf. Such authorisation shall be in writing (including email).

 

3.2                                  The chairman shall chair the meeting. If the chairman is absent, the meeting shall appoint one of the members of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee as chairman of the meeting.

 

3.3                                  The notice of the meeting shall be given by the chairman, or in his absence any other member of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee and shall set out an agenda identifying in reasonable detail the matters to be discussed at the meeting and shall be accompanied by copies of any relevant papers to be discussed at the meeting. There shall be at least 24 hours between the date on which notice is given to each of the members of the Portfolio and Management Committee of any meeting and the date on which it is held, unless the person giving notice of the meeting determines a shorter notice period.

 

3.4                                  With respect to matters relating to non-Dutch Group Companies the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee shall not make approval decisions but may make recommendations to the board of management of the relevant company, and these recommendations shall not be nor deemed to be nor construed to be formal resolutions of any corporate body of such company.

 

3.5                                  The Group Portfolio and Investment Committee can only pass resolutions when at least two (2) members and the CFO, or in his absence the CEO, and one Non-Executive Director participate in the meeting.

 

3.6                                  Each member of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee shall have the right to cast one vote in a meeting.

 

24



 

3.7                                  All resolutions shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast. In the event of a tie vote, the matter shall be decided by the Board.

 

3.8                                  The contemporaneous linking together by telephone conference or audio-visual communication facilities of members of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee, shall be deemed to constitute a meeting of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee for the duration of the connection. Any member taking part, shall be deemed present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote or counted in a quorum accordingly. Such meeting shall be deemed to be held in the chairman’s office in the Netherlands if the majority of the participants are in the Netherlands for the full duration of the meeting.

 

3.9                                  Resolutions of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee may, instead of in a meeting, be passed in writing - including any electronic message and facsimile, or in the form of a message transmitted by any accepted means of communication and received or capable of being produced in writing - provided that all members of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee were notified of the resolution being passed in writing and that the chairman has not prior to passing of the resolution been notified of any objections to this decision-making process and furthermore provided that the resolution is signed by a majority of the members of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee.

 

A resolution shall be deemed to be adopted in the Netherlands if a majority of the members executing the resolution are in the Netherlands when signing the resolution.

 

3.10                            The minutes of a meeting of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee shall be adopted by the chairman. Minutes of the matters dealt with in a meeting of the Portfolio and Management Committee shall be sufficient evidence thereof and of the observance of all necessary formalities, provided such minutes are certified by the chairman of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee.

 

3.11                            In case an extract of the minutes of a meeting of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee will be required this extract can be certified by the chairman of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee or in his absence the CEO, or any member of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee or the Group Corporate Counsel.

 

25



 

3.12                            The CEO shall at all times be authorised to refer a matter that falls within the scope of the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee’s responsibilities to the Board for decision by the Board.

 

Approved by the Board at its meeting of 22 March 2011.

 

 

 

Chairman

 

CEO

 

******

 

26



 

ANNEX E

 

Internal Rules Group Treasury and Accounting Committee

 

1.             Task and Responsibility

 

1.1                                  The Group Treasury and Accounting Committee is, by way of delegation, entrusted with all the Board’s powers, authorities and discretions (inclusive the power to sub-delegate) in relation to:

 

a.                                        obtaining commitments to fund, assuming non-trade debt, giving guarantees, pledging or entering into any arrangement having a similar economic effect resulting in a liability towards a party outside the Group which exceeds USD 100 million but is less than USD 500 million per transaction;

 

b.                                       entering into or terminating any financing under which the Company accepts a funding commitment in favour of a party outside the Group in excess of USD 100 million but less than USD 500 million per transaction.

 

1.2                                  The term “ debt ” in section 1.1 above refers to the line in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet;

 

The term “ pledging ” in section 1.1 above refers to the creation of any security/collateral that purports to secure a financial obligation.

 

The term “ fund ” or “ funding ” in section 1.1 excludes aircraft operational leasing, which is the core business of the Group;

 

If an amount or value referred to above is denominated in a currency other than USD, then such other currency denominated amount or value shall be converted into USD against the spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with USD in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. five business days prior to the date of entry into such (first) transaction, not counting the latter date.

 

1.3                                  The Board may by separate resolution lay down in more detail the delegation of its powers, authorities and discretions in respect of the Group’s treasury functions.

 

27



 

1.4                                  Matters delegated to the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee pursuant to section 1.1 and 1.3 above shall be validly resolved upon by the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee and no further resolutions, approvals, consents, consultations or other involvement of the Board shall be required and the Company shall have full and complete authority to engage in such matters.

 

1.5                                  The Group Treasury and Accounting Committee shall monitor the observance of the Group’s hedging, taxation and accounting policies. It shall forthwith report any irregularities to the Audit Committee.

 

1.6                                  The Group Treasury and Accounting Committee is chaired by the CFO. The chairman shall be responsible for keeping the Board informed of all relevant developments within the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee and the matters entrusted to the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee.

 

Composition

 

2.1                                  The Group Treasury and Accounting Committee shall consist of the CFO, the CEO, at least one Non-Executive Director and up to ten members of the Group’s senior management, to be appointed by the CEO, with the approval of the Nomination and Compensation Committee.

 

3.             Meetings

 

3.1                                  The Group Treasury and Accounting Committee shall meet at least four times per year, or more frequently according to need. The chairman shall use its best efforts to see to it that the majority of the meetings of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee shall be held in the Netherlands and a majority of the written resolutions adopted in accordance with clause 3.8, shall be deemed to be adopted in the Netherlands. A member can authorise another member, to represent him or her at a meeting and to vote on his or her behalf. Such authorisation shall be in writing (including email).

 

3.2                                  The chairman shall chair the meeting. If the chairman is absent, the meeting shall appoint one of the members of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee as chairman of the meeting.

 

3.3                                  The notice of the meeting shall be given by the chairman, or in his absence any other member of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee and shall set out an agenda identifying in reasonable detail the matters to be discussed at the meeting and shall be accompanied by copies of any relevant papers to be discussed at the meeting. There shall be at least 24 hours between the date on which notice is given to each of the members of the

 

28



 

Group Treasury and Accounting Committee of any meeting and the date on which it is held, unless the person giving notice of the meeting determines a shorter notice period.

 

3.4                                  With respect to matters relating to non-Dutch Group Companies the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee shall not make approval decisions but may make recommendations to the board of management of the relevant company, and these recommendations shall not be nor deemed to be nor construed to be formal resolutions of any corporate body of such company.

 

3.5                                  The Group Treasury and Accounting Committee can only pass resolutions when at least two (2) members and the CFO, or in his absence the CEO, and one Non-Executive Director participate in the meeting.

 

3.6           Each member of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee shall have the right to cast one vote in a meeting.

 

3.7                                  All resolutions shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast. In the event of a tie vote, the matter shall be decided by the Board.

 

3.8                                  The contemporaneous linking together by telephone conference or audio-visual communication facilities of members of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee, shall be deemed to constitute a meeting of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee for the duration of the connection. Any member taking part, shall be deemed present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote or counted in a quorum accordingly. Such meeting shall be deemed to be held in the chairman’s office in the Netherlands if the majority of the participants are in the Netherlands for the full duration of the meeting.

 

3.9                                  Resolutions of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee may, instead of in a meeting, be passed in writing - including any electronic message and facsimile, or in the form of a message transmitted by any accepted means of communication and received or capable of being produced in writing – provided that all members of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee were notified of the resolution being passed in writing and that the chairman has not prior to passing of the resolution been notified of any objections to this decision-making process and furthermore provided that the resolution is signed by a majority of the members of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee. A resolution shall be deemed to be adopted in the Netherlands if a majority of the members executing the resolution are in the Netherlands when signing the resolution.

 

3.10         The minutes of a meeting of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee

 

29



 

shall be adopted by the chairman. Minutes of the matters dealt with in a meeting of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee shall be sufficient evidence thereof and of the observance of all necessary formalities, provided such minutes are certified by the chairman of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee.

 

3.11                            In case an extract of the minutes of a meeting of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee will be required this extract can be certified by the chairman of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee or in his absence the CEO, or any member of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee or the Group Corporate Counsel.

 

3.12                            The CEO shall at all times be authorised to refer a matter that falls within the scope of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee’s responsibilities to the Board for decision by the Board.

 

 

Approved by the Board at its meeting of 22 March 2011.

 

 

 

Chairman

 

CEO

 

******

 

30


 

 

 

ANNEX F

 

Internal Rules Audit Committee

 

1.                                       Task and Responsibility

 

1.1                                  The Audit Committee shall assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities in respect of:

 

a.                                        the integrity of the Group’s financial statements;

b.                                       the Group’s risk management and internal control arrangements;

c.                                        the Group’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

d.                                       the provision of financial information by the Company;

e.                                        the selection, performance, qualifications and independence of the external auditors;

f.                                          compliance with recommendations and observations of internal and external auditors;

g.                                       the Company’s policy on tax planning;

h.                                       the financing of the Company;

i.                                           the applications of information and communication technology (ICT), as necessary in performance of the Audit Committee’s duties;

j.                                           the performance of the internal audit function;

k.                                        the pre-approval of all auditing services and the internal control-related services;

m.                                     the permitting of non-audit services to be performed for the Company by its independent external auditor (“independent auditor”, or “external auditor”).

 

In connection with the oversight of the relationship with the Company’s independent auditor, the Audit Committee shall furthermore:

 

a.                                        at least annually obtain and review a report by the Company’s independent auditor describing (i) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures, (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the independent auditor, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the independent auditor, and any steps taken to deal with any such issues and (iii) all relationships between the independent auditor and the Company in order to assess the auditor’s independence;

b.                                       ensure the regular rotation of the lead audit partner as required by law, and consider whether in order to assure continuing auditor

 

31



 

independence, there should be regular rotation of the audit firm itself;

c.                                        review with the independent auditor any audit problems or difficulties the auditor encountered in the course of the audit work, including any restrictions on the scope of the independent auditor’s activities or on access to requested information, and any significant disagreements with management;

d.                                       review with the independent auditor any accounting adjustments that were noted or proposed by the independent auditor but were “passed” (as immaterial or otherwise), any communications on which the national office of the independent auditor was consulted by the Company’s audit team respecting auditing or accounting issues presented by the engagement and any “management” or “internal control” letter issued or proposed to be issued by the independent auditor to the Company.

 

1.2                                  The Audit Committee shall act as the principal contact for the external auditor if the external auditor discovers irregularities in the content of the financial reports.

 

1.3                                  The Audit Committee is chaired by the person appointed thereto by the Board, provided that the chairman of the Audit Committee shall have the necessary qualifications. The Audit Committee shall not be chaired by the Chairman.

 

The chairman of the Audit Committee shall be responsible for keeping the Board informed of all relevant developments within the Audit Committee and the matters entrusted to the Audit Committee.

 

1.4                                  The Board shall ensure that complaints received by the Company in relation to the financial reporting, the internal risk management and control systems and the audit are received, recorded and dealt with.

 

2.                                       Composition

 

2.1                                  The Audit Committee shall consist of three (3) Non-Executive Directors, provided that each member shall be independent as defined by Rule 10A-3 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.2                                  The members of the Audit Committee are appointed by the Board, upon recommendation of the Nomination and Compensation Committee.

 

2.3                                  At least one member of the Audit Committee shall be a financial expert, in the sense that he or she has relevant knowledge and experience of financial administration and accounting for listed companies or other large legal

 

32



entities.

 

In determining whether a member of the Audit Committee is a financial expert, the Board shall consider the person’s understanding of the generally accepted accounting principles used by the Company in preparing its primary financial statements.

 

If any member of the Audit Committee serves on the Audit Committee of more than three public companies, then the Board shall determine and disclose that such simultaneous service would not impair the ability of such member to effectively serve on the Company’s Audit Committee.

 

3.                                       Meetings

 

3.1                                  The Audit Committee shall meet at least four times per year, or more frequently according to need, but at least once a year without other Board members and management being present. The chairman shall use its best efforts to see to it that the majority of the meetings of the Audit Committee shall be held in the Netherlands and a majority of the written resolutions adopted in accordance with clause 3.6, shall be deemed to be adopted in the Netherlands. A member can authorise another member, to represent him or her at a meeting and to vote on his or her behalf. Such authorisation shall be in writing (including email).

 

3.2                                  The chairman shall chair the meeting. If the chairman is absent, the meeting shall appoint one of the members of the Audit Committee as chairman of the meeting.

 

3.3                                  The notice of the meeting shall be given by the chairman, or in his absence any other member of the Audit Committee and shall set out an agenda identifying in reasonable detail the matters to be discussed at the meeting and shall be accompanied by copies of any relevant papers to be discussed at the meeting. There shall be at least 24 hours between the date on which notice is given to each of the members of the Audit Committee of any meeting and the date on which it is held, unless the person giving notice of the meeting determines a shorter notice period.

 

3.4                                  Each member of the Audit Committee shall have the right to cast one vote in a meeting. All resolutions shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast.

 

3.5                                  The contemporaneous linking together by telephone conference or audio-visual communication facilities of members of the Audit Committee, shall be deemed to constitute a meeting of the Audit Committee for the duration of the connection. Any member taking part, shall be deemed present in person

 

33



 

at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote or counted in a quorum accordingly. Such meeting shall be deemed to be held in the chairman’s office in the Netherlands if the majority of the participants are in the Netherlands for the full duration of the meeting.

 

3.6                                  Resolutions of the Audit Committee may, instead of in a meeting, be passed in writing - including any electronic message and facsimile, or in the form of a message transmitted by any accepted means of communication and received or capable of being produced in writing – provided that all members of the Audit Committee were notified of the resolution being passed in writing and that the chairman has not prior to passing of the resolution been notified of any objections to this decision-making process and furthermore provided that the resolution is signed by a majority of the members of the Audit Committee. A resolution shall be deemed to be adopted in the Netherlands if a majority of the members executing the resolution are in the Netherlands when signing the resolution.

 

3.7                                  The minutes of a meeting of the Audit Committee shall be adopted by the chairman. Minutes of the matters dealt with in a meeting of the Audit Committee shall be sufficient evidence thereof and of the observance of all necessary formalities, provided such minutes are certified by the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

3.8                                  In case an extract of the minutes of a meeting of the Audit Committee will be required this extract can be certified by the chairman of the Audit Committee or in his absence by any member of the Audit Committee or the Group Corporate Counsel.

 

3.9                                  The Audit Committee shall decide whether and, if so, when the Chairman, the CEO, the CFO, the external auditor and the internal auditor, should attend its meetings.

 

4.                                       Oversight of the Internal Audit Function, Compliance Matters and Controls

 

The Audit Committee shall:

 

1.                                        review with the independent auditor the responsibilities, budget and staffing of the Company’s internal audit function;

 

2.                                        take appropriate remedial action upon being informed by the independent auditor that Section 10A(b) of the Exchange Act may have been implicated;

 

3.                                        consider and discuss with the Board and the independent auditor the quality and adequacy of the Company’s internal controls;

 

34



 

4.                                        establish procedures for (i) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and (ii) the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and

 

5.                                        review disclosures made to the Committee by the Company’s CEO and CFO during their certification process for the Company’s annual filings with the SEC about any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls or material weaknesses therein and any fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls.

 

5.                                       Audit Committee Resources

 

The Audit Committee shall have the authority to engage independent counsel and other advisors as the Audit Committee deems necessary to carry out its duties, and the Company shall provide appropriate funding as determined by the Audit Committee.

 

6.                                       Disclosure

 

Details relating to the Audit Committee, including the names of Audit Committee members and a summary of the terms of the “Internal Rules Audit Committee” shall be included in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F or 40-F (the “Annual Report”), as the case may be, as filed with the SEC. The “Internal Rules Audit Committee” shall also be made available on the Company’s website. The Company shall include a statement in its Annual Report as filed with the SEC, indicating that a copy of the “Internal Rules Audit Committee” is available on its website and in print to any shareholder who requests a copy.

 

Approved by the Board at its meeting of 22 March 2011.

 

Chairman

CEO

 

******

 

35



 

ANNEX G

 

Internal Rules Nomination and Compensation Committee

 

1.                                       Task and Responsibility

 

1.1                                  The Nomination and Compensation Committee shall be responsible for:

 

a.                                        selection and recruitment of candidates for the position of CEO, Non-Executive Director and Chairman;

b.                                       recommendation of candidates for positions in the Audit Committee;

c.                                        succession planning within the Board and the Committees;

d.                                       monitoring compliance with the prohibition on loans to executive officers and directors under the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

 

1.2                                  The Nomination and Compensation Committee shall make recommendations to the Board regarding remuneration, bonuses and other terms of employment of the Directors, with due regard for (i) the Group’s remuneration policy as determined by the general meeting of shareholders and (ii) the Articles.

 

1.3                                  The approval of the Nomination and Compensation Committee shall be required for:

 

a                                           the appointment of members of the Group Executive Committee, the Group Portfolio and Investment Committee and the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee;

b.                                       the determination of remuneration, bonuses and other terms of employment of members of the Group Executive Committee, not being the CEO and Non-Executive Directors and any change thereto.

 

1.4                                  The Nomination and Compensation Committee shall be consulted in case of removals, other than through lapse of term or contract, of the Directors and members of the Committees, not being Directors, save for removals in special circumstances that permit no delay.

 

1.5                                  The Nomination and Compensation Committee shall be chaired by the Chairman. The Chairman shall be responsible for keeping the Board informed of all relevant developments within the Nomination and Compensation Committee and the matters to entrusted to the Nomination and Compensation Committee.

 

2.                                       Composition

 

The Nomination and Compensation Committee shall consist of the Chairman and up to three (3) Non-Executive Directors to be appointed by the Board.

 

36



 

3.                                       Meetings

 

3.1                                  The Nomination and Compensation Committee shall meet at least once per year, or more frequently according to need. The chairman shall use its best efforts to see to it that the majority of the meetings of the Nomination and Compensation Committee shall be held in the Netherlands and a majority of the written resolutions adopted in accordance with clause 3.7, shall be deemed to be adopted in the Netherlands. A member can authorise another member, to represent him or her at a meeting and to vote on his or her behalf. Such authorisation shall be in writing (including email).

 

3.2                                  The chairman shall chair the meeting. If the chairman is absent, the meeting shall appoint one of the members of the Nomination and Compensation Committee as chairman of the meeting.

 

3.3                                  The notice of the meeting shall be given by the chairman, or in his absence any other member of the Nomination and Compensation Committee and shall set out an agenda identifying in reasonable detail the matters to be discussed at the meeting and shall be accompanied by copies of any relevant papers to be discussed at the meeting. There shall be at least 24 hours between the date on which notice is given to each of the members of the Nomination and Compensation Committee of any meeting and the date on which it is held, unless the person giving notice of the meeting determines a shorter notice period.

 

3.4                                  Each member of the Nomination and Compensation Committee shall have the right to cast one vote in a meeting. All resolutions shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes cast.

 

3.5                                  The contemporaneous linking together by telephone conference or audio-visual communication facilities of members of the Nomination and Compensation Committee, shall be deemed to constitute a meeting of the Nomination and Compensation Committee for the duration of the connection. Any member taking part, shall be deemed present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote or counted in a quorum accordingly. A resolution shall be deemed to be adopted in the chairman’s office in the Netherlands if a majority of the members executing the resolution are in the Netherlands when signing the resolution.

 

3.6                                  Resolutions of the Nomination and Compensation Committee may, instead of in a meeting, be passed in writing - including any electronic message and facsimile, or in the form of a message transmitted by any accepted means of communication and received or capable of being produced in writing –

 

37



 

provided that all members of the Nomination and Compensation Committee were notified of the resolution being passed in writing and that the chairman has not prior to passing of the resolution been notified of any objections to this decision-making process and furthermore provided that the resolution is signed by a majority of the members of the Nomination and Compensation Committee.

 

A resolution shall be deemed to be adopted in the Netherlands if a majority of the members executing the resolution are in the Netherlands when signing the resolution.

 

3.7                                  The minutes of a meeting of the Nomination and Compensation Committee shall be adopted by the chairman. Minutes of the matters dealt with in a meeting of the Nomination and Compensation Committee shall be sufficient evidence thereof and of the observance of all necessary formalities, provided such minutes are certified by the chairman of the Nomination and Compensation Committee.

 

3.8                                  In case an extract of the minutes of a meeting of the Nomination and Compensation Committee will be required this extract can be certified by the chairman of the Nomination and Compensation Committee or in his absence by any member of the Nomination and Compensation Committee or the Group Corporate Counsel

 

Approved by the Board at its meeting of 22 March 2011.

 

Chairman

CEO

 

******

 

38


 



Exhibit 4.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 


 

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

 

6.375% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2017

 


 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of May 22, 2012

 


 

Wilmington Trust, National Association

 

Trustee

 


 



 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture

 

 

Act Section

 

Indenture Section

310

(a)(1)

 

7.10

 

(a)(2)

 

7.10

 

(a)(3)

 

N.A.

 

(a)(4)

 

N.A.

 

(a)(5)

 

7.10

 

(b)

 

7.10

 

(c)

 

N.A.

311

(a)

 

7.11

 

(b)

 

7.11

 

(c)

 

N.A.

312

(a)

 

2.05

 

(b)

 

12.03

 

(c)

 

12.03

313

(a)

 

7.06

 

(b)(2)

 

7.06; 7.07

 

(c)

 

7.06; 12.02

 

(d)

 

7.06

314

(a)

 

4.03;12.02; 12.05

 

(c)(1)

 

12.04

 

(c)(2)

 

12.04

 

(c)(3)

 

N.A.

 

(e)

 

12.05

 

(f)

 

N.A.

315

(a)

 

7.01

 

(b)

 

7.05; 12.02

 

(c)

 

7.01

 

(d)

 

7.01

 

(e)

 

6.11

316

(a) (last sentence)

 

2.09

 

(a)(1)(A)

 

6.05

 

(a)(1)(B)

 

6.04

 

(a)(2)

 

N.A.

 

(b)

 

6.07

 

(c)

 

2.12

317

(a)(1)

 

6.08

 

(a)(2)

 

6.09

 

(b)

 

2.04

318

(a)

 

12.01

 

(b)

 

N.A.

 

(c)

 

12.01

 


N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

 

 

 

 

 

Section 1.01

 

Definitions

 

1

Section 1.02

 

Other Definitions

 

29

Section 1.03

 

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

 

29

Section 1.04

 

Rules of Construction

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

 

 

 

 

 

Section 2.01

 

Form and Dating

 

30

Section 2.02

 

Execution and Authentication

 

31

Section 2.03

 

Registrar and Paying Agent

 

31

Section 2.04

 

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

 

32

Section 2.05

 

Holder Lists

 

32

Section 2.06

 

Transfer and Exchange

 

32

Section 2.07

 

Replacement Notes

 

45

Section 2.08

 

Outstanding Notes

 

45

Section 2.09

 

Treasury Notes

 

45

Section 2.10

 

Temporary Notes

 

45

Section 2.11

 

Cancellation

 

46

Section 2.12

 

Defaulted Interest

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

 

 

 

 

Section 3.01

 

Notices to Trustee

 

46

Section 3.02

 

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Repurchased

 

46

Section 3.03

 

Notice of Redemption

 

47

Section 3.04

 

Effect of Notice of Redemption

 

47

Section 3.05

 

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

 

48

Section 3.06

 

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

 

48

Section 3.07

 

Optional Redemption

 

48

Section 3.08

 

Mandatory Redemption

 

48

Section 3.09

 

Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

 

49

Section 3.10

 

Redemption for Taxation Reasons

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

 

Section 4.01

 

Payment of Notes

 

51

Section 4.02

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

 

51

Section 4.03

 

Reports and Other Information

 

52

Section 4.04

 

Compliance Certificate

 

52

Section 4.05

 

Taxes

 

53

Section 4.06

 

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

 

53

Section 4.07

 

Limitation on Restricted Payments

 

53

Section 4.08

 

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

 

58

 



 

 

 

 

 

Page

Section 4.09

 

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

 

59

Section 4.10

 

Asset Sales

 

64

Section 4.11

 

Transactions with Affiliates

 

67

Section 4.12

 

Liens

 

69

Section 4.13

 

Corporate Existence

 

69

Section 4.14

 

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

 

69

Section 4.15

 

Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness

 

71

Section 4.16

 

Covenant Suspension

 

71

Section 4.17

 

Additional Amounts

 

72

Section 4.18

 

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

 

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01

 

Amalgamation, Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

 

75

Section 5.02

 

Successor Corporation Substituted

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

 

 

Section 6.01

 

Events of Default

 

76

Section 6.02

 

Acceleration

 

78

Section 6.03

 

Other Remedies

 

79

Section 6.04

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

 

79

Section 6.05

 

Control by Majority

 

80

Section 6.06

 

Limitation on Suits

 

80

Section 6.07

 

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

 

80

Section 6.08

 

Collection Suit by Trustee

 

80

Section 6.09

 

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

 

81

Section 6.10

 

Priorities

 

81

Section 6.11

 

Undertaking for Costs

 

81

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

 

Section 7.01

 

Duties of Trustee

 

82

Section 7.02

 

Rights of Trustee

 

83

Section 7.03

 

Individual Rights of Trustee

 

83

Section 7.04

 

Trustee’s Disclaimer

 

84

Section 7.05

 

Notice of Defaults

 

84

Section 7.06

 

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

 

84

Section 7.07

 

Compensation and Indemnity

 

84

Section 7.08

 

Replacement of Trustee

 

85

Section 7.09

 

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

86

Section 7.10

 

Eligibility; Disqualification

 

86

Section 7.11

 

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

 

 

 

 

Section 8.01

 

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

 

86

Section 8.02

 

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

 

87

Section 8.03

 

Covenant Defeasance

 

87

Section 8.04

 

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

 

88

 

ii



 

 

 

 

 

Page

Section 8.05

 

Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

 

89

Section 8.06

 

Repayment to Company

 

89

Section 8.07

 

Reinstatement

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

 

 

 

 

Section 9.01

 

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

 

90

Section 9.02

 

With Consent of Holders of Notes

 

91

Section 9.03

 

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

 

92

Section 9.04

 

Revocation and Effect of Consents

 

92

Section 9.05

 

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

 

92

Section 9.06

 

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

92

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

NOTE GUARANTEES

 

 

 

 

 

Section 10.01

 

Guarantee

 

93

Section 10.02

 

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

 

94

Section 10.03

 

Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee

 

94

Section 10.04

 

Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms

 

94

Section 10.05

 

Releases

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

 

 

 

 

Section 11.01

 

Satisfaction and Discharge

 

96

Section 11.02

 

Application of Trust Money

 

97

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

 

Section 12.01

 

Trust Indenture Act Controls

 

98

Section 12.02

 

Notices

 

98

Section 12.03

 

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

 

99

Section 12.04

 

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

 

99

Section 12.05

 

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

 

99

Section 12.06

 

Rules by Trustee and Agents

 

100

Section 12.07

 

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders

 

100

Section 12.08

 

Governing Law

 

100

Section 12.09

 

Jurisdiction

 

100

Section 12.10

 

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

 

101

Section 12.11

 

Successors

 

101

Section 12.12

 

Severability

 

101

Section 12.13

 

Counterpart Originals

 

101

Section 12.14

 

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

101

 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF NOTE

 

 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

 

Exhibit C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

 

Exhibit D

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

 

 

Exhibit E

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

 

 

iii



 

INDENTURE dated as of May 22, 2012 among AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., a private limited liability company organized under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), AerCap Holdings N.V., a public limited liability company organized under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), the other guarantors from time to time party hereto (together with the Parent Guarantor, the “ Guarantors ”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”):

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01           Definitions.

 

“144A Global Note” means one or more Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

(1)           Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is amalgamated or merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including, without limitation, Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

(2)           Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Additional Amounts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.17 hereof.

 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

Applicable Premium ” means, as determined by the Company with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the excess of:

 

(1)           the sum of the present value at such redemption date of all remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such Note through the stated maturity date of the Notes

 

1



 

(excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), discounted to the date of redemption using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points; over

 

(2)           the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed.

 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

Asset Sale ” means

 

(1)           the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related or substantially concurrent transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”), or

 

(2)           the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related or substantially concurrent transactions (other than preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof)

 

in each case, other than:

 

(a)           a disposition of Cash Equivalents or dispositions of any surplus, obsolete, damaged or worn out assets in the ordinary course of business, or any disposition of inventory or goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)           the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Guarantor in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

(c)           the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof;

 

(d)           any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $10.0 million;

 

(e)           any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent Guarantor or by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(f)            to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(g)           the lease, assignment, sub-lease or license of any real or personal property, including any aircraft, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)           the sale of aircraft, engines, spare parts or similar assets, or Capital Stock of any entity owning any of the foregoing, in the ordinary course of business;

 

2



 

(i)            any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (10) of the definition of Permitted Investments);

 

(j)            foreclosures on assets;

 

(k)           (i) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with the Credit Facilities, (ii) any disposition of Securitization Assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing and (iii) the sale or discount of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof or in bankruptcy or similar proceeding;

 

(l)            the surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claim of any kind, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)          the creation of a Lien;

 

(n)           sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and

 

(o)           any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, sale leasebacks and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

Board of Directors ” means:

 

(1)           with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

 

(2)           with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

 

(3)           with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

(4)           with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

“broker-dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Closing Date.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

 

“Capital Markets Debt” means any debt securities (other than (i) a Qualified Securitization Financing or (ii) a debt issuance guaranteed by an export credit agency (including the Export-Import

 

3



 

Bank of the United States)) issued in the capital markets by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, whether issued in a public offering or private placement, including pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 144A, Regulation S or Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)           in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)           in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)           in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership, membership interests (whether general or limited) or shares in the capital of the company; and

 

(4)           any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)           United States dollars;

 

(2)           pounds sterling,

 

(3)           (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member state in the European Union,

 

(b) Canadian dollars, or

 

(c) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business,

 

(4)           securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(5)           certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million,

 

(6)           repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (4) and (5) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (5) above,

 

(7)           commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof,

 

4



 

(8)           investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above,

 

(9)           readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof or any Province of Canada having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition and

 

(10)         Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) through (3) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) through (3) as promptly as practicable and in any event within 10 Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

“Change of Control” means:

 

(1)           any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of shares representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Parent Guarantor’s Voting Stock;

 

(2)           the Parent Guarantor ceases to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Company, other than director’s qualifying shares and other shares required to be issued by law;

 

(3)           during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor, as the case may be (together with any new directors whose election to such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Parent Guarantor was approved by a vote of the majority of the directors of the Parent Guarantor then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (who cannot include persons not elected by or recommended for election by the then-incumbent Board of Directors unless such Board of Directors determines reasonably and in good faith that failure to approve any such persons as members of the Board of Directors could reasonably be expected to violate a fiduciary duty under applicable law)), cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor;

 

(4)           (a) all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are sold or otherwise transferred to any Person other than a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders or (b) the Parent Guarantor amalgamates, consolidates or merges with or into another Person or any Person consolidates, amalgamates or merges with or into the Parent Guarantor, in either case under this clause (4), in one transaction or a series of related transactions in which immediately after the consummation thereof Persons beneficially owning (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) Voting Stock representing in the aggregate a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Parent Guarantor, immediately prior to such consummation do not beneficially own (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) Voting Stock representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Parent

 

5


 

Guarantor, or the applicable surviving or transferee Person; provided that this clause shall not apply (i) in the case where immediately after the consummation of the transactions Permitted Holders beneficially own Voting Stock representing in the aggregate a majority of the total voting power of the Parent Guarantor, or the applicable surviving or transferee Person or (ii) to an amalgamation or a merger of the Parent Guarantor with or into (x) a corporation, limited liability company or partnership or (y) a wholly-owned subsidiary of a corporation, limited liability company or partnership that, in either case, immediately following the transaction or series of transactions, has no Person or group (other than Permitted Holders), which beneficially owns Voting Stock representing 50% or more of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of such entity and, in the case of clause (y), the parent of such wholly-owned subsidiary guarantees the Parent Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; or

 

(5)           the Parent Guarantor shall adopt a plan of liquidation or dissolution or any such plan shall be approved by the shareholders of the Parent Guarantor.

 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a (1) Change of Control and (2) a Rating Decline.

 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

 

“Closing Date” means May 22, 2012.

 

Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person..

 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including any amortization of deferred financing fees, amortization in relation to terminated Hedging Obligations and amortization of net lease discounts and lease incentives, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)           consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (i) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (ii) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of or hedge ineffectiveness expenses of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133 — “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” (iii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or relating to any Qualified Securitization Financing; and excluding (i) non-cash interest expense attributable to the amortization of gains or losses resulting from the termination prior to the Closing Date of Hedging Obligations), (ii) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, and (iii) amortization of deferred financing fees and any expensing of other financing fees), plus

 

6



 

(2)           consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less

 

(3)           interest income for such period.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , that

 

(1)           any net after-tax extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses, including sales or other dispositions of assets under a Securitization Financing other than in the ordinary course of business, (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including, without limitation, relating to severance, relocation and new product introductions) shall be excluded,

 

(2)           the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

 

(3)           any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4)           any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor, shall be excluded,

 

(5)           the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Guarantor shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(6)           solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c)(I) under Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or in similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Guarantor will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

(7)           the effects of adjustments resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the Closing Date, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

7



 

(8)           any net after-tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

(9)           any impairment charge or asset write-off pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142 and No. 144 and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to No. 141 shall be excluded, and

 

(10)         any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or other rights to officers, directors or employees shall be excluded.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than clause (c)(IV) under Section 4.07(a) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to clause (c)(IV) under Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

(1)           to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

(2)           to advance or supply funds

 

(a)           for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or

 

(b)           to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

(3)           to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as the Trustee may designate by notice to the Company.

 

Covenant Suspension Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.16(a) hereof.

 

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities, or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors or indentures providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing, including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against receivables, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals,

 

8



 

restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof.

 

“Custodian” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as custodian with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.

 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of noncash consideration received by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of the Parent Guarantor, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

 

“Designated Preferred Stock” means preferred shares of the Parent Guarantor (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of the Parent Guarantor on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c)(III) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

“Disqualified Stock” means with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Parent Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus (without duplication).

 

9



 

(1)           provision for taxes based on income or profits, plus franchise or similar taxes, of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(2)           Consolidated Interest Expense (and other components of Fixed Charges to the extent changes in GAAP after the Closing Date result in such components reducing Consolidated Net Income) of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(3)           Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(4)           any expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (whether or not successful), including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Facilities, and deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(5)           the amount of any restructuring charge deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Closing Date, plus

 

(6)           any other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, plus

 

(7)           the amount of any non-controlling interest expense deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income (less the amount of any cash dividends paid to the holders of such minority interests), plus

 

(8)           any net loss (or minus any gain) resulting from currency exchange risk Hedging Obligations, plus

 

(9)           foreign exchange loss (or minus any gain) on debt, plus

 

(10)         Securitization Fees and the amount of loss on sale of Securitization Assets and related assets to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(11)         expenses related to the implementation of an enterprise resource planning system, less

 

(12)         non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period.

 

“EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union .

 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

10



 

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common shares or preferred shares of the Parent Guarantor (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than

 

(1)           public offerings with respect to the Parent Guarantor’s common shares registered on Form S-8;

 

(2)           any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution; and

 

(3)           any sales to the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof.

 

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Closing Date.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Closing Date.

 

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Parent Guarantor from

 

(1)           contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

(2)           the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Parent Guarantor) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Parent Guarantor,

 

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of the Parent Guarantor on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c)(III) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date, plus interest accruing thereon.

 

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or controller of the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiary, which determination will be conclusive (unless otherwise provided herein).

 

Fitch” means Fitch, Inc.

 

11



 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than reductions in amounts outstanding under revolving facilities unless accompanied by a corresponding termination of commitment) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, amalgamations, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, amalgamations, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was amalgamated or merged with or into the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, amalgamation, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Guarantor (including pro forma expense and cost reductions, regardless of whether these cost savings could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the SEC related thereto). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Guarantor to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Parent Guarantor may designate.

 

“Fixed Charges” means with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 

(1)           Consolidated Interest Expense,

 

12



 

(2)           all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock (including any Designated Preferred Stock) or any Refunding Capital Stock of such Person, and

 

(3)           all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor or the Company that is not incorporated in or organized under the laws of the United States or the Netherlands.

 

“GAAP” generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Closing Date.  At any time after the Closing Date, the Parent Guarantor may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP for purposes of calculations hereunder and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided herein); provided that calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Parent Guarantor’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP.  The Parent Guarantor shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes.

 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof.

 

“Government Securities” means securities that are

 

(1)           direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

 

(2)           obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

 

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

 

13



 

“Guarantor” means the Parent Guarantor or any Person that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and its respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

(1)           currency exchange, interest rate, inflation or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate, inflation or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate, inflation or commodity collar agreements; and

 

(2)           other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates, inflation or commodity prices.

 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the register.

 

“IAI Global Note” means one or more Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors .

 

“Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person:

 

(1)           any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

(a)           in respect of borrowed money,

 

(b)           evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

 

(c)           representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or

 

(d)           representing any Hedging Obligations,

 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

 

(2)           to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person, other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, and

 

14



 

(3)           to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;

 

provided , however , that Contingent Obligations shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness; and obligations under or in respect of a Qualified Securitization Financing shall not be deemed to constitute Indebtedness

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Parent Guarantor, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

“Initial Notes” means the first $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Closing Date.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means, collectively, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, KKR Capital Markets LLC and Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc.

 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB (or the equivalent) by Fitch, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency

 

“Investments” means with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel, moving and similar advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Parent Guarantor in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof:

 

(1)           “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Parent Guarantor’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Parent Guarantor shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to

 

(x)            the Parent Guarantor’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

 

15


 

(y)           the portion (proportionate to the Parent Guarantor’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(2)           any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Parent Guarantor.

 

“Junior Securities” means any subordinated debt held by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that qualifies as Capital Stock.

 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

 

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Management Group ” means at any time, the Chairman of the Board, any President, any Executive Vice President or Vice President, any Managing Director, any Treasurer and any Secretary or other executive officer of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor at such time.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

 

Net Payment ” means the amount that any Holder receives from any Payor or Paying Agent after deduction or withholding of any amount for or on account of any Taxes imposed with respect to that payment (including any withholding or deduction attributable to Additional Amounts) by the applicable withholding agent of an amount for or on account of any present or future Taxes imposed with respect to that payment by a taxing authority (including any withholding or deduction attributable to additional amounts payable hereunder).

 

Net Proceeds means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Noncash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Noncash Consideration, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and

 

16



 

interest on Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture required (other than required by Section 4.10(b)(1) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Parent Guarantor as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Parent Guarantor after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

 

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

 

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

“Officer” means any director, any attorney-in-fact, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Parent Guarantor or the Company, as applicable, by two Officers of the Parent Guarantor or the Company, as applicable, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Parent Guarantor or Company, as applicable, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof; provided that the Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee on the Closing Date with respect to conditions precedent to the authentication of the Initial Notes may be signed by two attorneys-in-fact of the Company.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor.

 

Organizational Documents ” mean, with respect to (a) the Company, the articles of association (statuten), (b) the Parent Guarantor, the articles of association (statuten) and (c) any other person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or similar documents) of such person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the certificate of formation and operating agreement (or similar documents) of such person, (iii) in the case of any limited partnership, the certificate of formation and limited partnership agreement (or similar documents) of such person, (iv) in the case of any general partnership, the partnership agreement (or similar document) of such person, (v) in

 

17



 

the case of any trust, the declaration of trust and trust agreement (or similar document) of such person and (vi) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

 

“Parent Guarantor” means the Person named as the “Parent Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Parent Guarantor” shall mean such successor Person.

 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

“Payor” means the Company, any Guarantor or any successor to any of them.

 

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof .

 

Permitted Holders ” means the collective reference to Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., Waha Capital, their Affiliates and the Management Group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

 

“Permitted Investments” means

 

(1)           any Investment in the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)           any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(3)           any Investment by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor in a Person if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)           such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b)           such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)           any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(5)           any Investment existing on the Closing Date;

 

(6)           advances to employees not in excess of $5.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

 

(7)           any Investment acquired by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(a)           in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Parent Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a

 

18



 

bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Parent Guarantor of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

 

(b)           as a result of a foreclosure by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(8)           any Investments in Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(9)           loans to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)         any Investment having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $300.0 million and (y) 3.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(11)         Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided, however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c)(II) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

 

(12)         guarantees of Indebtedness permitted by Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(13)         any transaction to the extent it constitutes an investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 4.11(b) hereof;

 

(14)         Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

 

(15)         repurchases of the Notes;

 

(16)         any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

 

(17)         any Investment in a Person (other than the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary) pursuant to the terms of any agreements in effect on the Closing Date and any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds an existing Investment; provided that the new Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced or refunded (after giving effect to write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment), and is made in the same Person as the Investment replaced, refinanced or refunded;

 

19



 

(18)         endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)         Investments relating to any Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor, are necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

(20)         Investments in property and other assets which after such Investments are owned by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(21)         Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures in an aggregate amount that taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (21) that are at that time outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) $300.0 million and (y) 3.0% of Total Assets, and as of the date of making such Investment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

“Permitted Joint Venture’’ means any agreement, contract or other arrangement between the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and any person engaged principally in a Similar Business that permits one party to share risks or costs, comply with regulatory requirements or satisfy other business objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of such Similar Business jointly with third parties .

 

“Permitted Jurisdiction” means any of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, any member state of the Pre-Expansion European Union, Switzerland, Bermuda, the Cayman Islands or Singapore .

 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)           pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, customs or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, or premiums to insurance carriers, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)           Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, landlords’, workmen’s, suppliers’, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

 

(3)           Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(4)           Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

20



 

(5)           minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, minor title deficiencies, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, covenants, encroachments, protrusions, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6)           Liens existing on the Closing Date;

 

(7)           Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a subsidiary; provided , further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(8)           Liens on property at the time the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation or a merger or consolidation with or into the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(9)           Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Parent Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(10)         Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien;

 

(11)         Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(12)         leases and subleases of real property granted to others in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Parent Guarantor or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(13)         Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(14)         Liens in favor of the Company or the Parent Guarantor;

 

(15)         Liens on equipment of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Parent Guarantor’s client at which such equipment is located;

 

(16)         Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

21



 

(17)         Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (14), (26) and (28); provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (14), (26) and (28) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien hereunder, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement and (z) the new Lien has no greater priority and the holders of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien have no greater intercreditor rights relative to the Notes and Holders thereof than the original Liens and the related Indebtedness;

 

(18)         other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $150.0 million;

 

(19)         Licenses or sublicenses in the ordinary course of business;

 

(20)         Liens securing judgments, attachments or awards for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.01(5) hereof so long as (a) such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired or (b) such Liens are supported by an indemnity by a third party with an Investment Grade Rating;

 

(21)         Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(22)         Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or any comparable or successor provision, on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(23)         Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(24)         Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

22



 

(25)         Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(26)         Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(4) hereof; provided that Liens extend only to the assets so financed, purchased, constructed or improved;

 

(27)         Liens placed on the Capital Stock of any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or joint venture in the form of a transfer restriction, purchase option, call or similar right of a third party joint venture partner;

 

(28)         Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(16) hereof; provided that Liens extend only to the assets so financed and any assets or Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary incurring such Indebtedness;

 

(29)         (i) Leases of aircraft, engines, spare parts or similar assets of the Parent Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries granted by such person, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of the Parent Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ operating leasing business, (ii) “Permitted Liens” or similar terms under any lease or (iii) any Lien which the lessee under any lease is required to remove;

 

(30)         Bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Parent Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that, unless such Liens are non-consensual and arise by operation of law, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness; and

 

(31)         Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(22) hereof.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Permitted Liens need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described above but are permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens described above, the Company may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such item of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition and the Company may divide and classify a Lien in more than one of the types of Permitted Liens in one of the above clauses.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

23



 

“Pre-Expansion European Union” means the European Union as of January 1, 2004, including the countries of Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom, but not including any country which became or becomes a member of the European Union after January 1, 2004; provided that “Pre-Expansion European Union” shall not include any country whose long-term debt does not have a long-term rating of at least “AA” by S&P or at least “Aa2” by Moody’s or the equivalent rating category of another Rating Agency.

 

“preferred stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.

 

“Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary, the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions of which, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall be market terms .

 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

“Rating Agencies” means Fitch, Moody’s and S&P or if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P or all three shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P or all three, as the case may be.

 

Rating Date ” means the date which is the day prior to the initial public announcement by the Parent Guarantor or the proposed acquirer that (i) the acquirer has entered into one or more binding agreements with the Parent Guarantor and/or shareholders of the Parent Guarantor that would give rise to a Change of Control or (ii) the proposed acquirer has commenced an offer to acquire outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent Guarantor.

 

Rating Decline ” shall be deemed to occur if on the 60th day following the occurrence of a Change of Control the rating of the Notes by two Rating Agencies, if the Notes are rated by all three Rating Agencies, or either Rating Agency, if the Notes are only rated by two Rating Agencies, shall have been (i) withdrawn or (ii) downgraded, by one or more degradations, from the ratings in effect on the Rating Date.

 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Regulation S Global Note” means one or more Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on

 

24



 

behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Relevant Tax Jurisdiction ” means the Netherlands or any jurisdiction where any Payor is incorporated, resident or engaged in business for tax purposes or from or through which any payment in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee is made, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

 

 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

 

Reversion Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.16(b) hereof.

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and its successors.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

25


 

Securitization Assets ” means the accounts receivable, lease, royalty or other revenue streams and other rights to payment and all related assets (including contract rights, books and records, all collateral securing any and all of the foregoing, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of any and all of the foregoing and other assets that are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving any and all of the foregoing) and the proceeds thereof in each case pursuant to a Securitization Financing.

 

Securitization Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

 

Securitization Financing ” means one or more transactions or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Parent Guarantor and/or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer Securitization Assets to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Parent Guarantor or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Securitization Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Securitization Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings and (b) to which none of the Parent Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor or such other Person shall be evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor or such other Person giving effect to such designation.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Closing Date.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.

 

26



 

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

 

Special Interest ” has the meaning assigned to that term pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Closing Date.

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that are customary for a seller or servicer of assets in a Securitization Financing.

 

 “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)           any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which 50% or more of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

 

(2)           any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

 

(x)            50% or more of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

(y)           such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(1)(B) hereof.

 

Suspended Covenants ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.16(a) hereof.

 

Suspension Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.16(c) hereof.

 

“Taxes ” means any taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments or other governmental charges and any interest, penalties or other liabilities with respect thereto.

 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

 

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which any calculation of Total Assets is being made,

 

27



 

with such pro forma adjustments for transactions consummated on or prior to or simultaneously with the date of the calculation as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, as determined by the Company, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to the stated maturity date of the Notes; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to the stated maturity date of the Notes is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means

 

(1)           any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor as provided in Section 4.18 hereof) and

 

(2)           any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

On the Closing Date, AerCo Limited will be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)           the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

(2)           the sum of all such payments.

 

28



 

Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Section 1.02           Other Definitions.

 

Term

 

Defined
in
Section

“Affiliate Transaction”

 

4.11

“Asset Sale Offer”

 

3.09

“Authentication Order”

 

2.02

“Authorized Agent”

 

12.09

“Change of Control Offer”

 

4.14

“Change of Control Payment”

 

4.14

“Change of Control Payment Date”

 

4.14

“Covenant Defeasance”

 

8.03

“DTC”

 

2.03

“Event of Default”

 

6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

 

4.10

“incur”

 

4.09

“Legal Defeasance”

 

8.02

“Offer Amount”

 

3.09

“Offer Period”

 

3.09

“Paying Agent”

 

2.03

“Permitted Debt”

 

4.09

“Payment Default”

 

6.01

“Purchase Date”

 

3.09

“Registrar”

 

2.03

“Restricted Payments”

 

4.07

“Subsidiary Guarantor”

 

8.02

 

Section 1.03           Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

 

29



 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04           Rules of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)           a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(2)           an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)           “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4)           “including” is not limiting;

 

(5)           words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(6)           “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

(7)           provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 

(8)           references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

 

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01           Form and Dating.

 

(a)           General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage; provided that such notations, legends or endorsements shall not affect the rights, duties, privileges or liabilities of the Trustee.  Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)           G lobal Notes . Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding

 

30



 

Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

(c)           E uroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream; provided that the Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar shall have no duty or liability with respect to any such procedures or provisions.

 

Section 2.02           Execution and Authentication.

 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note will not be valid until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto by the manual signature of the Trustee.  The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes requested by the Company to be authenticated pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

Section 2.03           Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and one or more offices or agencies where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company ( “DTC” ) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 

31



 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and Wilmington Trust, National Association to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

 

The Company may change Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders.

 

Section 2.04           Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05           Holder Lists.

 

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a).

 

Section 2.06           Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)           Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

 

(1)           the Company delivers to the Trustee a notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or that it has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

 

(2)           the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or

 

(3)           there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes have requested that the Company issue Definitive Notes.

 

32



 

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures) shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the events set forth in the preceding paragraph and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

 

(b)           Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes .  The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

 

(1)           Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

 

(2)           All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

 

(A)          both:

 

(i)            a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(ii)           instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

 

(B)           both:

 

(i)            a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

33



 

(ii)           instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (i) above.

 

Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes.  Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

 

(3)           Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)          if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)           if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

 

(C)           if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

(4)           Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.   A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and:

 

(A)          such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a broker-dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

(B)           such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)           such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

34



 

(D)          the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(ii)           if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)           Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

 

(1)           Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)          if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

(B)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

35


 

(D)          if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

(E)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable

 

(F)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

 

(G)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(2)           Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

 

(A)          such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a broker-dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

(B)           such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)           such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)          the Registrar receives the following:

 

36



 

(i)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

(ii)           if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(3)           Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(d)           Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

 

(1)           Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)          if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(B)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

37



 

 

(C)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)          if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

(E)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable

 

(F)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof; or

 

(G)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.

 

(2)           Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

 

(A)          such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a broker-dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

(B)           such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)           such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)          the Registrar receives the following:

 

38



 

(i)            if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

(ii)           if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(3)           Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e)           Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.   Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 

(1)           Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.   Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

39



 

 

(A)          if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)           if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

 

(C)           if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(c) thereof, if applicable.

 

(2)           Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.   Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

 

(A)          such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a broker-dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

 

(B)           any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)           any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)          the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i)            if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(ii)           if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

40



 

(3)           Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.   A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

(f)            Exchange Offer.   Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

 

(1)           one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not broker-dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and

 

(2)           Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not broker-dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

 

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer and the Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

 

(g)           Legends.   The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

(1)           Private Placement Legend .

 

(A)          Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.  THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS ACQUIRED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [ IN THE

 

41



 

CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR ANY OTHER ISSUE DATE IN RESPECT OF A FURTHER ISSUANCE OF DEBT SECURITIES OF THE SAME SERIES AS THIS SECURITY AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THEREOF),] [ IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES : 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING OF DEBT SECURITIES WHICH THIS SECURITY IS A PART AND THE ISSUE DATE HEREOF,] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A) THAT IS ACQUIRING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS ACQUIRING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM.  THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (1) IT IS (A) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (B) A NON-U.S. PERSON THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) IT WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE AND OTHER TRANSFER RESTRICTION REFERRED TO ABOVE AND THAT THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, THAT SUCH PURCHASER SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AS TO THE MATTERS IN CLAUSE (1) OF THIS SENTENCE

 

42



 

AND THAT SUCH PURCHASER SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO NOTIFY ITS SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREES AS TO THE FOREGOING.”

 

(B)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(2)           Global Note Legend . Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER.

 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(h)           Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

43



 

(i)            General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 

(1)           To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof.

 

(2)           No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

 

(3)           Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(4)           All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(5)           Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

 

(A)          to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;

 

(B)           to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

 

(C)           to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

 

(6)           Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(7)           The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

 

(8)           All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

44



 

Section 2.07           Replacement Notes.

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

 

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08           Outstanding Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09           Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

 

Section 2.10           Temporary Notes.

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

45


 

Section 2.11           Cancellation.

 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act). Upon request, evidence of the cancellation of all cancelled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12           Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01           Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Sections 3.07 or 3.10 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth:

 

(1)                                   the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

 

(2)                                   the redemption date;

 

(3)                                   the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

 

(4)                                   the redemption price.

 

Section 3.02           Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Repurchased.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or repurchased at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or repurchase on a pro rata basis or by lot or otherwise as required by the Depositary.

 

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or repurchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or repurchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $200,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed

 

46



 

or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or repurchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or repurchase.

 

Section 3.03           Notice of Redemption.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (and not more than 90 days before the next date on which the Company would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts in the case of Section 3.10 hereof), the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, postage prepaid, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof.

 

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

 

(1)                                   the redemption date;

 

(2)                                   the redemption price;

 

(3)           if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note or otherwise reflect such reduction of principal amount in accordance with the procedures of DTC;

 

(4)           the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(5)           that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(6)           that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(7)           the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(8)           that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however , that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least ten days prior to the date the notice is required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 3.03 or such shorter period acceptable to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

Section 3.04           Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.  A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

 

47



 

Section 3.05           Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

 

Prior to 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest and Special Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of , accrued interest and Special Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06           Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. On and after the purchase or redemption date, unless the Company defaults in payment of the purchase or redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof purchased or called for redemption.

 

Section 3.07           Optional Redemption.

 

Except as set forth in this Section 3.07 and Section 3.10 hereof, the Notes are not redeemable at the Company’s option.

 

(a)           At any time, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(b)           Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 3.08           Mandatory Redemption.

 

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

48



 

Section 3.09           Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, as defined below, it will follow the procedures specified below.

 

The “Asset Sale Offer” shall be made to all Holders and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes, to the holders of such other Indebtedness. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”).  No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount” ) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and such othe r pari passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

 

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders.  The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

 

(1)           that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;

 

(2)           the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

 

(3)           that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)           that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

 

(5)           that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(6)           that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(7)           that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the

 

49



 

Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(8)           that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $200,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased); and

 

(9)           that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

 

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.  The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 3.10           Redemption for Taxation Reasons.

 

(a)           The Company will be entitled, at its option, to redeem the Notes in whole at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date, if at any time it becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts on the Notes on the next interest payment date with respect to the Notes, but only if its obligation results from a change in, or an amendment to, the laws or treaties (including any regulations or official rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction (or a political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), or from a change in any official position regarding the interpretation, administration or application of those laws, treaties, regulations or official rulings (including a change resulting from a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), that becomes effective and is announced after the Closing Date (or, if the applicable Relevant Tax Jurisdiction became a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Closing Date, such later date) and provided the Company cannot avoid the obligation after taking reasonable measures to do so.

 

(b)           If the Company becomes entitled to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.10(a) hereof, it may do so at any time on a redemption date of its choice so long as the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect when it gives the notice of redemption.

 

50



 

(c)           Notice of the Company’s intent to redeem the Notes shall not be effective until such time as it delivers to the Trustee both an Officers’ Certificate stating that the obligation to pay Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures and an opinion of independent legal counsel or an independent auditor stating that the Company is obligated to pay Additional Amounts because of an amendment to or change in law, treaties or position as described in Section 3.10(a) hereof.

 

(d)           Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01           Payment of Notes.

 

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, then due. The Company will pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement. If Special Interest is due pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall so notify the Trustee within 10 days of the Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).  On any interest payment date when Special Interest is due, the Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee specifying the Registration Default and the amount of Special Interest being paid (including the rate per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes). If the Trustee does not receive the notice or Officers’ Certificate from the Company, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume that no Special Interest is due.

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note or any guarantee, such reference includes the payment of Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as described hereunder, if applicable.

 

Section 4.02           Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

51



 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 4.03           Reports and Other Information.

 

(a)           Notwithstanding that the Parent Guarantor may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Parent Guarantor shall file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits), without cost to each Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC):

 

(1)           within 120 days (or any time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act for a non-accelerated filer) plus any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act, after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 20-F, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

 

(2)           within 75 days (or any time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act), after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 6-K, containing the information required to be contained therein, or any successor or comparable form;

 

(3)           promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 6-K, or any successor or comparable form; and

 

(4)           any other information, documents and other reports which the Parent Guarantor would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

provided that the Parent Guarantor shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Parent Guarantor would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The fiscal year of the Parent Guarantor currently ends on December 31.

 

(b)           For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

Section 4.04           Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)           The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture

 

52



 

and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge).

 

(b)           So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05           Taxes.

 

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.06           Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07           Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 

(a)           The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

 

(1)           declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Parent Guarantor’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any amalgamation, merger or consolidation other than;

 

(A)          dividends or distributions by the Parent Guarantor payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent Guarantor or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests; or

 

(B)           dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

(2)           purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor, including in connection with any amalgamation, merger or consolidation;

 

53



 

 

(3)           make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than (x) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition and (y) Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(4)           make any Restricted Investment;

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

(a)           no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(b)           immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Parent Guarantor could incur $1.00 of additional indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

 

(c)           such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1) and (14) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (b) thereof only) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of:

 

(I)            50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Guarantor for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the full fiscal quarter immediately preceding the Closing Date, to the end of the Parent Guarantor’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit, plus;

 

(II)           100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Parent Guarantor since immediately after the Closing Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(12) hereof) from the issue or sale of:

 

(i)            Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor, excluding cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of (x) Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of the Parent Guarantor and the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (b)(3) below; and (y) Designated Preferred Stock; or

 

(ii)           debt securities, Designated Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor;

 

54



 

 

provided , however , that this clause (II) shall not include the proceeds from (a) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (b) Equity Interests or converted or exchanged debt securities of the Parent Guarantor sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Parent Guarantor, as the case may be, (c) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or (d) Excluded Contributions, plus

 

(III)         100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Parent Guarantor following the Closing Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(12) hereof) (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary and other than by any Excluded Contributions), plus

 

(IV)         100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of:

 

(iii)          the sale or other disposition (other than to the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries in each case after the Closing Date; or

 

(iv)          the sale (other than to the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (b)(8) below or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary in each case after the Closing Date; plus

 

(B)           in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (b)(6) below or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment; plus

 

(C)           $250.0 million

 

(b)           The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:

 

(1)           the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(2)           the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the

 

55


 

substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as;

 

(a)           the principal amount (or accreted value) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium and any reasonable tender premiums, defeasance costs or other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness,

 

(b)           such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of (x) the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (y) 91 days following the maturity of the Notes, and

 

(c)           such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date one year following the maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date one year following the maturity date of such Notes ( provided that, in the case of this subclause (c)(y), such Indebtedness does not provide for any scheduled principal payments prior to the maturity date of the Notes in excess of, or prior to, the scheduled principal payments due prior to such maturity for the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced or defeased);

 

(3)                                   a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of common Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Parent Guarantor, any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (3) do not exceed in any calendar year $5.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $10.0 million in any calendar year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(a)           the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent Guarantor to members of management, directors or consultants of the Parent Guarantor, any of its Subsidiaries that occurred after the Closing Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (c) of the preceding paragraph, plus ;

 

(b)           the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date; less

 

(c)           the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (3);

 

provided that the Parent Guarantor may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by subclauses (a) and (b) above in any calendar year;

 

56



 

(4)                                   the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Parent Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;

 

(5)                                   the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Parent Guarantor after the Closing Date; provided that the aggregate amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (5) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Parent Guarantor from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock;

 

(6)                                   Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (6) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $100.0 million and 1.0% of Total Assets at the time of such investment; provided , that the dollar amount of Investments made pursuant to this clause (6) may be reduced by the Fair Market Value of the proceeds received by the Parent Guarantor and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries from the subsequent sale, disposition or other transfer of such Investments (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(7)                                   repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

(8)                                   Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

(9)                                   other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (9) not to exceed $150.0 million;

 

(10)                             Restricted Payments by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

 

(11)                             the purchase by the Parent Guarantor of fractional shares arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or business combinations;

 

(12)                             distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets and purchases and repurchases of Securitization Assets in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

(13)                             the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness required pursuant to the provisions similar to those described in Sections 4.10(b) and 4.14 hereof; provided that there is a concurrent or prior Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, and all Notes tendered by Holders of the Notes in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; and

 

(14)                             any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor (other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”);

 

57



 

provided however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (9) and (14), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

Section 4.08                                 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)                                   The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)                                   (A)          pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or;

 

(B)           pay any Indebtedness owed to the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(2)                                   make loans or advances to the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(3)           sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(b)                                  The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)                                   contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Closing Date;

 

(2)                                   this Indenture and the Notes;

 

(3)           purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (a)(3) above on the property so acquired;

 

(4)                                   applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(5)                                   any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

 

(6)                                   contracts for the sale of assets, including, without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold;

 

(7)                                   secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(8)                                   restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

58



 

(9)                                   customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

 

(10)                             customary provisions contained in leases and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)                             any such encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement governing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred by such Foreign Subsidiary that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

 

(12)                             any such encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof which encumbrances or restrictions are, in the good faith judgment of the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than customary provisions in comparable financings and that the management of the Parent Guarantor determines, at the time of such financing, will not materially impair the Parent Guarantor’s ability to make payments as required under the Notes;

 

(13)                             any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a)(1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (b)(1) through (10) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors, no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

 

(14)                             restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Parent Guarantor, are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Financing.

 

Section 4.09                                 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

 

(a)                                   The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Parent Guarantor will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided , however , that the Parent Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

 

59



 

(b)                                  The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

(1)                                   the incurrence of Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under Credit Facilities in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $500.0 million pursuant to this clause (1);

 

(2)                                   the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (other than any Additional Notes);

 

(3)                                   Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) above);

 

(4)                                   Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4) and including all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 1.0% of Total Assets;

 

(5)                                   Indebtedness incurred by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

(6)                                   Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

 

(7)                                   Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, other than in the case of intercompany current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries to finance working capital needs of the Restricted Subsidiaries, any such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Parent Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7);

 

60



 

(8)                                   Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Parent Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);

 

(9)                                   shares of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Parent Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of preferred stock (except to the Parent Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of preferred stock not permitted by this clause (9);

 

(10)                             Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting:

 

(a)                                   interest rate risk;

 

(b)                                  exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange;

 

(c)                                   commodity risk;

 

(d)                                  inflation risk; or

 

(e)                                   any combination of the foregoing,

 

(11)                             obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice

 

(12)                             Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (l), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the sum of;

 

(a)                                   the greater of (1) $300.0 million and (2) 3.0% of Total Assets; and

 

(b)                                  100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Parent Guarantor since immediately after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or cash contributed to the capital of the Parent Guarantor (in each case other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (c)(II) and (c)(III) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof);

 

(13)                             (a)                                   any guarantee by the Company or the Parent Guarantor of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or;

 

61



 

(b)                                  any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such other Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

 

(14)                             the incurrence by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2) and (3) above, this clause (13) and clauses (15) and (17) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued to so refund or refinance such Stock or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

(a)                                   except in the case of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (17) below or any Refinancing Indebtedness of such Indebtedness, has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being refunded or refinanced and (y) in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date one year following the maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date one year following the maturity date of such Notes ( provided that, in the case of this subclause (14)(a)(y), such Indebtedness does not provide for any scheduled principal payments prior to the maturity date of the Notes in excess of, or prior to, the scheduled principal payments due prior to such maturity for the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being refunded or refinanced or defeased)

 

(b)                                  to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, respectively; and

 

(c)                                   shall not include

 

(A)                               Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Parent Guarantor; or

 

(B)                                 Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(15)                             Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of Persons that are acquired by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or amalgamated or merged into the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, amalgamation or merger; provided further that after giving effect to such acquisition, amalgamation or merger, either:

 

62



 

(a)                                   the Parent Guarantor would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

 

(b)                                  the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, amalgamation or merger;

 

(16)                             Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

 

(17)                             Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock, including any predelivery payment financing, incurred by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, relating to the purchase, lease, acquisition, improvement or modification of any aircraft, engines, spare parts or similar assets, including in the form of financing from aircraft or engine manufacturers or their affiliates and whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Person owning such assets, so long as the amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the purchase price of such aircraft or assets and any improvements or modifications thereto and is incurred not later than 270 days after the date of such purchase, lease, acquisition, improvement or modification;

 

(18)                             Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of the guarantee of obligations of joint ventures in a Similar Business which are not Subsidiaries supported by a contractual obligation by (a) the joint venture to repay any amounts advanced pursuant to such guarantee or (b) the joint venture partners to repay a proportion of any amounts advanced pursuant to such guarantee equal to their ownership of such joint venture in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 7.5% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding pursuant to this clause (18);

 

(19)                             Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(20)                             Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary arising in connection with trade creditors or customers or endorsements of instruments for deposit, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(21)                             an investment in the form of Indebtedness incurred by a joint venture that constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor, and

 

(22)                             Indebtedness incurred by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by Junior Securities in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets any one time outstanding.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock described in clauses (a) through (u) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Parent Guarantor, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and the Parent Guarantor may divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than

 

63



 

one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b).  Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.

 

(d)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

 

(e)                                   The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

(f)                                     Neither the Company nor the Parent Guarantor shall, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of the Parent Guarantor to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness of the Company or the Parent Guarantor; provided, however , that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

 

(1)                                   the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 

(2)                                   the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

 

(3)                                   in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 

(A)                               the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

 

(B)                                 the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

 

Section 4.10                                 Asset Sales.

 

(a)                                   The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale unless:

 

64



 

(1)                                   the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(2)                                   except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

 

(b)                                  Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Parent Guarantor (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

 

(1)                                   to make one or more offers to the Holders of the Notes (and, at the option of the Company, the holders of other senior Indebtedness) to purchase Notes (and such senior Indebtedness) pursuant to and subject to Section 3.09 hereof; provided , however , that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (1), the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently retire such Indebtedness; provided further that if the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce any senior Indebtedness (other than the Notes), the Company will equally and ratably reduce Indebtedness under the Notes by making an offer to all Holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of the Notes, such offer to be conducted in accordance with Section 3.09 hereof;

 

(2)                                   to make an investment in (a) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other long-term assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business; or

 

(3)                                   to reduce Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Parent Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the acquisition of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary by the Parent Guarantor shall constitute a reduction in such Indebtedness; or

 

(4)                                   any combination of the foregoing.

 

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(c)                                   Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not invested or applied as provided in Section 4.10(b) hereof will constitute “ Excess Proceeds .”  In the case of clause (2) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment; provided that (x) such investment is consummated within 635 days after receipt by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale and (y) if such investment is not consummated within the period set forth in subclause (x), the Net Proceeds not so applied will be deemed to be Excess Proceeds. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of the Notes, and, if required by the terms of any senior Indebtedness, to the holders of such senior Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other senior Indebtedness, that are $200,000 or an integral

 

65


 

multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within 30 days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 3.09 hereof, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such senior Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained herein. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the senior Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such senior Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes or such senior Indebtedness tendered, subject to adjustments by the Company so that no Notes or such other senior Indebtedness are left outstanding in unauthorized denominations.  Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. After the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary has applied the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale as provided in, and within the time periods required by, this paragraph (c), the balance of such Net Proceeds, if any, from such Asset Sale may be used by the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary for any purpose not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture.

 

(d)                                  For purposes of this Section 4.10, the following are deemed to be cash or Cash Equivalents:

 

(1)                                   any liabilities (as shown on the Parent Guarantor’s, or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent internally available balance sheet or in the Notes thereto) of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are contingent or by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and as a result of which the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer obligated with respect to such liabilities or are indemnified against further liabilities;

 

(2)                                   any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale;

 

(3)                                   any Capital Stock, provided such receipt of Capital Stock would qualify under clause (2) of the second paragraph of this section; and

 

(4)                                   any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (4) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $300.0 million and (y) 3.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

(e)                                   The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and

 

66



 

shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance.

 

Section 4.11                                 Transactions with Affiliates.

 

(a)                                   The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

 

(1)                                   such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Parent Guarantor or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

(2)                                   the Parent Guarantor delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution adopted by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors, if any, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

 

(b)                                  The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof:

 

(1)                                   transactions between or among the Parent Guarantor and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)                                   Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and Permitted Investments;

 

(3)                                   the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)                                   transactions in which the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (a)(1) above;

 

(5)                                   payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Parent Guarantor, or any Restricted Subsidiary which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor in good faith;

 

(6)                                   any agreement as in effect as of the Closing Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment, taken as a whole, is no less favorable to the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the agreement in effect on the date hereof (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor in good faith));

 

67



 

(7)                                   the existence of, or the performance by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any limited liability company, limited partnership or other Organizational Document or joint venture, investors or shareholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement, taken as a whole, is no less favorable to the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the agreement in effect on the date hereof (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor in good faith);

 

(8)                                   transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, trade creditors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

(9)                                   the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent Guarantor to any Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor and other customary rights in connection therewith;

 

(10)                             transactions or payments pursuant to any employee, officer or director compensation (including bonuses) or benefit plans, employment agreements, severance agreement, indemnification agreements or any similar arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business or approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor;

 

(11)                             transactions in the ordinary course with (i) Unrestricted Subsidiaries or (ii) joint ventures in which the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor holds or acquires an ownership interest (whether by way of Capital Stock or otherwise) so long as the terms of any such transactions are no less favorable to the Parent Guarantor or Subsidiary participating in such joint ventures than they are to other joint venture partners;

 

(12)                             transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor) that is an Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor solely because the Parent Guarantor owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

 

(13)                             transactions involving Securitization Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

(14)                             services provided by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate under an agreement in respect of (a) aircraft, airframe and engines, (b) all parts, including replacement parts, of whatever nature, which are from time to time included within the airframes or engines or owned separately by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) aircraft documents, (d) leases to which the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is or may from time to time be party with respect to an aircraft engine or part and (e) all asset backed securities or other instruments secured directly or indirectly by aircraft, airframe, engines or parts all in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; and

 

(15)                             any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary is the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock).

 

68



 

Section 4.12                                 Liens.

 

(a)                                   The Parent Guarantor will not create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any Guarantor (the “ Initial Lien ”) of any kind upon any of its property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, except any Initial Lien if (i) the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Indebtedness) the obligations secured by such Initial Lien or (ii) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien.

 

(b)                                  Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to clause (a)(i) above shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.

 

Section 4.13                                 Corporate Existence.

 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

 

(1)                                   its corporate, partnership or other existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and

 

(2)                                   the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.14                                 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

 

(a)                                   Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

 

(1)                                   that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered will be accepted for payment;

 

(2)                                   the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date” );

 

69



 

(3)                                   that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)                                   that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on, but not including, the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(5)                                   that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer by book entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(6)                                   that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Company to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the last day of the offer period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7)                                   if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, stating the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control Triggering Event; and

 

(8)                                   that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(b)                                  The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue of such compliance.

 

(c)                                   On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent permitted by law:

 

(1)                                   accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(2)                                   deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

 

(3)                                   deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

 

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of the Notes the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee, upon the Company’s order, will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause

 

70



 

to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, conditional upon such Change of Control Triggering Event. A Change of Control Triggering Event may be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of such Change of Control, as the case may be.

 

Section 4.15                                 Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness.

 

From and after the Closing Date, the Parent Guarantor will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary or a Guarantor), directly or indirectly, to guarantee any Capital Markets Debt or unsecured Credit Facility (other than Standard Securitization Undertakings in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing) of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any other Guarantor unless, such Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(a)                                   within five Business Days of the date on which it guarantees Capital Markets Debt or an unsecured Credit Facility of the Company, the Parent Guarantor or any Guarantor executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee in a Note Guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and other terms contained in the applicable supplemental indenture and subject to the conditions contained in such supplemental indenture; and

 

(b)                                  delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which may contain customary exceptions) that such supplemental indenture and Note Guarantee have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Thereafter, such Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of this Indenture until such Note Guarantee is released in accordance with Section 10.05 hereof.

 

Section 4.16                                 Covenant Suspension.

 

(a)                                   If on any date following the Closing Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from two Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following covenants (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”):

 

(1)                                   Section 4.10 hereof;

 

71



 

(2)                                   Section 4.07 hereof;

 

(3)                                   Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(4)                                   Section 5.01(a)(4) hereof;

 

(5)                                   Section 4.11 hereof; and

 

(6)                                   Section 4.08 hereof.

 

(b)                                  In the event that the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one of the Rating Agencies (i) withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (ii) the Company or any of its Affiliates enters into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control Triggering Event and one of the Rating Agencies indicates that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events, including, without limitation, a proposed transaction described in clause (ii) above.

 

(c)                                   The period of time between the date of the Covenant Suspension Event and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period .”  Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset at zero. During the Suspension Period no additional Subsidiary may be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such designation would have been permitted if Section 4.07 hereof had been in effect at all times during the Suspension Period. In the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default hereunder; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after any such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.07 hereof had been in effect prior to, but not during the Suspension Period, and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(3) hereof.

 

(d)                                  The Company will give notice to the Trustee and the Holders within 30 days of the date of any Covenant Suspension Event and/or any Reversion Date.

 

Section 4.17                                 Additional Amounts

 

All payments made under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee by a Payor will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present Taxes, unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is required by law. If any withholding or deduction for or on account of Taxes is required by applicable law, the applicable Payor will pay to Holders such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that every net payment of interest (including any premium paid upon redemption of the Notes and any discount deemed interest under Netherlands law), principal or other amount on that Note or the Note Guarantee will not be less than the amount such Holders would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted.

 

(a)                                   The Company (and Guarantors) will also indemnify and reimburse Holders for:

 

72



 

(1)                                   Taxes (including any interest, penalties and related expenses) imposed on the Holders (or if a Holder is not the beneficial owner, the beneficial owner) by a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction if and to the same extent that a Holder would have been entitled to receive additional amounts if the Company (or a Guarantor) or other applicable withholding agent had been required to deduct or withhold those taxes from payments on the Notes or the Note Guarantees; and

 

(2)                                   Stamp, court, documentary or similar taxes or charges (including any interest, penalties and related expenses) imposed by a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction in connection with the execution, delivery, enforcement or registration of the Notes or the Note Guarantees or other related documents and obligations.

 

(b)                                  The Company (or a Guarantor) will not pay additional amounts to any Holder for or on account of any of the following:

 

(1)                                   any Tax imposed solely because at any time there is or was a connection between such Holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of or possessor of power over the relevant holder if the holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation) and the Relevant Tax Jurisdiction imposing the tax (other than the mere receipt of a payment or the acquisition, ownership, disposition or holding of, or enforcement of rights under, a Note or the Note Guarantees);

 

(2)                                   any estate, inheritance, gift, excise, transfer, property or any similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

(3)                                   any Taxes imposed solely because the Holder (or if the Holder is not the beneficial owner, the beneficial owner) fails to comply with any certification, identification or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the taxing jurisdiction of the Holder or any beneficial owner of the Note or the Note Guarantees, if compliance is required by law or by an applicable income tax treaty to which the jurisdiction imposing the tax is a party, as a precondition to an exemption from the tax, assessment or other governmental charge for which such Holder is eligible and the Company (or a Guarantor) has given the Holders written notice within a reasonable period of time prior to the first payment date with respect to which such information or identification is required under applicable law that Holders will be required to provide such information and identification;

 

(4)                                   any Taxes with respect to a Note or a Note Guarantee presented for payment more than 30 days after the date on which payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for and notice thereof given to Holders, whichever occurs later, except to the extent that the Holder of the Note would have been entitled to additional amounts had the Notes been presented on the last day of such 30-day period;

 

(5)                                   any withholding or deduction imposed on a payment to an individual that is required to be made pursuant to the European Union Directive on the taxation of savings income, which was adopted by the ECOFIN Council on June 3, 2003, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; and

 

(6)                                   any Tax imposed on or with respect to a payment made to a Holder or beneficial owner of Notes who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Notes to another paying agent in a member state of the European Union;

 

73



 

(7)                                   any Tax payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments to a Holder or beneficial owner under, or with respect to, the Notes or with respect to any Note Guarantee; or

 

(8)                                   any combination of times listed in clauses (1) through (7) above.

 

(c)                                   The Payor will (i) make any such withholding or deduction required by applicable law and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law. The Payor will make reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Tax Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes. The Payor will provide to the Trustee, within a reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld are due pursuant to applicable law, either a certified copy of tax receipts evidencing such payment, or, if such tax receipts are not reasonably available to the Payor, such other documentation that provides reasonable evidence of such payment by the Payor.

 

(d)                                  This Section 4.17 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person to any Payor and to any jurisdiction in which such successor is organized or is otherwise resident or doing business for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by such successor or its respective agents.

 

Section 4.18                                 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

The Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor may designate any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

 

(a)           any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other Equity Interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Parent Guarantor,

 

(b)                                  such designation complies with Section 4.09 hereof and

 

(c)                                   each of (x) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (y) its Subsidiaries, has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

The Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

 

(a)                                   the Parent Guarantor could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof or

 

(b)                                  the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

 

74



 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof or under Section 4.07(b)(6), (8) or (9) hereof, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01                                 Amalgamation, Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

 

(a)                                   Neither the Company nor the Parent Guarantor may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or the Parent Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)                                   either:

 

(A)                               the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as the case may be, is the surviving corporation; or

 

(B)                                 the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company or the Parent Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

 

(2)                                   the Successor Company, if other than the Company or the Parent Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

 

(3)                                   immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(4)                                   immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

 

(A)                               the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

 

75


 

(B)           the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company would be greater than such ratio for the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

 

(5)           the Company, the Parent Guarantor or such Successor Company, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture.

 

(b)           The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (a)(3) and (a)(4);

 

(1)           any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, amalgamate or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or the Parent Guarantor; and

 

(2)           the Company or the Parent Guarantor may amalgamate or merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as the case may be, in any Permitted Jurisdiction so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

Section 5.02           Successor Corporation Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation, amalgamation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company or the Parent Guarantor in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation, amalgamation or merger or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” or the “Parent Guarantor” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as the case may be), and may exercise every right and power of the Company or the Parent Guarantor under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company or the Parent Guarantor herein; provided, however , that the predecessor Company or the Parent Guarantor shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes or the Note Guarantee except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s or the Parent Guarantor’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01           Events of Default.

 

Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:

 

(1)           default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

76



 

(2)           default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest, including Special Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes;

 

(3)           failure by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee to the Parent Guarantor or by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then issued and outstanding voting as a single class to the Parent Guarantor (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of the agreements in this Indenture (other than a default referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 6.01);

 

(4)           default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than (a) Indebtedness owed to the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) secured Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary as to which the Parent Guarantor delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors to the effect that the obligees of such Indebtedness have no recourse to the assets of the Company or any Guarantor and that the Board of Directors have determined in good faith that the assets of the applicable Restricted Subsidiary have a Fair Market Value less than the amount of such outstanding Indebtedness, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

 

(A)          such default either

 

(i)            results from the failure to pay any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods); or

 

(ii)           relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and,

 

(B)           the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding, in each case without such acceleration having been rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured; provided that if any such acceleration is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, then the event of default by reason thereof would not deemed to have occurred until the conclusion of such proceedings;

 

(5)           failure by the Parent Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent insurance company has not denied coverage or an indemnity by a third party with an Investment Grade Rating from any Rating Agency), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance or indemnity, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; or

 

77



 

(6)           the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A)          commences a voluntary case,

 

(B)           consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(C)           consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(D)          makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(E)           generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

 

(7)           a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)          is for relief against the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

(B)           appoints a custodian of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(C)           orders the liquidation of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

 

(8)           except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

Section 6.02           Acceleration.

 

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Parent Guarantor, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Company (with a copy to the Trustee), may declare the principal,

 

78



 

premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on the Notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

Upon the effectiveness of any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders of all the Notes, rescind an acceleration and its consequences hereunder, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

 

Section 6.03           Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04           Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

(a)           In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of the acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

 

(1)           the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, or

 

(2)           the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default, or

 

(3)           the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

(b)           The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however , that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

79



 

Section 6.05           Control by Majority.

 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that would expose the Trustee to personal liability. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

Section 6.06           Limitation on Suits.

 

The Trustee shall be under no obligation to execute any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnification or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expenses.

 

No Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)           such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)           Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)           such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)           the Trustee does not comply with such request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(5)           during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request.

 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

 

Section 6.07           Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08           Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and

 

80



 

such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09           Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable) is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and any custodian, receiver, trustee, liquidator or similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10           Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

First :      to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for all amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second :  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, respectively; and

 

Third :     to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11           Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the

 

81



 

filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01           Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)           If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

(b)           Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(1)           the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2)           in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c)           The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)           this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

 

(2)           the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

(3)           the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof; and

 

(4)           No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense

 

82



 

(d)           Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

(e)           The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.02           Rights of Trustee.

 

(a)           The Trustee may conclusively rely upon and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such item.

 

(b)           Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)           The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

 

(d)           The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e)           Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

(f)            The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)           The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney.

 

(h)           In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

Section 7.03           Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee or any Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the

 

83



 

same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or such Agent, as the case may be. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04           Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05           Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 7.06           Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

 

(a)           Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA §313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c).

 

(b)           A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

 

Section 7.07           Compensation and Indemnity.

 

(a)           The Company and the Guarantors will pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and all services rendered by the Trustee hereunder as the Company and the Trustee shall agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company and the Guarantors will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

(b)           The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of

 

84



 

its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)           The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

(d)           To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money and property held or collected by the Trustee, except funds held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

(e)           When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Section 7.08           Replacement of Trustee.

 

(a)           A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

 

(b)           The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

 

(1)           the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(2)           the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3)           a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(4)           the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

(c)           If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 

(d)           If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Company’s expense), the Company, or the Holders of at

 

85


 

least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(e)                                   If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)                                     A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09         Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10         Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA §310(b).

 

Section 7.11         Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

 

The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01         Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

86



 

Section 8.02         Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Parent Guarantor, the Company and each of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor that is a Guarantor (each, a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”) will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors only) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Parent Guarantor, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors only), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(1)                                   the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

 

(2)                                   the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;

 

(3)                                   the rights, powers and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith;

 

(4)                                   the Parent Guarantor’s Obligations under Article 10 hereof; and

 

(5)                                   this Article 8.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, all obligations of the Parent Guarantor under Article 10 hereof shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any such Legal Defeasance.

 

Section 8.03         Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Parent Guarantor, the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Parent Guarantor, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may omit to comply with

 

87



 

and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5) hereof, and Section 6.01(8) hereof (with respect to Note Guarantees of Subsidiary Guarantors only) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. For the avoidance of doubt, all obligations of the Parent Guarantor under Article 10 hereof shall remain in full force and effect regardless of such Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.04         Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

 

(1)                                   the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, on interest and Special Interest, if any, due on the Notes issued under this Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest, including Special Interest, if any, on the Notes;

 

(2)                                   in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions:

 

(A)                               the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling or

 

(B)                                 since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)                                   in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

88



 

(4)                                   no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

(5)                                   such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Company or the Parent Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or the Parent Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

(6)                                   the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and

 

(7)                                   the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05         Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06         Repayment to Company.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be

 

89



 

permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease.

 

Section 8.07         Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01          Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes:

 

(1)                                   to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)                                   to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(3)                                   to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;

 

(4)                                   to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or the Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof;

 

(5)                                   to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

 

(6)                                   to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Parent Guarantor;

 

(7)                                   to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 

(8)                                   to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof;

 

(9)                                   to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes;

 

90



 

(10)                             to add guarantees of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

 

(11)                             to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated May 17, 2012, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended by the Company to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes, such intent to be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee.

 

Section 9.02         With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof) and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).

 

It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(1)                                   reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)                                   reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof);

 

(3)                                   reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

 

(4)                                   waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the

 

91



 

Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained herein which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

 

(5)                                   make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 

(6)                                   make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of, premium, if any, on, interest or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes;

 

(7)                                   impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, or interest, including Special Interest, if any, on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(8)                                   make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

 

(9)                                   make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

 

Section 9.03         Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04         Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

Section 9.05         Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

92



 

Section 9.06         Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of the Holders of Notes (if such execution is pursuant to Section 9.02), and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 10

NOTE GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01        Guarantee.

 

(a)                                   Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

(1)                                   the principal of, premium, if any, on, interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

(2)                                   in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

 

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(b)                                  The Guarantors hereby agree (to the extent they may lawfully do so) that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the extent it may lawfully do so) diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

93



 

(c)                                   If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(d)                                  Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

 

Section 10.02         Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee or any other applicable law.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

Section 10.03         Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

The Parent Guarantor will cause any Restricted Subsidiary required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof to comply with the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 10.04         Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Subsidiary Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

 

94



 

(1)                                   immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(2)                                   either:

 

(a)                                   subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Subsidiary Guarantor under its Note Guarantee, this Indenture and the applicable Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto; or

 

(b)                                  the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof.

 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Subsidiary Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses 2(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

 

Section 10.05         Releases.

 

(a)                                   In the event of a sale or other transfer or disposition of all of the Capital Stock in any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor who is a Guarantor to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company in compliance with Section 3.09 or 4.10 hereof;

 

(b)                                  In the event all or substantially all the assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor who is a Guarantor are sold or otherwise transferred, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company in compliance with the terms of Section 3.09 or 4.10 hereof;

 

then, without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, such Guarantor (or the Person concurrently acquiring such assets of such Guarantor) shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally cancelled, released and discharged of any obligations under its Note Guarantee, as evidenced by a written instrument or confirmation executed by the Trustee, upon the request and at the expense of the Company; provided , however that the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Net Cash Proceeds of such sale or other disposition will be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof and, if evidence of such cancellation, discharge or release is requested to be executed by the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an

 

95


 

Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will execute any documents required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

In addition, the Note Guarantee of a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor who is a Guarantor will be released:

 

(a)            if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.18;

 

(b)            if the Guarantor ceases to be a guarantor under any Capital Markets Debt or unsecured Credit Facilities, including the guarantee that resulted in the obligation of such Guarantor to guarantee the Notes, and is released or discharged from all obligations thereunder; provided that if such Person has incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Guarantor under Section 4.09 such Guarantor’s obligations under such Indebtedness, as the case may be, so incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) under Section 4.09; or

 

(c)            upon Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as provided in Section 8.02 and Article 11 hereof.

 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of the Company and any other Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

 

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01          Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

 

(1)            either:

 

(a)           all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(b)           (A)          all such Notes not theretofore delivered to such Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year, and the Company or the Parent Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with such Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, accrued interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

96



 

(B)            no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or the Parent Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or the Parent Guarantor is bound (other than an instrument to be terminated contemporaneously with or prior to the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

(2)            the Company and the Parent Guarantor have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by them under this Indenture; and

 

(3)            the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge the provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, which shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

Section 11.02          Application of Trust Money.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

97



 

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01          Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control.

 

Section 12.02          Notices.

 

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

 

AerCap Holdings N.V.

AerCap House,

Stationsplein 965,

1117 EC

Schiphol, The Netherlands

Facsimile No.: +31 (20) 659-0918

Attention: Legal Department

 

With a copy to:

Paul E. Denaro, Esq.

Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP

1 Chase Manhattan Plaza

New York, NY 10005

Facsimile No.: (212) 822-5219

 

If to the Trustee:

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Corporate Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Facsimile No.: 612-217-5651

Attention: AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. Administrator

 

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

98



 

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar (or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the DTC).  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee) pursuant to the customary procedures of such Depositary.

 

Section 12.03          Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA §312(c).

 

Section 12.04          Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)            an Officers’ Certificate (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(2)            an Opinion of Counsel (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 12.05          Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA §314(e) and must include:

 

(1)            a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)            a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based and the definitions relating thereto;

 

99



 

(3)            a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

(4)            a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

Section 12.06         Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 12.07          No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders.

 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or the Parent Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Parent Guarantor under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

Section 12.08          Governing Law.

 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

Section 12.09          Jurisdiction.

 

Each of the Parent Guarantor and the Company agrees that any suit, action or proceeding against the Parent Guarantor or the Company brought by the Trustee or any Holder, the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Trustee or any Holder, or by any person who controls the Trustee or any Holder, arising out of or based upon this Indenture may be instituted in any State or U.S. federal court in The City of New York and County of New York, and waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. Each of the Parent Guarantor and the Company hereby appoints CT Corporation System, with offices at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York, 10011 as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the transactions contemplated herein that may be instituted in any State or U.S. federal court in The City of New York and County of New York, by the Trustee or any Holder, the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Trustee or any Holder, or by any person who controls the Trustee or any Holder, and expressly accepts the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding. Each of the Parent Guarantor and the Company hereby represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and each of the Parent Guarantor and the Company agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of

 

100



 

process upon the Company or the Parent Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action arising out of or based upon this Indenture may be instituted by the Trustee or any Holder, the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Trustee or any Holder, or by any person who controls the Trustee or any Holder, in any court of competent jurisdiction in The Netherlands.

 

Section 12.10          No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 12.11          Successors.

 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof.

 

Section 12.12          Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.13          Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy will be considered an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 12.14          Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

101



 

SIGNATURES

 

Dated as of May 22, 2012

 

 

 

 

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tamzin Lawrence

 

 

Name:

Tamzin Lawrence

 

 

Title:

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tamzin Lawrence

 

 

Name:

Tamzin Lawrence

 

 

Title:

Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jane Schweiger

 

 

Name:

Jane Schweiger

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

[Face of Note]

 

CUSIP/CINS                       

 

6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017

 

No.

$                       

 

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

promises to pay to              or registered assigns,

 

the principal sum of                                                                                                                                                            DOLLARS

[,as revised by the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note,](1) on May 30, 2017.

 

Interest Payment Dates: May 30 and November 30

 

Record Dates: May 15 and November 15

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 


(1) Applicable only with respect to Global Notes.

 

A-1



 

[Back of Note]

6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

(1)            INTEREST . AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., a private limited liability company organized under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.375% per annum from May 22, 2012 until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on May 30 and November 30 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that, if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 30, 2012.  The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

(2)            METHOD OF PAYMENT .  The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Special Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 15 or November 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

(3)            PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR .  Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

A-2


 

(4)           INDENTURE . The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 22, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

 

(5)           OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. Except as described below, the Notes are not redeemable at the Company’s option.

 

(a)           At any time, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(b)           The Company will be entitled, at its option, to redeem the Notes in whole at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date, if at any time it becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts on the Notes on the next interest payment date with respect to the Notes, but only if its obligation results from a change in, or an amendment to, the laws or treaties (including any regulations or official rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction (or a political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), or from a change in any official position regarding the interpretation, administration or application of those laws, treaties, regulations or official rulings (including a change resulting from a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), that becomes effective and is announced after the Closing Date (or, if the applicable Relevant Tax Jurisdiction became a Relevant Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Closing Date, such later date) and provided the Company cannot avoid the obligation after taking reasonable measures to do so

 

(c)           Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph (5) shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

 

(6)           MANDATORY REDEMPTION.  The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

(7)           REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

 

(a)           Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

 

A-3



 

(b)           If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within 30 days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and, if required by the terms of any senior Indebtedness, to the holders of such senior Indebtedness to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other senior Indebtedness, that are $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the senior Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such senior Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes or such senior Indebtedness tendered, subject to adjustments by the Company so that no Notes or such other senior Indebtedness are left outstanding in unauthorized denominations.  Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “ Option of Holder to Elect Purchase ” attached to the Notes.

 

(8)           NOTICE OF REDEMPTION . At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (and not more than 90 days before the next date on which the Company would be obligated to pay Additional Amount under Section 3.10 of the Indenture), the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, postage prepaid, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 thereof.  Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $200,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased.

 

(9)           DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE .  The Notes are in registered form in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

(10)         PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders have rights under the Indenture.

 

(11)         AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER .  Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes

 

A-4



 

(including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any), voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee.  Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; to comply with Section 5.01 of the Indenture; to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or the Guarantor pursuant to Articles 5 or 10 of the Indenture; to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the rights of such Holder under the Indenture; to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Parent Guarantor; to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof; to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes; to add guarantees of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; or to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated May 17, 2012, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended by the Company to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes, such intent to be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate of the Company to that effect; or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

 

(12)         DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES . Events of Default include: (i) default in the payment when due and payable (at maturity, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (ii) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes issued under this Indenture, (iii) failure by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after receipt of written notice by the Trustee to the Company or by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then issued and outstanding voting as a single class to the Company (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of the agreements in the Indenture (other than a default referred to in clauses (i), or (ii) above); (iv) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company which default is a Payment Default or results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (v) failure by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay certain final judgments, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed, for a period of 60 days; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee.  In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Parent Guarantor, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice.  If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in

 

A-5



 

aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all the Holders of Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its respective consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase). The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

(13)         TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

 

(14)         NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

 

(15)         AUTHENTICATION . This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

(16)         ABBREVIATIONS . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(17)         ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES . In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).

 

(18)         CUSIP NUMBERS . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as

 

A-6



 

printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

(19)         GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

 

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. c/o AerCap Holdings N.V.

AerCap House,

Stationsplein 965,

1117 EC Schiphol, The Netherlands

Facsimile No.: +31 (20) 659-0918

Attention: Legal Department

 

A-7



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                     

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this

 

 

Note)

 

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 

 


*              Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-8



 

Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

 

o  Section 4.10

o  Section 4.14

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this

 

 

 

Note)

 

 

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 

 

 


*              Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-9



 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE *

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

 

 

Amount of

 

Amount of

 

Principal Amount

 

 

 

 

decrease in

 

increase in

 

of this Global Note

 

Signature of

 

 

Principal Amount

 

Principal Amount

 

following such

 

authorized officer

 

 

of

 

of

 

decrease

 

of Trustee or

Date of Exchange

 

this Global Note

 

this Global Note

 

(or increase)

 

Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*      This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form .

 

A-10


 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

[AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. c/o AerCap Holdings N.V.

AerCap House,

Stationsplein 965,

1117 EC Schiphol, The Netherlands

Facsimile No.: +31 (20) 659-0918]

 

[Wilmington Trust, National Association

Corporate Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Facsimile No.: 612-217-5651

Attention: AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. Administrator]

 

Re: 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., as issuer (the “ Company ”), AerCap Holdings N.V., (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), the other guarantors from time to time party hereto (together with the Parent Guarantor, the “ Guarantors ”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

, (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                       in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                                                        (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.     o     Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

2.     o     Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was

 

B-1



 

outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

3.     o     Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S .  The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

(a)   o     such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

 

or

 

(b)   o     such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof;

 

or

 

(c)   o     such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification) stating that such Transfer is in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed.  Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

4.     o     Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note .

 

(a)   o     Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement

 

B-2



 

Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(b)   o     Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(c)   o     Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) Such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

o     Check if Transfer is Pursuant to an Effective Registration Statement. Such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company, the Trustee and the Registrar.

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Dated:

 

 

 

Title:

 

B-3



 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.

The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

 

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

 

 

(a)

o

 a beneficial interest in the:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

     o   144A Global Note (CUSIP                   ), or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

     o   Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                   ), or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

     o   IAI Global Note (CUSIP                   ); or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

o

 a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

 

 

 

2.

After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

 

 

[CHECK ONE of (a), (b), or (c)]

 

(a)

o

 a beneficial interest in the:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

     o   144A Global Note (CUSIP                   ), or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

     o   Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                   ), or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

     o   IAI Global Note (CUSIP                   ); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

     o   Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP                   ); or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

o

 a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

o

 an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

 

 

 

 

 

         in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-4



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

[AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. c/o AerCap Holdings N.V.

AerCap House,

Stationsplein 965,

1117 EC Schiphol, The Netherlands

Facsimile No.: +31 (20) 659-0918]

 

[Wilmington Trust, National Association

Corporate Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Facsimile No.: 612-217-5651

Attention: AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. Administrator]

Re: 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017

 

(CUSIP [         ])

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., as issuer (the “ Company ”), AerCap Holdings N.V., (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), the other guarantors from time to time party hereto (together with the Parent Guarantor, the “ Guarantors ”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

, (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                         in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.             Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

 

(a)   o     Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(b)   o     Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1



 

(c)   o     Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(d)   o     Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2.             Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

 

(a)   o     Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note.   In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

(b)   o     Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] o 144A Global Note, o Regulation S Global Note, o IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

C-2



 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company, the Trustee and the Registrar.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

C-3



 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

 

[AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. c/o AerCap Holdings N.V.

AerCap House,

Stationsplein 965,

1117 EC Schiphol, The Netherlands

Facsimile No.: +31 (20) 659-0918]

 

[Wilmington Trust, National Association

Corporate Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Facsimile No.: 612-217-5651

Attention: AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. Administrator]

Re: 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”), among AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., as issuer (the “ Company ”), AerCap Holdings N.V., (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), the other guarantors from time to time party hereto (together with the Parent Guarantor, the “ Guarantors ”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $                         aggregate principal amount of:

 

(a)           o  a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

 

(b)          o  a Definitive Note,

 

we confirm that:

 

1.             We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

2.             We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

 

D-1



 

3.             We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

 

4.             We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 

5.             We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

D-2



 

EXHIBIT E

 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of                                 , among                                      (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of AerCap Holdings N.V. (or its permitted successor), a corporation organized under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of May 22, 2012 providing for the issuance of 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Note Guarantee ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.             CAPITALIZED TERMS.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

2.             AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

 

4.             NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

 

5.             NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

6.             COUNTERPARTS.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

E-1



 

7.             EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

8.             THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

 

E-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

Dated:

 

,

 

 

 

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

[OTHER EXISTING GUARANTORS]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

[TRUSTEE],

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

E-3




Exhibit 4.2

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

First Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of June 15, 2012 among AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., a private limited liability company organized under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), AerCap Holdings N.V., a public limited liability company organized under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Parent Guarantor ”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Parent Guarantor have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 22, 2012, providing for the issuance of the Company’s 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof there are no other Guarantors under the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to execute this Supplemental Indenture to correct certain typographical errors in the cross-references contained in the Indenture (the “Amendment”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has requested the Trustee to execute this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to Section 9.06 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(11) of the Indenture provides that the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated May 17, 2012, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended by the Company to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture or the Notes;

 

WHEREAS, Section 9.04 of the Indenture provides that a supplemental indenture becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized the Company to enter into a supplemental indenture for the purpose of modifying the Indenture to effect the substance of the Amendment; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company represents that all acts and things necessary have happened, been done, and been performed, to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid and binding instrument, in accordance with its terms.

 



 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

(1)           Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(2)           Amendment . The Indenture is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)           Sub-clause (28) in the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1.01 of the Indenture is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

(28)         Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(17) hereof; provided that Liens extend only to the assets so financed and any assets or Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary incurring such Indebtedness;

 

(b)           The first paragraph of sub-clause (14) of Section 4.09(b) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

(14) the incurrence by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2) and (3) above, this clause (14) and clauses (15) and (17) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued to so refund or refinance such Stock or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

(c)           Section 4.18(b) of the Indenture is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

(b)           such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof and

 

(3)           Effective Date . This Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of June 15, 2012.

 

(4)           Governing Law . THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 



 

(5)           Counterpart Original . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

(6)           Effect of Headings . Headings have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

(7)           The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Company and the Parent Guarantor. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company acknowledges that the Trustee’s execution of this Supplemental Indenture and the performance of the Trustee’s obligations hereunder shall be subject to the Indenture.

 

(8)           Ratification of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

(9)           Severability . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(10)         Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Parent Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tamzin Lawrence

 

Name:

Tamzin Lawrence

 

Title:

Attorney in Fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AerCap Holdings N.V., as Parent Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tamzin Lawrence

 

Name:

Tamzin Lawrence

 

Title:

Attorney in Fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jane Schweiger

 

Name:

Jane Schweiger

 

Title:

Vice President

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

$ 300,000,000

6.375% Senior Notes due 2017

 


 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement

 

May 22, 2012

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

As Representative of the Initial Purchasers

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., a corporation organized under the laws of The Netherlands (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the Initial Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 6.375% Senior Notes due 2017, which are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis, jointly and severally, by AerCap Holdings N.V. (the “ Guarantor ”). As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantor agree with the Initial Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows:

 

1.     Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement” ), the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

“Base Interest” shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

The term “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.

 

“Business Day” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13e-4(a)(3) promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

 

“Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.

 

“Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

 

“EDGAR System” means the EDGAR filing system of the Commission and the rules and regulations pertaining thereto promulgated by the Commission in Regulation S-T under the Securities

 

1



 

Act and the Exchange Act, in each case as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time (and without regard to format).

 

“Effective Time,” in the case of (i) an Exchange Offer Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and, (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.

 

“Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).

 

“Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or Section 3(d)(iii) and the instructions set forth in the Notice and Questionnaire.

 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

 

“Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).

 

“Exchange Offer Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c).

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).

 

Exchange Securities ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).

 

Guarantor ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the preamble.

 

The term “holder” shall mean each of the Initial Purchasers and other persons who acquire Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Securities.

 

“Indenture” shall mean the trust indenture, dated as of May 22, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantor and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

“Initial Purchasers” shall mean the Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.

 

“Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

The term “person” shall mean a corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.

 

“Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2012 between the Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantor relating to the Securities.

 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that a Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) in the circumstances

 

2



 

contemplated by Section 2(a), the Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a) ( provided that any Exchange Security that, pursuant to the last two sentences of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect to Sections 5, 6 and 9 until resale of such Registrable Security has been effected within the Resale Period); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Security under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Security has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) subject to Section 8(b), such Security is actually sold by the holder thereof pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture; or (iv) such Security shall cease to be outstanding.

 

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).

 

“Registration Default Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).

 

“Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4.

 

“Resale Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).

 

“Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company.

 

“Rule 144,” “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 424”, “Rule 430B” and “Rule 433” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

 

“Securities” shall mean, collectively, the $300,000,00 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.375% Senior Notes due 2017 to be issued and sold to the Initial Purchasers, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture. Each Security is entitled to the benefit of the guarantee provided by the Guarantor in the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”) and any other guarantee provided by any subsidiary of the Guarantor (each a “Future Subsidiary Guarantee”) and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Security,” an “Exchange Security” or a “Registrable Security” shall include a reference to the related Guarantee and each Subsidiary Guarantee, if any.

 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

 

“Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).

 

“Special Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).

 

Suspension Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).

 

3



 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

 

“Trustee” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture, together with any successors thereto in such capacity.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.

 

2.     Registration Under the Securities Act .

 

(a)  Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company and the Guarantor agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts, no later than the 270 th  day following the Closing Date to (i) file under the Securities Act, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” , and such offer, the “Exchange Offer” ) any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantor, which debt securities and guarantee are substantially identical to the Securities and the related Guarantee, respectively (and are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for Special Interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called “Exchange Securities” ), (ii) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act and (iii) cause the Exchange Offer to be completed. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act.  Unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company further agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) commence the Exchange Offer promptly following the Effective Time of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (ii) hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the holders of the Registrable Securities in accordance with Regulation 14E promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act and (iii) issue on or prior to 30 Business Days (or longer if required by the federal securities laws) after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission, Exchange Securities in exchange for the Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn promptly following the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been “completed” only (i) if the debt securities and related guarantee received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America and (ii) upon the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is at least 20 Business Days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantor agree (x) to include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer and (y) to keep such Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period” ) beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the expiration of the 180 th  day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Registrable Securities.  With respect to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Subsections 6(a), (c), (d) and (e).

 

4



 

(b)  If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed existing law or Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt securities or the related guarantee received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not completed on or before the 270 th  day following the Closing Date, (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Registrable Securities not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer, (iv) any holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) notifies the Company prior to the 20 th  Business Day following the completion of the Exchange Offer that (A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) it may not resell the Exchange Securities to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus supplement contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (C) it is a broker-dealer and owns Securities acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company or, (v) in the case of any Initial Purchaser that participates in the Exchange Offer or otherwise acquires Exchange Securities under this Agreement, such Initial Purchaser does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange, it being understood that (A) the requirement that an Initial Purchaser deliver the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act in connection with sales of Exchange Securities shall result in such new securities being not “freely tradeable” and (B) the requirement that a participating broker-dealer deliver the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection with sales of Exchange Securities shall not result in such Exchange Securities being not “freely tradeable”; in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) then the Company and the Guarantor shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), promptly as practicable file under the Securities Act, and in no event later than 60 days after the time such obligation to file arises, a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the “Shelf Registration Statement” ).  The Company and the Guarantor agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective no later than 120 days after the filing of such Shelf Registration filing obligation arises provided , that if at any time the Company is or becomes a “well-known seasoned issuer” (as defined in Rule 405) and is eligible to file an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), then the Company and the Guarantor shall file the Shelf Registration Statement in the form of an automatic shelf registration statement as provided in Rule 405.  The Company and the Guarantor agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the second anniversary of the Effective Time (the “Effectiveness Period” ). No holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder.  The Company and the Guarantor agree, after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement and promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement (whether by post-effective amendment thereto or by filing a prospectus pursuant to Rules 430B and 424(b) under the Securities Act identifying such holder), provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(iii). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(b), upon notice to the Electing Holders, the Company may suspend the use or the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement, or extend the time period in which it is required to file the Shelf Registration Statement, for a reasonable period of time but not in excess of (i) 30 consecutive days or more than three (3) times during any calendar year so long as all of the Securities cannot be sold pursuant to

 

5



 

Rule 144 without limitation by non-affiliates of the Company under clause (b) of Rule 144 and (ii) 60 consecutive days or more than three (3) times during any calendar year once all of the Securities can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without limitation by non-affiliates of the Company under clause (b) of Rule 144 (a “Suspension Period” ) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that there is a valid business purpose for suspension of the Shelf Registration Statement; provided that the Company shall promptly notify the Electing Holders when the Shelf Registration Statement may once again be used or is effective.

 

(c)  In the event that (i) the Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(b), (ii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed on or before the 270 th  day following the Closing Date or (iii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Company or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement (except as specifically permitted herein, including, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, during any applicable Suspension Period in accordance with the last sentence of Section 2(b)) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “Registration Default Period” ), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), special interest ( “Special Interest” ), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue on all Registrable Securities then outstanding at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period, at a per annum rate of 0.50% for the second 90 days of the Registration Default Period, at a per annum rate of 0.75% for the third 90 days of the Registration Default Period and at a per annum rate of 1.0% thereafter for the remaining portion of the Registration Default Period; provided, however , that upon the exchange of the Exchange Securities for Securities tendered, or upon the effectiveness of the applicable Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement which either failed to be, or had ceased to remain, effective, as applicable, Special Interest on the Securities in respect of which such Registration Default relates shall cease to accrue; provided, further , that no Special Interest shall accrue on the Securities following the second anniversary of the Closing Date. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this paragraph, the Company shall not be obligated to pay Special Interest provided in this paragraph during a Suspension Period permitted by Section 2(b) hereof. Special Interest shall accrue and be payable only with respect to a single Registration Default at any given time, notwithstanding the fact that multiple Registration Defaults may exist at such time.

 

(d)  The Company shall take, and shall cause the Guarantor to take, all actions necessary or advisable to be taken by it to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated, including all actions necessary or desirable to register the Guarantee under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable.

 

(e)  Any reference herein to a registration statement or prospectus as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time; and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement or to any prospectus supplement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.

 

3.     Registration Procedures .

 

If the Company and the Guarantor file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply:

 

6



 

(a) At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Offer Registration or any Shelf Registration, whichever may occur first, the Company shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

 

(c) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Offer Registration” ), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

 

(i) prepare and file with the Commission an Exchange Offer Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantor and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective;

 

(ii) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;

 

(iii) promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantor contemplated by Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary

 

7



 

to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(iv) in the event that the Company and the Guarantor would be required, pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G), to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities (except as otherwise permitted during any Suspension Period), promptly prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(v) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

 

(vi) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, to the extent required by such laws, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Offer Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;

 

(vii) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; and

 

(viii) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, an “earning statement” of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).

 

(d) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, the Company and the Guarantor shall:

 

(i) prepare and file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by the holders of Registrable Securities as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use all

 

8



 

commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective within the time periods specified in Section 2(b);

 

(ii) mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities (A) not less than 30 days prior to the anticipated Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement or (B) in the case of an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), distribute through The Depository Trust Company the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of the Registrable Securities not later than the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement, and in any such case no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless and until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;

 

(iii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;

 

(iv) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission to the extent such documents are not publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR System;

 

(v) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement;

 

(vi) provide the Electing Holders and not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto;

 

(vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available at reasonable times at the Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration such financial and other information and books and records of the Company and the Guarantor, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantor to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary (and in the case of counsel, not violate an attorney-client privilege, in such counsel’s reasonable belief), in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi), to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering on behalf of the

 

9



 

Electing Holders shall be conducted by one counsel designated by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by the Electing Holders at the time outstanding and provided further that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(viii) promptly notify each of the Electing Holders and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantor set forth in Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ix) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

 

(x) if requested by any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold by such Electing Holder, the name and description of such Electing Holder, the offering price of such Registrable Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in

 

10



 

respect thereof and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

 

(xi) furnish to each Electing Holder and the counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) an executed copy (or a conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Registrable Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act to the extent such documents are not available through the Commission’s EDGAR System, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder and to permit such Electing Holder to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and subject to Section 3(e), the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder (subject to any applicable Suspension Period), in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;

 

(xii) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) and for so long as may be necessary to enable any such Electing Holder to complete its distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;

 

(xiii) unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be printed, penned, lithographed, engraved or otherwise produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends;

 

11



 

(xiv) obtain a CUSIP number for all Securities that have been registered under the Securities Act, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

 

(xv) notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be; and

 

(xvi) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement an “earning statement” of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).

 

(e) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), to notify the Electing Holders, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), such Electing Holder shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities in such Electing Holder’s possession at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

(f) In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice and Questionnaire, the Company may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(g) Until the expiration of two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement under, or a valid exemption from the registration requirements of, the Securities Act.

 

12


 

(h) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal or “agent’s message” transmitted via The Depository Trust Company’s Automated Tender Offer Procedures, in either case contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an “affiliate” of the Company, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is such an “affiliate,” it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (B) it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business, (D) if it is a broker-dealer that holds Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Securities acquired directly from the Company or any of its affiliates), it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by it in the Exchange Offer, (E) if it is a broker-dealer, that it did not purchase the Securities to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer from the Company or any of its affiliates, and (F) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (E).

 

4.     Registration Expenses .

 

The Company agrees to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any Financial Industry Regulatory Authority registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Eligible Holders in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Registrable Securities, the Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions described in such section, including any reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Electing Holders in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any selling agreements and blue sky memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company, (h) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), (i) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and (j) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company in connection with such registration (collectively, the “Registration Expenses” ).  To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, the Company shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration

 

13



 

Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions, if any, and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities, Securities and Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.

 

5.     Representations and Warranties .

 

Each of the Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Initial Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Securities that:

 

(a) Each registration statement covering Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and each prospectus (including any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d) and any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than (A) from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G) or Section 3(d)(viii)(G) until (ii) such time as the Company furnishes an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(c)(iv) or Section 3(e) or (B) during any applicable Suspension Period, each such registration statement, and each prospectus (including any summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d), as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.

 

(b) Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a), when they become or became effective or are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein.

 

(c) The compliance by the Company and the Guarantor with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or bylaws or comparable constituting documents of the Company or the Guarantor, or (iii) result in the violation of any applicable statute or

 

14



 

any applicable order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, except in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have (or reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business or properties of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business or materially adversely affect the consummation of the transactions hereunder.

 

(d) No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or governmental agency or regulatory authority is required for the consummation by the Company and the Guarantor of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required with respect to the Securities or the Exchange Securities, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Trust Indenture Act and applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(e) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and by the Guarantor.

 

6.     Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a)  Indemnification by the Company and the Guarantor.  The Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders of Registrable Securities included in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement and each of the Electing Holders as holders of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder or such Electing Holder may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder, any such Electing Holder, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such holder, each such Electing Holder for any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433), or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person expressly for use therein.

 

(b)  Indemnification by the Electing Holders .  The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(b), that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from each Electing Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers who sign any Shelf Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act” ), the Guarantor and all other Electing Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the

 

15



 

Company, the Guarantor or such other Electing Holders may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any Electing Holder, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company and the Guarantor for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantor in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.

 

(c)  Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) above of written notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party (i) shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party under Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and has been materially prejudiced through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses by such failure and (ii) the failure to notify will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligations under Section (6)(a) and Section (6)(b). In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under Section 6(a) and Section 6(b) for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless such indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d)  Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a

 

16



 

result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(d), no Electing Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The holders’ obligations in this Section 6(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered by them and not joint.

 

(e)           The obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or the Guarantor may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder, each Electing Holder, and each person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and the Electing Holders contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder or Electing Holder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company or the Guarantor (including any person who, with his consent, is named in any registration statement as about to become a director of the Company or the Guarantor) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, as well as to each officer and director of the other holders and to each person, if any, who controls such other holders within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

7.     Underwritten Offerings .

 

Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby agrees with the Company and each other such holder that no holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless (a) the Company gives its prior written consent to such underwritten offering, (b) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering agrees to sell such holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled selecting the managing underwriter or underwriters hereunder and (c) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. The Company hereby agrees with each holder of Registrable Securities that, to the extent it consents to an underwritten offering hereunder, it will negotiate in good faith and execute all indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required

 

17



 

under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, including using all commercially reasonable efforts to procure customary legal opinions and auditor “comfort” letters.

 

8.               Rule 144 .

 

(a)          Facilitation of Sales Pursuant to Rule 144.  The Company covenants to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company shall timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144), and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144.  If at any time the Company is a “non-reporting issuer” as such term is defined under Rule 144(c)(2), then in connection with any sale by a holder pursuant to Rule 144(c), the Company shall deliver a statement to such holder as to the Company’s compliance with the reporting requirements contemplated by Rule 144(c)(2).

 

(b)          Availability of Rule 144 Not Excuse for Obligations under Section 2. The fact that holders of Registrable Securities may become eligible to sell such Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 shall not (1) cause such Securities to cease to be Registrable Securities or (2) excuse the Company’s and the Guarantor’s obligations set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations in respect of an Exchange Offer, Shelf Registration and Special Interest.

 

9.               Miscellaneous .

 

(a)          No Inconsistent Agreements.  The Company represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities, Exchange Securities or Securities, as applicable, or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Agreement.

 

(b)          Notices.  All notices (including, without limitation, any notices or other communications to the applicable Trustee), requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally, by facsimile or by courier, or three days after being deposited in the mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows: If to the Company, to the Vice President, Corporate Legal (fax no.: +31 (20) 659-0918 and confirmed to it at AerCap House, Stationsplein 965, 1117 EC Schiphol, The Netherlands, Attention of the Legal Department, with a copy to Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, Attention: Paul Denaro, facsimile: (212) 820-5431, and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company, or to such other address as the Company or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

(c)           Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto, the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement.  If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or

 

18



 

transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.

 

(d)          Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities, , any director, officer or partner of such holder, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the transfer and registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.

 

(e)           Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

(f)            Headings.   The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(g)           Entire Agreement; Amendments.   This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter.  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding. Each holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder.

 

(h)          Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(i)              Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained in this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(j)             Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction .  Each of the Company and the Guarantor acknowledge that is has, by separate written agreement, irrevocably designated and appointed CT Corporation System, with offices at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York, 10011 (together with its successors and assigns, the “Agent”) as its authorized agent for service of process in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or brought with respect to the Securities under U.S. federal or state securities laws, in each case instituted in any federal or state court located in the State and City of New York.  Each of the Company and the Guarantor hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon Agent shall be deemed to be effective service of process upon the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, in such suit, action or proceeding.

 

19



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us one for the Company, the Guarantor and each of the Representatives plus one for each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Initial Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Initial Purchasers, the Guarantor and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Initial Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Initial Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tamzin Lawrence

 

 

 

Name:

Tamzin Lawrence

 

 

 

Title:

Attorney in fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tamzin Lawrence

 

 

 

Name:

Tamzin Lawrence

 

 

 

Title:

Attorney in fact

 



 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

By:

/s/ Matthew S. Burke

 

 

 

(Citigroup Global Markets Inc.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On behalf of each of the Initial Purchasers

 

 

 


 

Exhibit A

 

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.

 

INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS

 

(Date of Mailing)

 

URGENT - IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED

 

DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [ DATE ] *

 

The Depository Trust Company ( “DTC” ) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. (the “Company” ) 6.375% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities” ) are held.

 

The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof.  In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.

 

It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [ Deadline For Response ] .  Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you.  If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., AerCap House, Stationsplein 965, 1117 CE Schiphol, The Netherlands, Telephone number: +31 20 655 9655, Fax number: +31 20 655 9100.

 


*Not less than 28 calendar days from date of mailing.

 

A-1



 

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.

 

Notice of Registration Statement

and

Selling Securityholder Questionnaire

 

(Date)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the “Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement” ) between AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. (the “Company” ), AerCap Holdings N.V. (the “ Guarantor ”) and the Initial Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed or will file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” ) a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Shelf Registration Statement” ) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), of the Company’s 6.375% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Securities” ).  A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Shelf Registration Statement and can be obtained from the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (as defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement) is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement.  In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire ( “Notice and Questionnaire” ) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [ Deadline for Response ] .  Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who do not properly complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.

 

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

A-2



 

ELECTION

 

The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder” ) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.

 

Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers who sign any Shelf Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act” ), the Guarantor and all other Electing Holders of Registrable Securities, against certain losses arising out of an untrue statement, or the alleged untrue statement, of a material fact in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus or the omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus, but only to the extent such untrue statement or omission, or alleged untrue statement or omission, was made in reliance on and in conformity with the information provided in this Notice and Questionnaire.

 

Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus and as Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

 

A-3



 

QUESTIONNAIRE

 

(1)

(a)

Full legal name of Selling Securityholder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Full legal name of registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Full legal name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Address for notices to Selling Securityholder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

 

Fax:

 

 

 

 

Contact Person:

 

 

 

 

 

E-mail for Contact Person:

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Beneficial Ownership of Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:

 

 

 

CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Principal amount of Securities other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Principal amount of Registrable Securities that the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:

 

 

 

 

 

Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).

 

 

 

 

 

State any exceptions here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-4



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

Individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:

 

 

 

 

If the Selling Securityholder is not an entity that is required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Reporting Company” ), then the Selling Securityholder must disclose the name of the natural person(s) who exercise sole or shared dispositive powers with respect to the Securities. Selling Securityholders should disclose the beneficial holders, not nominee holders or other such others of record. In addition, the Commission has provided guidance that Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 should be used by analogy when determining the person or persons sharing voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Securities.

 

 

 

 

(a)

Is the holder a Reporting Company?

 

 

 

 

 

Yes o

No o

 

 

 

 

 

If “No”, please answer Item (5)(b).

 

 

 

 

(b)

List below the individual or individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Please note that the names of the persons listed in (b) above will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

 

 

(6)

Relationships with the Company:

 

 

 

 

Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

 

 

 

 

 

State any exceptions here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

Plan of Distribution:

 

 

 

 

 

Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-

 

A-5



 

 

 

counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options.  In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.

 

 

 

 

 

State any exceptions here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note: In no event may such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities without the prior written agreement of the Company.

 

 

 

(8)

Broker-Dealers:

 

 

 

 

 

The Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers or affiliates of registered broker-dealers be so identified in the Shelf Registration Statement. In addition, the Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers be named as underwriters in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus, even if they did not receive the Registrable Securities as compensation for underwriting activities.

 

 

 

 

(a)

State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is a registered broker-dealer:

 

 

 

 

 

Yes o

No o

 

 

 

 

(b)

If the answer to (a) is “Yes”, you must answer (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable. Your answers to (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable, will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Were the Securities acquired as compensation for underwriting activities?

 

 

 

 

 

Yes o

No o

 

 

 

 

 

 

If you answered “Yes”, please provide a brief description of the transaction(s) in which the Securities were acquired as compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) Were the Securities acquired for investment purposes?

 

 

 

 

 

Yes o

No o

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii) If you answered “No” to both (i) and (ii), please explain the Selling Securityholder’s reason for acquiring the Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-6



 

 

(c)

State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer and, if so, list the name(s) of the broker-dealer affiliate(s):

 

 

 

 

 

Yes o

No o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

If you answered “Yes” to question (c) above:

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Did the undersigned Selling Securityholder purchase Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business?

 

 

 

 

 

Yes o

No o

 

 

 

 

 

If the answer is “No” to question (d)(i), provide a brief explanation of the circumstances in which the Selling Securityholder acquired the Registrable Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) At the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities, did the undersigned Selling Securityholder have any agreements, understandings or arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any person to dispose of or distribute the Registrable Securities?

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yes o

No o

 

 

 

 

 

If the answer is “Yes” to question (d)(ii), provide a brief explanation of such agreements, understandings or arrangements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the answer is “No” to Item (8)(d)(i) or “Yes” to Item (8)(d)(ii), you will be named as an underwriter in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus.

 

 

(9)

Hedging and short sales:

 

 

 

(a)

State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder has or will enter into “hedging transactions” with respect to the Registrable Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yes o

No o

 

 

 

 

 

If “Yes”, provide below a complete description of the hedging transactions into which the undersigned Selling Securityholder has entered or will enter and the purpose of such hedging transactions, including the extent to which such hedging transactions remain in place:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-7



 

 

(b)

Set forth below is Interpretation A.65 of the Commission’s July 1997 Manual of Publicly Available Interpretations regarding short selling:

 

 

 

 

 

“An issuer filed a Form S-3 registration statement for a secondary offering of common stock which is not yet effective. One of the selling shareholders wanted to do a short sale of common stock “against the box” and cover the short sale with registered shares after the effective date. The issuer was advised that the short sale could not be made before the registration statement becomes effective, because the shares underlying the short sale are deemed to be sold at the time such sale is made. There would, therefore, be a violation of Section 5 if the shares were effectively sold prior to the effective date.”

 

By returning this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned Selling Securityholder will be deemed to be aware of the foregoing interpretation.

 

*              *              *              *              *

 

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act, particularly Regulation M (or any successor rule or regulation).

 

The Selling Securityholder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and certain other persons as set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (9) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.  The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(d) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect and to provide such additional information that the Company may reasonably request regarding such Selling Securityholder and the intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities in order to comply with the Securities Act. Except as otherwise provided in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, all notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

 

A-8



 

 

 

(i) To the Company:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) With a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling Securityholder

 

 

(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [ DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE ] TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL AT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-10



 

Exhibit B

 

NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.

c/o Wilmington Trust, National Association

[ Address of Trustee ]

 

Attention: Trust Officer

 

Re:                                AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. (the “Company” )
6.375% Senior Notes due 2017

 

Dear Sirs:

 

Please be advised that                                                                 has transferred $                                                               aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form [        ] (File No. 333-     ) filed by the Company.

 

We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the Prospectus dated [ date ] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s name.

 

Dated:

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

 




Exhibit 5.1

 

June 15, 2012

 

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.

AerCap House,

Stationsplein 965,

1117 EC

Schiphol, The Netherlands

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special Unites States counsel to AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, as issuer (the “ Company ”), and AerCap Holdings N.V., a public limited liability company ( naamloze vennootschap ) existing under the laws of the The Netherlands, as guarantor (the “ Guarantor ”), in connection with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), on Form F-4 (the “ Registration Statement ”), relating to up to $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 of the Company (the “ Exchange Notes ”) and the related guarantee of the Exchange Notes (the “ Exchange Guarantee ”) by the Guarantor to be issued in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of the Company’s outstanding unregistered 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the “ Old Notes ”), and the related guarantees of the Old Notes.  The Old Notes and the Exchange Notes, and the related Exchange Guarantee and the Old Guarantee, were and will be, respectively, issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Guarantor and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).  The exchange of the Old Notes for the New Notes will be made pursuant to the requirements of the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 22, 2012 (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) among the Company, the Guarantor and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have examined such corporate records, certificates and other documents, and such questions of law, as we have considered necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion.  In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies.  As to various questions of fact material to such opinions, we have, when relevant facts were not independently established, relied upon certificates of officers and representatives of the Company and the Guarantor and public officials, statements contained in the Registration Statement and other documents as we have deemed necessary as a basis for such opinions.  With regard to certain matters of Dutch law, we have relied, with the Company’s permission, upon the opinion of NautaDutilh N.V. filed as Exhibit 5.2 to the Registration Statement.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and subject also to the comments and qualifications set forth below, and having considered such questions of law as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.     The Exchange Notes, when executed, delivered and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and when exchanged by the holders thereof for the Old Notes in the manner contemplated by the Registration Statement and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to the qualification that enforceability of the obligations of the Company thereunder may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) including, without limitation, (a) the possible unavailability of specific performance, injunctive relief or any other equitable remedy, (b) concepts of good faith, reasonableness, fair dealing and materiality and (c) possible judicial action giving effect to foreign government actions or foreign law.

 



 

2.     The Exchange Guarantee, when the applicable Exchange Notes are executed, delivered and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and exchanged by the holders thereof for the Old Notes in the manner contemplated by the Registration Statement and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, subject to the qualification that (i) enforceability of the obligations of the Guarantor thereunder may be limited by (x) bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (y) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) including, without limitation, (a) the possible unavailability of specific performance, injunctive relief or any other equitable remedy; (b) concepts of good faith, reasonableness, fair dealing and materiality, and (c) possible judicial action giving effect to foreign government actions or foreign law, and (ii) the waiver of defenses by the Guarantor in the Exchange Guarantee may be limited by principles of public policy in New York.

 

To the extent that the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under the Exchange Notes, the Exchange Guarantee and the Indenture, as applicable, may be dependent upon such matters, we have assumed for purposes of this opinion that (i) the Indenture has been duly authorized by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee and duly executed and delivered by the Trustee; (ii) the Indenture constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trustee, enforceable against the Trustee in accordance with its terms; (iii) each of the Company and the Guarantor is validly existing and has the requisite organizational and legal power and authority to issue the Exchange Notes and Exchange Guarantee, respectively; and (iv) the Exchange Notes have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

In connection with the foregoing opinions, we have also assumed that at the time of the issuance and delivery of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantee, there will not have occurred any change in law affecting the validity, legally binding character or enforceability of the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantee and that the issuance and delivery of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantee, all of the terms of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantee and the performance by the Company and the Guarantor of their respective obligations thereunder will comply with applicable law and with each requirement or restriction imposed by any court or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company or the Guarantor.

 

The foregoing opinions are limited to matters involving the laws of the State of New York, and we do not express any opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement.  In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act.

 

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement, and is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise relied on for any other purpose.  We disclaim any obligation to update anything herein for events occurring after the date hereof.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ MILBANK, TWEED, HADLEY AND McCLOY LLP

 

2




Exhibit 5.2

 

P.O. Box 1110
3000 BC Rotterdam
Weena 750
3014 DA Rotterdam
T +31 10 22 40 000
F +31 10 41 48 444

 

Rotterdam, 15 June 2012

 

 

 

 

 

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.
Stationsplein 965
AerCap House
1117 CE Schiphol

The Netherlands

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Re: exchange offer relating to U.S.$ 300,000,000 6.375 % senior unsecured notes due 2017 by AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., fully and unconditionally guaranteed by AerCap Holdings N.V.

 

Capitalised terms used in this opinion letter have the meanings set forth in Exhibit A. The section headings used in this opinion letter are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect its construction or to be taken into consideration in its interpretation.

 

We have acted as special legal counsel as to Netherlands law to the Companies in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

This opinion letter is rendered to you at your request and it may only be relied upon in connection with the Exchange Offer. It does not purport to address all matters of Netherlands law that may be of relevance with respect to the Exchange Offer. This opinion letter is strictly limited to the matters stated in it and may not be read as extending by implication to any matters not specifically referred to in it. Nothing in this opinion letter should be taken as expressing an opinion in respect of any representations or warranties, or other information, contained in the Opinion Documents or any other document reviewed by us in connection with this opinion letter, except as expressly confirmed in this opinion letter.

 

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus. The previous sentence is no admittance that we are in the category of

 

NautaDutilh N.V. has its seat at Rotterdam, the Netherlands and is registered in the Commercial Register in Rotterdam under number 24338323.

 

ABN AMRO Bank 46.69.93.293; Fortis Bank 64.21.43.218; ING Bank 50296; Account Name: Stichting Beheer Derdengelden Advocatuur NautaDutilh.

 



 

persons whose consent for the filing and reference in that paragraph is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any rules or regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under it.

 

In rendering the opinions expressed in this opinion letter, we have exclusively reviewed and relied upon the Opinion Documents and the Corporate Documents, and we have assumed that the Opinion Documents have been entered into and the Exchange Notes will be issued for bona fide commercial reasons. We have not investigated or verified any factual matter disclosed to us in the course of our review.

 

This opinion letter sets out our opinion on certain matters of the laws with general applicability of the Netherlands, and, insofar as they are directly applicable in the Netherlands, of the European Union, as at today’s date and as presently interpreted under published authoritative case law of the Netherlands courts, the European General Court and the European Court of Justice. We do not express any opinion on Netherlands or European competition law or tax law (except for the opinion expressed in opinion 5). No undertaking is assumed on our part to revise, update or amend this opinion letter in connection with or to notify or inform you of, any developments or changes of Netherlands law subsequent to today’s date.

 

The opinions expressed in this opinion letter are to be construed and interpreted in accordance with Netherlands law. Each person relying on this opinion letter accepts that any issues of interpretation or liability arising out of or in connection with this opinion letter shall be governed by Netherlands law and shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent courts at Amsterdam, the Netherlands. This opinion letter is issued by NautaDutilh N.V. and no person other than NautaDutilh N.V. can be held liable in relation to this opinion letter.

 

In this opinion letter, legal concepts are expressed in English terms. The Netherlands legal concepts concerned may not be identical in meaning to the concepts described by the English terms as they exist under the law of other jurisdictions. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency, the relevant expression shall be deemed to refer only to the Netherlands legal concepts described by the English terms.

 

For the purposes of this opinion letter, we have assumed that on the date hereof:

 

a.              all documents reviewed by us as originals are complete and authentic and the signatures on these documents are the genuine signatures of the persons purported to have signed them, all documents reviewed by us as drafts of documents or as fax, photo or electronic copies of originals are

 

2



 

in conformity with the executed originals and these originals are complete and authentic and the signatures on them are the genuine signatures of the persons purported to have signed them;

 

b.              no defects ( gebreken ) not appearing on the face of a Deed of Incorporation attach to the incorporation of any Company ( kleven aan haar totstandkoming );

 

c.              the Articles of Association of each Company are its articles of association currently in force. The Extracts support this assumption;

 

d.              the Resolutions correctly reflect the resolutions of the Issuer’s managing board and shareholder, and the Guarantor’s Group Treasury and Accounting Committee of the Board of Directors, and have not been amended, nullified, revoked, or declared null and void, and the factual statements made and the confirmations given in the Resolutions are complete and correct;

 

e.              each Power of Attorney (i) is in full force and effect, and (ii) under any applicable law other than Netherlands law validly authorises the person or persons purported to be granted authority to represent and bind the relevant Company with regard to the transactions contemplated by and for the purposes stated in the Opinion Documents;

 

f.               the information contained in the Extracts is up to date;

 

g.             all terms and conditions set forth in the Opinion Documents and the Exchange Notes as well as each of the transactions relating thereto are at arm’s length;

 

h.             none of the opinions stated in this opinion letter will be affected by any foreign law; and

 

i.               the above assumptions were true and accurate at the times when the Resolutions and the Guarantor Power of Attorney were signed.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and subject to the qualifications set forth in this opinion letter and to any matters, documents or events not disclosed to us, we express the following opinions:

 

3



 

Corporate Status

 

1.              The Issuer has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid (private company with limited liability) and the Guarantor has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a naamloze vennootschap (public company with limited liability).

 

Corporate Power

 

2.              The Issuer has the corporate power to enter into the Opinion Documents,  to issue and offer the Exchange Notes and to perform its obligations under the Opinion documents and the Exchange Notes. The Guarantor has the corporate power to enter into the Opinion Documents, to issue the Exchange Guarantee and to perform its obligations under the Opinion Documents and the Exchange Guarantee.

 

Due authorisation

 

3.              The Issuer has duly authorised the entering into of the Opinion Documents, the issue and offering of the Exchange Notes and the performance of its obligations under the Opinion Documents and the Exchange Notes. The Guarantor has duly authorised the entering into of the Opinion Documents, the issue of the Exchange Guarantee and the performance of its obligations under the Opinion Documents and the Exchange Guarantee.

 

Valid Signing

 

4.              Each Opinion Document has been validly signed on behalf of each Company.

 

Prospectus - Certain Netherlands Tax Considerations

 

5.              The statements in the Prospectus in the section “Certain Netherlands and U.S. Federal Tax Considerations - Certain Netherlands Tax Considerations ” constitute a fair summary of the matters of Netherlands tax law referred to therein.

 

The opinions expressed above are subject to the following qualifications:

 

A.            As Netherlands lawyers we are not qualified or able to assess the true meaning and purport of the terms of the Opinion Documents under the applicable law and the obligations of the parties thereto, and we have made no investigation of that meaning and purport. Our review of the Opinion Documents and of any other documents subject or expressed to be subject to any law other than Netherlands law has therefore been limited to the terms of these documents as they appear to us on their face.

 

4



 

B.             The information contained in the Extracts does not constitute conclusive evidence of the facts reflected in them.

 

C.             Pursuant to Article 2:7 NCC, any transaction entered into by a legal entity may be nullified by the legal entity itself or its liquidator in bankruptcy proceedings ( curator ) if the objects of that entity were transgressed by the transaction and the other party to the transaction knew or should have known this without independent investigation ( wist of zonder eigen onderzoek moest weten ). The Netherlands Supreme Court ( Hoge Raad der Nederlanden ) has ruled that in determining whether the objects of a legal entity are transgressed, not only the description of the objects in that legal entity’s articles of association ( statuten ) is decisive, but all (relevant) circumstances must be taken into account, in particular whether the interests of the legal entity were served by the transaction. Based on the objects clause contained in the Articles of Association, we have no reason to believe that by entering into the Opinion Documents and issuing the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantee, as the case may be, and performing their obligations thereunder, the Companies would transgress the description of the objects contained in their Articles of Association. However, we cannot assess whether there are other relevant circumstances that must be taken into account, in particular whether the interests of the Companies are served by entering into the Opinion Documents and issuing the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantee, as the case may be, and performing their obligations thereunder, since this is a matter of fact.

 

D.             The opinions expressed in this opinion letter may be limited or affected by:

 

a.           any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganisation, moratorium or other similar laws or procedures now or hereinafter in effect, relating to or affecting the enforcement or protection of creditors’ rights generally;

b.          the provisions of fraudulent preference and fraudulent conveyance ( Actio Pauliana ) and similar rights available in other jurisdictions to liquidators in bankruptcy proceedings or creditors;

c.           claims based on tort ( onrechtmatige daad ); and

d.          sanctions and measures implemented or effective in the Netherlands under the Sanctions Act 1977 ( Sanctiewet 1977 ) or European Union regulations.

 

5



 

Yours faithfully,

On behalf of NautaDutilh N.V.

 

 

/s/ Walter A.M. Schellekens

 

Walter A.M. Schellekens

 

 

 

6



 

EXHIBIT A

LIST OF

DEFINITIONS

 

Articles of Association

 

a.      in relation to the Issuer, the articles of association ( statuten ) as contained in its Deed of Incorporation; and

b.      in relation to the Guarantor, its articles of association as they read after the execution of a deed of amendment dated 23 May 2011, which, according to the relevant Extract, was the last amendment to the Guarantor’s articles of association

 

 

 

Attorney

 

a.      in relation to the Issuer, each person appointed as attorney pursuant to the Issuer Power of Attorney; and

b.      in relation to the Guarantor, each person appointed as Attorney pursuant to the Guarantor Power of Attorney

 

 

 

Bankruptcy Clerk’s Office

 

a.      the online central insolvency register ( Centraal Insolventie Register ) held by the Council for the Administration of Justice ( Raad voor de Rechtspraak );

b.      the online EU Insolvency Register ( Centraal Insolventie Register-EU Registraties ) held by the Council for the Administration of Justice ( Raad voor de Rechtspraak ); and

c.      the Amsterdam court bankruptcy clerk’s office ( faillissementsgriffie )

 

 

 

Board Regulations

 

the board regulations ( bestuursreglement ) of the board of directors ( bestuur) of the Guarantor, dated 22 March 2011

 

 

 

Commercial Register

 

the Amsterdam Chamber of Commerce Commercial Register ( handelsregister gehouden door de Kamer van Koophandel en Fabrieken )

 

7



 

Companies

 

the Issuer and the Guarantor

 

 

 

Corporate Documents

 

the documents listed in Exhibit C ( List of Corporate Documents )

 

 

 

Deed of Incorporation

 

a.      in relation to the Issuer, its deed of incorporation ( akte van oprichting ) dated 10 April 2012; and

b.      in relation to the Guarantor, its deed of incorporation dated 10 July 2006

 

 

 

Exchange Guarantee

 

the guarantee of the Exchange Notes as set forth in Article 10 ( Note Guarantees ) of the Indenture

 

 

 

Exchange Notes

 

the Issuer’s new 6.375% senior unsecured notes due 2017 to be issued under the Indenture as amended by the Supplemental Indenture, and to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933

 

 

 

Exchange Offer

 

the offer to exchange any Old Notes for Exchange Notes

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

an exhibit to this opinion letter

 

 

 

Extracts

 

in relation to each Company, an extract from the Commercial Register dated the date of this opinion letter

 

 

 

FSA

 

the Netherlands Financial Supervision Act ( Wet op het financieel toezicht )

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

AerCap Holding N.V., a public company with limited liability ( naamloze vennootschap ) registered with the Commercial Register under file number 34251954

 

 

 

Guarantor Power of Attorney

 

the power of attorney granted by the Guarantor, dated 27 April 2012, in respect of, inter alia , the signing of the Opinion

 

8



 

 

 

Documents, and the power of attorney contained in the Resolutions of the Guarantor, in respect of, inter alia , the signing of the Registration Statement

 

 

 

Indenture

 

the indenture, dated 22 May 2012, relating to the Old Notes and the Exchange Notes, made between the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee

 

 

 

Issuer

 

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) registered with the Commercial Register under file number 55083617

 

 

 

Issuer Power of Attorney

 

the power of attorney and the appointment contained in the Resolutions of the Issuer, in respect of, inter alia , the signing of the Opinion Documents

 

 

 

NCC

 

the Netherlands Civil Code ( Burgerlijk Wetboek )

 

 

 

NCCP

 

the Netherlands Code of Civil Procedure ( Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering )

 

 

 

the Netherlands

 

the European territory of the Kingdom of the Netherlands

 

 

 

Old Notes

 

the Issuer’s existing 6.375% senior unsecured notes due 2017, issued under the Indenture, as amended by the Supplemental Indenture

 

 

 

Opinion Documents

 

the documents listed in Exhibit B ( List of Opinion Documents )

 

 

 

Powers of Attorney

 

the Issuer Power of Attorney and the Guarantor Power of Attorney

 

 

 

Prospectus

 

the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement

 

9



 

Registration Statement

 

the registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States in relation to the Exchange Offer, dated 15 June 2012

 

 

 

Resolutions

 

a.      in relation to the Issuer, the documents containing the resolutions of its board of directors ( bestuur ), dated 1 May 2012, and of its general meeting of shareholders ( algemene vergadering van aandeelhouders ), dated 1 May 2012; and

b.      in relation to the Guarantor, the document containing the resolutions of the Group Treasury and Accounting Committee of the Board of Directors, dated 27 April 2012 and the resolutions of its board of directors ( bestuur ), dated 15 June 2012

 

 

 

Supplemental Indenture

 

the first supplemental indenture dated 14 June 2012, between the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee, amending the Indenture

 

 

 

Trustee

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association

 

10



 

EXHIBIT B

LIST OF

ISSUE DOCUMENTS

 

1.              a pdf copy of the Indenture;

 

2.              a pdf copy of the Supplemental Indenture; and

 

3.              a pdf copy of the Registration Statement.

 

11



 

EXHIBIT C

LIST OF

CORPORATE DOCUMENTS

 

1.              a pdf copy of each Deed of Incorporation;

 

2.              a pdf copy of the Articles of Association;

 

3.              a pdf copy of the Extracts; and

 

4.              pdf copies of the Resolutions.

 

12




Exhibit 8.1

 

June 15, 2012

 

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.

AerCap House,

Stationsplein 965,

1117 EC

Schiphol, The Netherlands

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special United States counsel to AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, as issuer (the “ Company ”), and AerCap Holdings N.V., a public limited liability company ( naamloze vennootschap ) existing under the laws of The Netherlands, as guarantor, in connection with the filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), on Form F-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Registration Statement ”) relating to up to $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of registered 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 of the Company to be issued in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of the Company’s outstanding unregistered 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017.

 

We hereby confirm that the discussion of United States federal income tax matters contained in the Registration Statement under the heading “Certain Netherlands and U.S. Federal Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange,” to the extent it states matters of law or legal conclusions and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth therein, is our opinion.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement.  In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ MILBANK, TWEED, HADLEY AND McCLOY LLP

 




EXHIBIT 12.1

 

AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES
STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF RATIOS
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except ratio amounts)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Three Months Ended March
31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2011

 

2012

 

Fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

227,765

 

208,914

 

86,193

 

233,985

 

292,486

 

58,701

 

63,967

 

Capitalized interest

 

10,348

 

13,582

 

23,001

 

7,978

 

4,439

 

927

 

1,241

 

Portion of rent expense representative of interest

 

778

 

851

 

784

 

762

 

732

 

178

 

172

 

Total fixed charges

 

238,891

 

223,347

 

109,978

 

242,725

 

297,657

 

59,806

 

65,380

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income tax

 

191,214

 

138,643

 

203,610

 

258,226

 

230,051

 

76,294

 

67,578

 

Fixed charged from above

 

238,891

 

223,347

 

109,978

 

242,725

 

297,657

 

59,806

 

65,380

 

Less capitalized interest from above

 

(10,348

)

(13,582

)

(23,001

)

(7,978

)

(4,439

)

(927

)

(1,241

)

Amortization of capitalized interest

 

387

 

623

 

1,190

 

2,055

 

2,467

 

565

 

617

 

Earnings (as defined)

 

420,144

 

349,031

 

291,777

 

495,028

 

525,736

 

135,738

 

132,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

1.76

 

1.56

 

2.65

 

2.04

 

1.77

 

2.27

 

2.02

 

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

 

Consent of independent registered public accounting firm:

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form F-4 of our report dated March 23, 2012 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in AerCap Holdings N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2011. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

 

/s/ P.C. Dams RA

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V.

 

Amsterdam, the Netherlands

 

June 15, 2012

 

 




Exhibit 24.2

 

AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.
AerCap House
Stationsplein 965
1117 CE Schiphol
The Netherlands

 

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

June 15, 2012

 

The undersigned, Marnix den Heijer, Group Corporate Counsel & Head of Internal Audit of AerCap Holdings N.V., a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Company ”), does hereby certify on behalf of the Company, in his capacity as Secretary of the Company and not individually, that:

 

1.     Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the written resolutions of the board of directors of the Company, relating to, among other things, (i) the approval of the filing of the Form F-4 registration statement and prospectus with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in relation to the exchange offer for 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes (the “ F-4 Filing ”) and (ii) the powers of attorney granted to each of the attorneys-in-fact designated therein authorizing such attorneys-in-fact to (A) sign on behalf of the Company and each of the board of directors in their capacity as a member of the board of directors, the F-4 Filing and any and all amendments to said F-4 Filing (including post-effective amendments), (B) file or cause to be filed the same, and (C) do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection with the F-4 Filing, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person.

 

[signature pages follow]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the Group Corporate Counsel & Head of Internal Audit of the Company, have signed this certificate on behalf of the Company as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marnix den Heijer

 

 

Name:

Marnix den Heijer

 

 

Title:

Group Corporate Counsel & Head of Internal Audit

 



 

I, Wouter Marinus den Dikken, as Attorney-in-fact of AerCap Holdings N.V., do hereby certify that Marnix den Heijer is the duly appointed Group Corporate Counsel & Head of Internal Audit of AerCap Holdings N.V., and the signature set forth above is his true and genuine signature.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed my name as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wouter Marinus den Dikken

 

 

Name:

Wouter Marinus den Dikken

 

 

Title:

Attorney-in-fact

 



 

Exhibit A

 

COMPANY RESOLUTIONS

 



 

RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

OF AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

Dated as of 15 June 2012

 

THE UNDERSIGNED

 

1.                Pieter Korteweg

2.                Aengus Kelly

3.                Gerald Porter Strong

4.                James Norris Chapman

5.                Robert Goodwin Warden

6.                Marius Jacques Leonard Jonkhart

7.                Richard Michael Gradon

8.                Paul Thomas Dacier

9.                Homaid Abdulla Al Shemmari

10.          Salem Rashed Abdulla Ali Al Noaimi

 

acting for the purposes hereof in their individual capacities and as the members of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of AerCap Holdings N.V. , a public limited liability company (“ naamloze vennootschap ”), having its corporate seat in Amsterdam (address: 1117 CE Schiphol, Stationsplein 965, trade register number: 34251954), hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”,

 

WHEREAS

 

(A)                               The undersigned together constitute the entire Board of the Company.

 

(B)                                 On 22 March 2011 the Board established the AerCap Holdings N.V. Rules for the Board of Directors, including its Committees (the “ Board Rules ”) pursuant to Article 16, paragraph 2 of the Company’s articles of association (the “ Articles of Association ”) .

 

(C)                                 Article 16.5 of Articles of Association and Clause 2.6.5 of the Board Rules provide for the passing of resolutions of the Board without a meeting. All members of the Board are familiar with the present resolutions and none of them has objected to this decision-making process.

 

(D)                                It is proposed that the Company will file a form F-4 registration statement and prospectus with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in relation to the exchange offer for 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes (the “ F-4 Filing ”).

 

DETERMINE THAT:

 

i.                                           The F-4 Filing would materially benefit the Company, be in its commercial interests and within its corporate powers, be conducive to the realisation of its object and would not adversely affect the rights of creditors, employees and shareholders of the Company.

 



 

ii.                                        The Company would be in a position to give, make or perform the various representations, warranties, undertakings, covenants and all other obligations to be given, made or performed by the Company in the F-4 Filing.

 

HEREBY RESOLVE:

 

1.                                       To approve the F-4 Filing, as proposed.

 

AND FURTHER, ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY AND EACH OF THEM INDIVIDUALLY AND IN THEIR CAPACITY AS A MEMBER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

 

2.                                        hereby grant an irrevocable power of attorney, which power of attorney is governed by Dutch law, to each of, Aengus Kelly and James Norris Chapman (each an “ Attorney ” and together the “ Attorneys” ) individually and with full power of substitution (ondervolmacht), to sign on behalf of the Company and each of them individually and in their capacity as a member of the board of directors, the F-4 Filing and any and all amendments to said F-4 Filing (including post-effective amendments), and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, or their substitute, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this power of attorney.

 

3.                                        hereby confirm to indemnify each Attorney against all costs, claims, expenses and liabilities, howsoever incurred by such Attorney (as the case may be), arising from the exercise or the purported exercise in good faith of this power of attorney.

 

AND FINALLY CONFIRM:

 

1.                                        That the Company has not been declared bankrupt ( failliet verklaard ), the Company has not been granted a suspension of payment ( surseance van betaling verleend ), the Company has not been dissolved ( ontbonden ), that no applications for the bankruptcy, suspension of payment or dissolution of the Company have been filed with the courts, that the Company is not a party to any proceeding before the Enterprise Chamber ( Ondernemingskamer ), that the Enterprise Chamber has not given any order, directly or indirectly affecting the Company and that no resolution in respect of the merger ( fusie ) or division ( splitsing ) of the Company has been adopted. That the Company has not been subjected to any or more of the insolvency and winding up proceedings in Annex A and Annex B to the EU Insolvency Regulation (number 1346/2000 of 29 May 2000) in any jurisdiction within the European Union.

 

2.                                        That the Company does not have, and is not in the process of establishing a ((joint ( gemeenschappelijke )), central ( centrale ) or group ( groeps )) works council ( ondernemingsraad ) or European works council ( Europese ondernemingsraad ), and that there is no process pending for the establishment of, a (joint ( gemeenschappelijke ), central ( centrale ) or group ( groeps )) works council ( ondernemingsraad ) or European works council ( Europese ondernemingsraad ) in the group of companies of which the Company forms part, and further confirms that

 



 

although by law we are required to have a works council for our operations in The Netherlands, our employees have not elected to date to organize a works council.

 

3.                                        That the F-4 Filing will not contravene:

 

·               the Articles of Association dated 23 May 2011;

·               the Board Rules dated 22 March 2011;

·               the existing contractual obligations of the Company;

·               the terms of any security that the Company may have issued;

 

4.                                        That none of the members of the Board has a conflict of interest ( tegenstrijdig belang ) with the Company in connection with the F-4 Filing. To the extent any member of the Board would have a conflict of interest in respect of the F-4 Filing, each member of the Board is, pursuant to the Company’s articles of association, authorised to represent the Company in respect of the F-4 Filing;

 

5.                                        That the general meeting of shareholders has not, by virtue of article 2:146 of the Dutch Civil Code, appointed any other person as special mandatory to act as the Company’s representative in respect of the F-4 Filing;

 

6.                                        Resolve that these resolutions may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document and that each signatory may deliver a signed copy of these resolutions by fax or e-mail or an e-mail confirmation and that any such faxed or e-mailed copy or e-mail confirmation shall be deemed to be an original for all purposes.

 

[Signature page follows]

 



 

/s/ P. Korteweg

 

/s/ A. Kelly

P. Korteweg

 

A. Kelly

Date: 6/14/12

 

Date: 6/15/12

Place: United States

 

Place: Turkey

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ G.P. Strong

 

/s/ R.G. Warden

G.P. Strong

 

R.G. Warden

Date: 6/15/12

 

Date: 6/15/12

Place: Spain

 

Place: United States

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J.N. Chapman

 

/s/ M.J.L. Jonkhart

J.N. Chapman

 

M.J.L. Jonkhart

Date: 6/15/12

 

Date: 6/15/12

Place: United States

 

Place: Curacao

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. M. Gradon

 

/s/ P.T. Dacier

R. M. Gradon

 

P.T. Dacier

Date: 6/14/12

 

Date: 6/15/12

Place: Czech Republic

 

Place: United States

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ H.A. Al Shemmari

 

/s/ S.R.A.A. Al Noaimi

H.A. Al Shemmari

 

S.R.A.A. Al Noaimi

Date: 6/14/12

 

Date: 6/14/12

Place: Abu Dhabi

 

Place: Abu Dhabi

 




Exhibit 25.1

 

File No.                 

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

 

FORM T-1

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

¨ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

16-1486454

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

 

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Robert C. Fiedler

Vice President and Counsel

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

(302) 651-8541

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.

AerCap Holdings N.V.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Netherlands

 

Not Applicable

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

 

Stationsplein 965

 

 

1117 CE Schiphol Airport

 

 

The Netherlands

 

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 

 



 

Item 1.    GENERAL INFORMATION.  Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

(a)                        Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Comptroller of Currency, Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

 

(b)                        Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Yes.

 

Item 2.                            AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:

 

Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and upon information furnished by the obligor, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

 

Item 16.                     LIST OF EXHIBITS.  Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.

 

1.                A copy of the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

 

2.                The authority of Wilmington Trust, National Association to commence business was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

 

3.                The authorization to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T - 1.

 

4.                A copy of the existing By-Laws of Trustee, as now in effect, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of form T-1.

 

5.                Not applicable.

 

6.                The consent of Trustee as required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 of Form T-1.

 

7.                Current Report of the Condition of Trustee, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

 

8.                Not applicable.

 

9.                Not applicable.

 

2



 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 7 th day of June, 2012.

 

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST,

 

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jane Schweiger

 

Name: Jane Schweiger

 

Title: Vice President

 

3



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

CHARTER OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

4



 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

For the purpose of organizing an association to perform any lawful activities of national banks, the undersigned do enter into the following articles of association:

 

FIRST.    The title of this association shall be Wilmington Trust, National Association.

 

SECOND.               The main office of the association shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The general business of the association shall be conducted at its main office and its branches.

 

THIRD.  The board of directors of this association shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five persons, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting thereof. Each director shall own common or preferred stock of the association or of a holding company owning the association, with an aggregate par, fair market or equity value $1,000. Determination of these values may be based as of either (i) the date of purchase or (ii) the date the person became a director, whichever value is greater. Any combination of common or preferred stock of the association or holding company may be used.

 

Any vacancy in the board of directors may be filled by action of a majority of the remaining directors between meetings of shareholders. The board of directors may not increase the number of directors between meetings of shareholders to a number which:

 

(1) exceeds by more than two the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 15 or less; or

 

(2) exceeds by more than four the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 16 or more, but in no event shall the number of directors exceed 25, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit.

 

Directors shall be elected for terms of one year and until their successors are elected and qualified. Terms of directors, including directors selected to fill vacancies, shall expire at the next regular meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected, unless the directors resign or are removed from office. Despite the expiration of a director’s term, the director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until there is a decrease in the number of directors and his or her position is eliminated.

 

Honorary or advisory members of the board of directors, without voting power or power of final decision in matters concerning the business of the association, may be appointed by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors, or by resolution of shareholders at any annual or special meeting. Honorary or advisory directors shall not be counted to determine the number of directors of the association or the presence of a quorum in connection with any board action, and shall not be required to own qualifying shares.

 

FOURTH.              There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may be brought before the meeting. It shall be held at the main office or any other convenient place the board of directors may designate, on the day of each year specified therefor in the bylaws, or, if that day falls on a legal holiday in the state in which the association is located, on the next following banking day. If no election is held on the day fixed, or in the event of a legal holiday on the following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the day fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the day, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares issued and outstanding. In all cases at least 10 days advance notice of the time, place and purpose of a shareholders’ meeting shall be given to the

 



 

shareholders by first class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. The sole shareholder of the bank is permitted to waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting.

 

In all elections of directors, the number of votes each common shareholder may cast will be determined by multiplying the number of shares such shareholder owns by the number of directors to be elected. Those votes may be cumulated and cast for a single candidate or may be distributed among two or more candidates in the manner selected by the shareholder. If, after the first ballot, subsequent ballots are necessary to elect directors, a shareholder may not vote shares that he or she has already fully cumulated and voted in favor of a successful candidate. On all other questions, each common shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by him or her.

 

Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for election of directors. Nominations other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management shall be made in writing and be delivered or mailed to the president of the association not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nominations shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

(1)           The name and address of each proposed nominee.

 

(2)           The principal occupation of each proposed nominee.

 

(3)           The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee.

 

(4)           The name and residence address of the notifying shareholder.

 

(5)           The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

 

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee. No bylaw may unreasonably restrict the nomination of directors by shareholders.

 

A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the board of directors, its chairperson, or to the association, which resignation shall be effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

 

A director may be removed by shareholders at a meeting called to remove the director, when notice of the meeting stating that the purpose or one of the purposes is to remove the director is provided, if there is a failure to fulfill one of the affirmative requirements for qualification, or for cause; provided, however, that a director may not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect the director under cumulative voting is voted against the director’s removal.

 

FIFTH.   The authorized amount of capital stock of this association shall be three million (3,000,000) shares of common stock of the par value of one dollar ($1.00) each; but said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time to time, according to the provisions of the laws of the United States.

 

No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of the association shall have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of any class of stock of the association, whether now or hereafter authorized, or to any obligations convertible into stock of

 



 

the association, issued, or sold, nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the board of directors, in its discretion, may from time to time determine and at such price as the board of directors may from time to time fix. Preemptive rights also must be approved by a vote of holders of two-thirds of the bank’s outstanding voting shares.

 

Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, (1) all matters requiring shareholder action, including amendments to the articles of association, must be approved by shareholders owning a majority voting interest in the outstanding voting stock, and (2) each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote per share.

 

Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, all shares of voting stock shall be voted together as a class, on any matters requiring shareholder approval. If a proposed amendment would affect two or more classes or series in the same or a substantially similar way, all the classes or series so affected must vote together as a single voting group on the proposed amendment.

 

Shares of one class or series may be issued as a dividend for shares of the same class or series on a pro rata basis and without consideration. Shares of one class or series may be issued as share dividends for a different class or series of stock if approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the class or series to be issued, unless there are no outstanding shares of the class or series to be issued. Unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to a share dividend shall be the date authorized by the board of directors for the share dividend.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the bylaws, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting is the close of business on the day before the first notice is mailed or otherwise sent to the shareholders, provided that in no event may a record date be more than 70 days before the meeting.

 

If a shareholder is entitled to fractional shares pursuant to a stock dividend, consolidation or merger, reverse stock split or otherwise, the association may: (a) issue fractional shares; (b) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, issue script or warrants entitling the holder to receive a full share upon surrendering enough script or warrants to equal a full share; (c) if there is an established and active market in the association’s stock, make reasonable arrangements to provide the shareholder with an opportunity to realize a fair price through sale of the fraction, or purchase of the additional fraction required for a full share; (d) remit the cash equivalent of the fraction to the shareholder; or (e) sell full shares representing all the fractions at public auction or to the highest bidder after having solicited and received sealed bids from at least three licensed stock brokers; and distribute the proceeds pro rata to shareholders who otherwise would be entitled to the fractional shares. The holder of a fractional share is entitled to exercise the rights for shareholder, including the right to vote, to receive dividends, and to participate in the assets of the association upon liquidation, in proportion to the fractional interest. The holder of script or warrants is not entitled to any of these rights unless the script or warrants explicitly provide for such rights. The script or warrants may be subject to such additional conditions as: (1) that the script or warrants will become void if not exchanged for full shares before a specified date; and (2) that the shares for which the script or warrants are exchangeable may be sold at the option of the association and the proceeds paid to scriptholders.

 

The association, at any time and from time to time, may authorize and issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval of the shareholders. Obligations classified as debt, whether or not subordinated, which may be issued by the association without the approval of shareholders, do not carry voting rights on any issue, including an increase or decrease in the aggregate number of the securities, or the exchange or reclassification of all or part of securities into securities of another class or series.

 

SIXTH.   The board of directors shall appoint one of its members president of this

 



 

association, and one of its members chairperson of the board and shall have the power to appoint one or more vice presidents, a secretary who shall keep minutes of the directors’ and shareholders’ meetings and be responsible for authenticating the records of the association, and such other officers and employees as may be required to transact the business of this association. A duly appointed officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers if authorized by the board of directors in accordance with the bylaws.

 

The board of directors shall have the power to:

 

(1)                                   Define the duties of the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

(2)                                   Delegate the performance of its duties, but not the responsibility for its duties, to the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

(3)                                   Fix the compensation and enter into employment contracts with its officers and employees upon reasonable terms and conditions consistent with applicable law.

 

(4)                                   Dismiss officers and employees.

 

(5)                                   Require bonds from officers and employees and to fix the penalty thereof.

 

(6)                                   Ratify written policies authorized by the association’s management or committees of the board.

 

(7)                                   Regulate the manner in which any increase or decrease of the capital of the association shall be made, provided that nothing herein shall restrict the power of shareholders to increase or decrease the capital of the association in accordance with law, and nothing shall raise or lower from two-thirds the percentage required for shareholder approval to increase or reduce the capital.

 

(8)                                   Manage and administer the business and affairs of the association.

 

(9)                                   Adopt initial bylaws, not inconsistent with law or the articles of association, for managing the business and regulating the affairs of the association.

 

(10)                             Amend or repeal bylaws, except to the extent that the articles of association reserve this power in whole or in part to shareholders.

 

(11)                             Make contracts.

 

(12)                             Generally perform all acts that are legal for a board of directors to perform.

 

SEVENTH.             The board of directors shall have the power to change the location of the main office to any other place within the limits of Wilmington, Delaware, without the approval of the shareholders, or with a vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association for a relocation outside such limits and upon receipt of a certificate of approval from the Comptroller of the Currency, to any other location within or outside the limits of Wilmington Delaware, but not more than 30 miles beyond such limits. The board of directors shall have the power to establish or change the location of any branch or branches of the association to any other location permitted under applicable law, without approval of shareholders, subject to approval by the Comptroller of the Currency.

 

EIGHTH.                The corporate existence of this association shall continue until termination according to the laws of the United States.

 

NINTH.                  The board of directors of this association, or any one or more shareholders

 


 

owning, in the aggregate, not less than 50 percent of the stock of this association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any time. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or the laws of the United States, a notice of the time, place, and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the shareholders shall be given at least 10 days prior to the meeting by first-class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. If the association is a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sole shareholder may waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting.  Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or these articles, any action requiring approval of shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting. 

 

TENTH.                                                   For purposes of this Article Tenth, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

 

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided,  however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs,  executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

 

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs,  executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these articles of association and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the

 



 

extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.

 

In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

 

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

 

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these articles of association, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these articles of association with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

 

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution affiliated party (or his or her heirs,  executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in these articles of association, the bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

 

If this Article Tenth or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Article Tenth shall remain fully enforceable.

 

The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these articles of association; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage to pay or reimburse any institution-affiliated party for the cost of any judgment or civil money penalty assessed against such person in an administrative proceeding or civil action commenced by any federal banking agency. Such insurance may, but

 



 

need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.

 

ELEVENTH. These articles of association may be amended at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this association, unless the vote of the holders of a greater amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by the vote of the holders of such greater amount. The association’s board of directors may propose one or more amendments to the articles of association for submission to the shareholders.

 



 

EXHIBIT 4

 

BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 



 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

ARTICLE I

 

Meetings of Shareholders

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may properly come before the meeting shall be held at the main office of the association, Rodney Square North, 1100 Market Street, City of Wilmington,  State of Delaware, at 1:00 o’clock p.m. on the first Tuesday in March of each year, or at such other place and time as the board of directors may designate, or if that date falls on a legal holiday in Delaware, on the next following banking day. Notice of the meeting shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the date thereof, addressed to each shareholder at his/her address appearing on the books of the association. If, for any cause, an election of directors is not made on that date, or in the event of a legal holiday, on the next following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the date fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the date, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares. In these circumstances, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first class mail to shareholders.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise specifically provided by statute, special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any purpose at any time by the board of directors or by any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than fifty percent of the stock of the association. Every such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law, shall be called by mailing, postage prepaid, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting, to each shareholder at the address appearing on the books of the association a notice stating the purpose of the meeting.

 



 

The board of directors may fix a record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice and to vote at any meeting, in reasonable proximity to the date of giving notice to the shareholders of such meeting. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting is the date the first shareholder signs a demand for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

 

A special meeting may be called by shareholders or the board of directors to amend the articles of association or bylaws, whether or not such bylaws may be amended by the board of directors in the absence of shareholder approval.

 

If an annual or special shareholders’ meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place, if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment, unless any additional items of business are to be considered, or the association becomes aware of an intervening event materially affecting any matter to be voted on more than 10 days prior to the date to which the meeting is adjourned. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date. If, however, the meeting to elect the directors is adjourned before the election takes place, at least ten days’ notice of the new election must be given to the shareholders by first-class mail.

 

Section 3. Nominations of Directors . Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations, other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management of the association, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the association and the Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, D.C., not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination shall be mailed or

 



 

delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

(1)                                  The name and address of each proposed nominee;

 

(2)                                  The principal occupation of each proposed nominee;

 

(3)                                  The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee;

 

(4)                                  The name and residence of the notifying shareholder; and

 

(5)                                  The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

 

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and upon his/her instructions, the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee.

 

Section 4. Proxies . Shareholders may vote at any meeting of the shareholders by proxies duly authorized in writing, but no officer or employee of this association shall act as proxy. Proxies shall be valid only for one meeting, to be specified therein, and any adjournments of such meeting. Proxies shall be dated and filed with the records of the meeting. Proxies with facsimile signatures may be used and unexecuted proxies may be counted upon receipt of a written confirmation from the shareholder. Proxies meeting the above requirements submitted at any time during a meeting shall be accepted.

 

Section 5. Quorum . A majority of the outstanding capital stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, unless otherwise provided by law, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2, but less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. A majority of the votes cast shall decide every question or matter

 



 

submitted to the shareholders at any meeting, unless otherwise provided by law or by the articles of association, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2. If a meeting for the election of directors is not held on the fixed date, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first-class mail to the shareholders.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Directors

 

Section 1. Board of Directors . The board of directors shall have the power to manage and administer the business and affairs of the association. Except as expressly limited by law, all corporate powers of the association shall be vested in and may be exercised by the board of directors.

 

Section 2. Number . The board of directors shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five members, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number within such minimum and maximum limits is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any meeting thereof.

 

Section 3. Organization Meeting . The secretary or treasurer, upon receiving the certificate of the judges of the result of any election, shall notify the directors-elect of their election and of the time at which they are required to meet at the main office of the association, or at such other place in the cities of Wilmington, Delaware or Buffalo, New York, to organize the new board of directors and elect and appoint officers of the association for the succeeding year. Such meeting shall be held on the day of the election or as soon thereafter as practicable, and, in any event, within 30 days thereof. If, at the time fixed for such meeting, there shall not be a quorum, the directors present may adjourn the meeting, from time to time, until a quorum is obtained.

 


 

Section 4. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors may, at any time and from time to time, by resolution designate the place, date and hour for the holding of a regular meeting, but in the absence of any such designation, regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held, without notice, on the first Tuesday of each March, June and September, and on the second Tuesday of each December at the main office or other such place as the board of directors may designate. When any regular meeting of the board of directors falls upon a holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next banking business day unless the board of directors shall designate another day.

 

Section 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of the association, or at the request of two or more directors. Each member of the board of directors shall be given notice by telegram, first class mail, or in person stating the time and place of each special meeting.

 

Section 6. Quorum . A majority of the entire board then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting, except when otherwise provided by law or these bylaws, but a lesser number may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. If the number of directors present at the meeting is reduced below the number that would constitute a quorum, no business may be transacted, except selecting directors to fill vacancies in conformance with Article II, Section 7. If a quorum is present, the board of directors may take action through the vote of a majority of the directors who are in attendance.

 

Section 7. Meetings by Conference Telephone. Any one or more members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committees by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation in a

 



 

meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 8. Procedures . The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of the board of directors may be determined by the person presiding at the meeting.

 

Section 9. Removal of Directors . Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of the stockholders. Any director may be removed without cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote. Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of the directors notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

 

Section 10. Vacancies . When any vacancy occurs among the directors, a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors, according to the laws of the United States, may appoint a director to fill such vacancy at any regular meeting of the board of directors, or at a special meeting called for that purpose at which a quorum is present, or if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office, or by shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose in conformance with Section 2 of Article I. At any such shareholder meeting, each shareholder entitled to vote shall have the right to multiply the number of votes he or she is entitled to cast by the number of vacancies being filled and cast the product for a single candidate or distribute the product among two or more candidates. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a resignation effective at a later date) may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

 



 

ARTICLE III

 

Committees of the Board

 

The board of directors has power over and is solely responsible for the management, supervision, and administration of the association. The board of directors may delegate its power, but none of its responsibilities, to such persons or committees as the board may determine.

 

The board of directors must formally ratify written policies authorized by committees of the board of directors before such policies become effective. Each committee must have one or more member(s), and who may be an officer of the association or an officer or director of any affiliate of the association, who serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. Provisions of the articles of association and these bylaws governing place of meetings, notice of meeting, quorum and voting requirements of the board of directors, apply to committees and their members as well. The creation of a committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by the board of directors.

 

Section 1. Loan Committee . There shall be a loan committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The loan committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have power to discount and purchase bills, notes and other evidences of debt, to buy and sell bills of exchange, to examine and approve loans and discounts, to exercise authority regarding loans and discounts, and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors that may lawfully be delegated. The loan committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.

 

Section 2. Investment Committee . There shall be an investment committee composed

 



 

of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The investment committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have the power to ensure adherence to the investment policy, to recommend amendments thereto, to purchase and sell securities, to exercise authority regarding investments and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors regarding investment securities that may be lawfully delegated. The investment committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.

 

Section 3. Examining Committee . There shall be an examining committee composed of not less than 2 directors, exclusive of any active officers, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The duty of that committee shall be to examine at least once during each calendar year and within 15 months of the last examination the affairs of the association or cause suitable examinations to be made by auditors responsible only to the board of directors and to report the result of such examination in writing to the board of directors at the next regular meeting thereafter. Such report shall state whether the association is in a sound condition, and whether adequate internal controls and procedures are being maintained and shall recommend to the board of directors such changes in the manner of conducting the affairs of the association as shall be deemed advisable.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this section, the responsibility and authority of the Examining Committee may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted audit committee of the association’s parent corporation by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.

 

Section 4. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a trust audit committee in conformance with Section 1 of Article V.

 



 

Section 5. Other Committees . The board of directors may appoint, from time to time, from its own members, compensation, special litigation and other committees of one or more persons, for such purposes and with such powers as the board of directors may determine. However, a committee may not:

 

(1)            Authorize distributions of assets or dividends;

 

(2)            Approve action required to be approved by shareholders;

 

(3)            Fill vacancies on the board of directors or any of its committees;

 

(4)            Amend articles of association;

 

(5)            Adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; or

 

(6)            Authorize or approve issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares.

 

Section 6. Committee Members’ Fees . Committee members may receive a fee for their services as committee members and traveling and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending any meeting of a committee of which they are a member. The fee may be a fixed sum to be paid for attending each meeting or a fixed sum to be paid quarterly, or semiannually, irrespective of the number of meetings attended or not attended. The amount of the fee and the basis on which it shall be paid shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Officers and Employees

 

Section 1. Chairperson of the Board . The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the chairperson of the board to serve at its pleasure. Such person shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors. The chairperson of the board shall supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the board of directors; shall have general executive

 



 

powers, as well as the specific powers conferred by these bylaws; and shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned by the board of directors.

 

Section 2. President . The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the president of the association. In the absence of the chairperson, the president shall preside at any meeting of the board of directors. The president shall have general executive powers and shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation, or practice to the office of president, or imposed by these bylaws. The president shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred or assigned by the board of directors.

 

Section 3. Vice President . The board of directors may appoint one or more vice presidents. Each vice president shall have such powers and duties as may be assigned by the board of directors. One vice president shall be designated by the board of directors, in the absence of the president, to perform all the duties of the president.

 

Section 4. Secretary . The board of directors shall appoint a secretary, treasurer, or other designated officer who shall be secretary of the board of directors and of the association and who shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings. The secretary shall attend to the giving of all notices required by these bylaws; shall be custodian of the corporate seal, records, documents and papers of the association; shall provide for the keeping of proper records of all transactions of the association; shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation or practice to the office of treasurer, or imposed by these bylaws; and shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time, by the board of directors.

 

Section 5. Other Officers . The board of directors may appoint one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more trust officers, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more

 



 

assistant treasurers, one or more managers and assistant managers of branches and such other officers and attorneys in fact as from time to time may appear to the board of directors to be required or desirable to transact the business of the association. Such officers shall respectively exercise such powers and perform such duties as pertain to their several offices, or as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, or the president. The board of directors may authorize an officer to appoint one or more officers or assistant officers.

 

Section 6. Tenure of Office . The president and all other officers shall hold office for the current year for which the board of directors was elected, unless they shall resign, become disqualified, or be removed; and any vacancy occurring in the office of president shall be filled promptly by the board of directors.

 

Section 7. Resignation . An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the association. A resignation is effective when the notice is given unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Fiduciary Activities

 

Section 1. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a Trust Audit Committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors, which shall, at least once during each calendar year make suitable audits of the association’s fiduciary activities or cause suitable audits to be made by auditors responsible only to the board, and at such time shall ascertain whether fiduciary powers have been administered according to law, Part 9 of the Regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency, and sound fiduciary principles. annually or more often. Such committee: (1) must not include any officers of the bank or an affiliate who participate

 



 

significantly in the administration of the bank’s fiduciary activities; and (2) must consist of a majority of members who are not also members of any committee to which the board of directors has delegated power to manage and control the fiduciary activities of the bank.

 

Section 2. Fiduciary Files. There shall be maintained by the association all fiduciary records necessary to assure that its fiduciary responsibilities have been properly undertaken and discharged.

 

Section 3. Trust Investments. Funds held in a fiduciary capacity shall be invested according to the instrument establishing the fiduciary relationship and applicable law. Where such instrument does not specify the character and class of investments to be made and does not vest in the association a discretion in the matter, funds held pursuant to such instrument shall be invested in investments in which corporate fiduciaries may invest under applicable law.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Stock and Stock Certificates

 

Section 1. Transfers . Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the association, and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer shall in proportion to such shareholder’s shares, succeed to all rights of the prior holder of such shares. The board of directors may impose conditions upon the transfer of the stock reasonably calculated to simplify the work of the association with respect to stock transfers, voting at shareholder meetings and related matters and to protect it against fraudulent transfers.

 

Section 2. Stock Certificates . Certificates of stock shall bear the signature of the president (which may be engraved, printed or impressed) and shall be signed manually or by facsimile process by the secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, or any other officer appointed by the board of directors for that purpose, to be known as an authorized officer,

 


 

and the seal of the association shall be engraved thereon. Each certificate shall recite on its face that the stock represented thereby is transferable only upon the books of the association properly endorsed.

 

The board of directors may adopt or use procedures for replacing lost, stolen, or destroyed stock certificates as permitted by law.

 

The association may establish a procedure through which the beneficial owner of shares that are registered in the name of a nominee may be recognized by the association as the shareholder. The procedure may set forth:

 

(1)           The types of nominees to which it applies;

 

(2)           The rights or privileges that the association recognizes in a beneficial owner;

 

(3)           How the nominee may request the association to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

 

(4)           The information that must be provided when the procedure is selected;

 

(5)           The period over which the association will continue to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

 

(6)           Other aspects of the rights and duties created.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Corporate Seal

 

Section 1. Seal . The seal of the association shall be in such form as may be determined from time to time by the board of directors. The president, the treasurer, the secretary or any assistant treasurer or assistant secretary, or other officer thereunto designated by the board of directors shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any document requiring such seal and to attest the same. The seal on any corporate obligation for the payment of money may be facsimile.

 



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the association shall be the calendar year.

 

Section 2. Execution of Instruments . All agreements, indentures, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies and other instruments or documents may be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association by the chairperson of the board, or the president, or any vice president, or the secretary, or the treasurer, or, if in connection with the exercise of fiduciary powers of the association, by any of those offices or by any trust officer. Any such instruments may also be executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association in such other manner and by such other officers as the board of directors may from time to time direct. The provisions of this section 2 are supplementary to any other provision of these bylaws.

 

Section 3. Records . The articles of association, the bylaws and the proceedings of all meetings of the shareholders, the board of directors, and standing committees of the board of directors shall be recorded in appropriate minute books provided for that purpose. The minutes of each meeting shall be signed by the secretary, treasurer or other officer appointed to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 4. Corporate Governance Procedures. To the extent not inconsistent with federal banking statutes and regulations, or safe and sound banking practices, the association may follow the Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter) with respect to matters of corporate governance procedures.

 

Section 5. Indemnification. For purposes of this Section 5 of Article VIII, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall

 



 

mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

 

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

 

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators)

 



 

will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these bylaws and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.

 

In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been

 



 

met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

 

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

 

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these bylaws, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these bylaws with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

 

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in the association’s articles of association, these bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being

 


 

hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

 

If this Section 5 of Article VIII or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Section 5 of Article VIII shall remain fully enforceable.

 

The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these bylaws; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage for a final order assessing civil money penalties against such persons by a bank regulatory agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution affiliated parties.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Inspection and Amendments

 

Section 1. Inspection . A copy of the bylaws of the association, with all amendments, shall at all times be kept in a convenient place at the main office of the association, and shall be open for inspection to all shareholders during banking hours.

 

Section 2. Amendments . The bylaws of the association may be amended, altered or repealed, at any regular meeting of the board of directors, by a vote of a majority of the total number of the directors except as provided below, and provided that the following language

 



 

accompany any such change.

 

I,                          , certify that:  (1) I am the duly constituted (secretary or treasurer) of                                              and secretary of its board of directors, and as such officer am the official custodian of its records;  (2) the foregoing bylaws are the bylaws of the association, and all of them are now lawfully in force and effect.

 

I have hereunto affixed my official signature on this               day of                                         .

 

 

 

 

(Secretary or Treasurer)

 

The association’s shareholders may amend or repeal the bylaws even though the bylaws also may be amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 



 

EXHIBIT 6

 

Section 321(b) Consent

 

Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust, National Association hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.

 

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST,

 

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

 

Dated: June 7, 2012

By:

 

 

Name: Jane Schweiger

 

 

Title:  Vice President

 



 

EXHIBIT 7

 

REPORT OF CONDITION

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

As of the close of business on December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Thousands of Dollars

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

 

346,964

 

Securities:

 

25,961

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell:

 

0

 

Loans and leases held for sale:

 

0

 

Loans and leases net of unearned income, allowance:

 

637,423

 

Premises and fixed assets:

 

15,199

 

Other real estate owned:

 

96

 

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:

 

0

 

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures:

 

0

 

Intangible assets:

 

11,906

 

Other assets:

 

70,654

 

Total Assets:

 

1,108,203

 

 

 

 

Thousands of Dollars

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Deposits

 

410,436

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

174,000

 

Other borrowed money:

 

0

 

Other Liabilities:

 

134,488

 

Total Liabilities

 

718,924

 

 

 

 

Thousands of Dollars

 

EQUITY CAPITAL

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

1,000

 

Surplus

 

380,538

 

Retained Earnings

 

19,055

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

(11,314

)

Total Equity Capital

 

389,279

 

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

 

1,108,203

 

 




Exhibit 99.1

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
$300,000,000 6.375% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2017
CUSIP Nos. 007643AA7 AND N0100PAA6
IN EXCHANGE FOR REGISTERED
$300,000,000 6.375% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2017
CUSIP No. 007643AB5
OF

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.
AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated                        , 2012

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                        , 2012 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE") UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM "EXPIRATION DATE" SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS OF OLD NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:
Wilmington Trust, National Association

By Registered and Certified Mail
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed
  By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed
  By Hand Delivery
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed

Or by Facsimile Transmission (for eligible institutions only):
(302) 636-4139
Attn: Sam Hamed

For Information Call: (302) 636-6181

         Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of instructions to a facsimile number other than the one listed above will not constitute a valid delivery. The instructions set forth in this Letter of Transmittal should be read carefully before this Letter of Transmittal is completed.

        The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                        , 2012 (the "Prospectus") of AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. (the "Company") and AerCap Holdings N.V. and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which, together with the Prospectus, constitute the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's issued and outstanding 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "Old Notes"). Recipients of the Prospectus should read the requirements described in such Prospectus with respect to eligibility to participate in the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

        The undersigned hereby tenders the Old Notes described in the box entitled "Description of Old Notes" below pursuant to the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned is the registered owner of all the Old Notes so described and the undersigned represents that it has


received from each beneficial owner of Old Notes ("Beneficial Owners") a duly completed and executed form of "Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner" accompanying this Letter of Transmittal, instructing the undersigned to take the action described in this Letter of Transmittal.

        This Letter of Transmittal is to be used only by a holder of Old Notes (i) if certificates representing Old Notes are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if delivery of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), pursuant to the procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Your Old Notes." If delivery of the Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at DTC, tenders of the Old Notes must be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program and the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Transfer."

        The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the information set forth in the box below entitled "Beneficial Owner(s)" is true and correct.

        Any Beneficial Owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact such registered holder of Old Notes promptly and instruct such registered holder of Old Notes to tender on behalf of the Beneficial Owner. If such Beneficial Owner wishes to tender on its own behalf, such Beneficial Owner must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such Beneficial Owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of Old Notes. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.

        In order to properly complete this Letter of Transmittal, a holder of Old Notes must (i) complete the box entitled "Description of Old Notes," (ii) if appropriate, check and complete the boxes relating to Book-Entry Transfer, Guaranteed Delivery, Special Issuance Instructions, Special Delivery Instructions and Beneficial Owner(s), (iii) sign this Letter of Transmittal by completing the box entitled "Sign Here" and (iv) unless an exemption applies, complete the Substitute Form W-9. Each holder of Old Notes should carefully read the detailed instructions below prior to completing this Letter of Transmittal.

        Holders of Old Notes who desire to tender their Old Notes for exchange and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes and all other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who are unable to complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender the Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." See Instruction 2 of the Instructions beginning on page 9 hereof.

        Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes for exchange must, at a minimum, complete, for each applicable row, columns (1), (2) if applicable (see footnote 1 to the box below), and (3) in the box below entitled "Description of Old Notes" and sign the box on page 8 under the words "Sign Here." If only those columns are completed, such holder of Old Notes will have tendered for exchange all Old Notes listed in column (3) below. If the holder of Old Notes wishes to tender for exchange less than all of such Old Notes, for each applicable row, column (4) must be completed in full. In such case, such holder of Old Notes should refer to Instruction 5 on page 10.

2


      

DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES

 
(1)
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s) of
Old Note(s), Exactly as Name(s) Appear(s) on
Certificate(s) for Old Note or as the Name of the
Participant Appears on the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility's Security Position Listing (Please fill in, if blank)

  (2)
Old Note
Number(s)
(attach signed
list if
necessary)(1)

  (3)
Aggregate
Principal
Amount
of Old Notes

  (4)
Principal Amount
Tendered for
Exchange (only if
different amount
from Column
(3))(2),(3)


 
  

  

  

 

 

  



 

(1)
Column (2) need not be completed by holders of Old Notes tendering Old Notes for exchange by book-entry transfer. Please check the appropriate box on the next page and provide the requested information.

(2)
Column (4) need not be completed by holders of Old Notes who wish to tender for exchange the principal amount of Old Notes listed in column (3). Completion of column (4) will indicate that the holder of Old Notes wishes to tender for exchange only the principal amount of Old Notes indicated in column (4).

(3)
Old Notes tendered must be in minimum denominations of $200,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

o
CHECK HERE IF OLD NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

o
CHECK HERE IF OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO AN ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED) ONLY):

        Name of Tendering Institution:    
   
 

        Account Number:    
   
 

        Transaction Code Number:    
   
 
o
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):

        Name of Registered Holder of Old Note(s):    
   
 

        Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:    
   
 

        Window Ticket Number (if available):    
   
 

        Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery:    
   
 

        Account Number (if delivered by book-entry transfer):    
   
 

3


ATTENTION BROKER-DEALERS: IMPORTANT NOTICE
CONCERNING YOUR ABILITY TO RESELL THE NEW NOTES

         The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") considers broker-dealers that acquired Old Notes directly from the Company, but not as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, to be making a distribution of the New Notes if they participate in the Exchange Offer. Consequently, these broker-dealers cannot use the Prospectus for the Exchange Offer in connection with resales of the New Notes and, absent an exemption, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with resales of the New Notes. Such broker-dealers cannot rely on the position of the SEC's staff set forth in the Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988) no-action letters and similar no-action letters.

         A broker-dealer that has bought Old Notes for market-making or other trading activities must deliver a Prospectus in order to resell any New Notes it receives for its own account in the Exchange Offer. The SEC has taken the position that these broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the New Notes by delivering the Prospectus for the Exchange Offer. Such Prospectus may be used by a broker-dealer to resell any of its New Notes. We will send a Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests copies in this questionnaire for a period of up to 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for the Exchange Offer.

         IF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT DOES NOT RECEIVE ANY LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL FROM BROKER-DEALERS REQUESTING ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF THE NEW NOTES, THE COMPANY INTENDS TO TERMINATE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE CONSUMMATION OR TERMINATION OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER. IF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS TERMINATED, YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO USE THE PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF NEW NOTES AFTER SUCH TIME. SEE SECTION ENTITLED "THE EXCHANGE OFFER—PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF EXCHANGE OFFER; REGISTRATION RIGHTS" CONTAINED IN THE PROSPECTUS FOR MORE INFORMATION.

o
CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF NEW NOTES:

        Name:    
   
 

        Address:    
   
 

        Telephone No.:    
   
 

        Number of Additional Copies Desired:    
   
 

        If you requested additional copies of the prospectus, YOU MUST MAIL OR SEND A PHOTOCOPY OF THIS PAGE to:

By Registered and Certified Mail
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed
 

By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed

 

By Hand Delivery
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed


 

 


Or by Facsimile Transmission:
(302) 636-4139
Attn: Sam Hamed


 

 

4



Issue to:    


Name:

 

  

(Please Print)
Address:    


 

 

  


 

 

  

(Include Zip Code)


(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)



(Account Number)


Mail or deliver to:    


Issue to:

 

 


Name:

 

  

(Please Print)
Address:    


 

 

  


 

 

  

(Include Zip Code)


(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

5


BENEFICIAL OWNER(S)

State of Principal Residence of each Beneficial Owner of Old Notes   Principal Amount of Old Notes Held for Account of Beneficiary

 

 

 
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        If delivery of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at DTC, then tenders of Old Notes must be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program and the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Transfer."

6


SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Pursuant to the Prospectus dated                        , 2012 (the "Prospectus") of AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. (the "Company") and AerCap Holdings N.V. (the "Guarantor") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which, together with the Prospectus, constitute the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's issued and outstanding 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "Old Notes"), the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company for exchange the Old Notes indicated above.

        By executing this Letter of Transmittal and subject to and effective upon acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes tendered for exchange herewith, the undersigned (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Company has fully performed all of its obligations pertaining to the Old Notes under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantor and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., (ii) will have irrevocably sold, assigned and transferred to the Company all right, title and interest in, to and under all of the Old Notes tendered for exchange hereby, and (iii) hereby appoints Wilmington Trust, National Association (the "Exchange Agent") as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as agent of the Company and the Guarantor) of such holder of Old Notes with respect to such Old Notes, with full power of substitution, to (x) deliver certificates representing such Old Notes, or transfer ownership of such Old Notes on the account books maintained by The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") (together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity), to the Company, (y) present and deliver such Old Notes for transfer on the books of the Company, and (z) receive all benefits with respect to such Old Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

        The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes, and (ii) when such Old Notes are accepted for exchange by the Company, the Company will acquire good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned will, upon receipt, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered for exchange hereby.

        The undersigned (whether or not a broker-dealer) hereby further represents to the Company that (i) the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the New Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, (ii) neither the undersigned nor anyone receiving New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes and none of them has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes, and (iii) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate" of the Company or the Guarantor, as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, it represents that the Old Notes to be exchanged for New Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a Prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a Prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

        The undersigned acknowledges that, (i) for purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantor will be deemed to have accepted for exchange, and to have exchanged, validly tendered Old Notes if, as and when the Company gives written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. Tenders of Old Notes for exchange may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date, and (ii) any Old Notes tendered by the undersigned and not accepted for exchange will be returned to the undersigned at the address set forth above unless otherwise indicated in the box above entitled "Special Delivery Instructions."

        The undersigned acknowledges that the Company's acceptance of Old Notes validly tendered for exchange pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer"

7


and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement among the undersigned, the Company and the Guarantor upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer." The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Company) as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Company may not be required to exchange any of the Old Notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the Old Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address set forth above unless otherwise indicated in the box above entitled "Special Delivery Instructions."

        Unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions," please return any Old Notes not tendered for exchange in the name(s) of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions," please mail any certificates for Old Notes not tendered or exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's signature(s). In the event that either "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" are completed, please issue the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return any Old Notes not tendered for exchange or not exchanged to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Company and the Guarantor have no obligation pursuant to the "Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer any Old Notes from the name of the holder of Old Notes thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the Old Notes so tendered for exchange or if such transfer would not be in compliance with any transfer restrictions applicable to such Old Notes.

        In order to validly tender Old Notes for exchange, holders of Old Notes must complete, execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal.

        Except as stated in the Prospectus, all authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Except as otherwise stated in the Prospectus, this tender for exchange of Old Notes is irrevocable.

8



X     

Signature of Owner

Date:    

Name(s)    

Capacity (Full Title)    

Address (including zip code)    

Area Code and Telephone Number    

Tax Identification or Social Security Number    

X     

Authorized Signature

Date:    

Name and Title:    


9


INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

1.     GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES.

        Except as otherwise provided below, all signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an institution that is an "Eligible Guarantor Institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of one of the following recognized Signature Guarantee Programs (each, an "Eligible Institution"):

        (a)   The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP)

        (b)   The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP)

        (c)   The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP)

        Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed (i) if this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered herewith and such registered holder(s) have not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal or (ii) if such Old Notes are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. IN ALL OTHER CASES, ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.

2.     DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND OLD NOTES; GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES.

        This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Old Notes (i) if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer or guaranteed delivery set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." Certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes or any confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation"), as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal prior to the Expiration Date. Holders of Old Notes who elect to tender Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver the Letter of Transmittal, Old Notes or other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who are unable to complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may have such tender effected if (a) such tender is made by or through an Eligible Institution, (b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent has received from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery substantially in the form provided by the Company (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the holder of such Old Notes, the certificate number(s) of such Old Notes and the principal amount of Old Notes tendered for exchange, stating that tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, this Letter of Transmittal (or a manually executed facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, the certificates representing such Old Notes (or a Book-Entry Confirmation), in proper form for transfer, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by such Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (c) a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a manually executed facsimile thereof) with certificates for all tendered Old Notes, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

         THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING HOLDER OF OLD NOTES. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW, THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. NEITHER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL NOR ANY OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.

        No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Old Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof, if applicable), waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Old Notes for exchange.

10


3.     INADEQUATE SPACE.

        If the space provided in the box entitled "Description of Old Notes" above is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the Old Notes being tendered should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

4.     WITHDRAWALS.

        A tender of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Expiration Date by delivery of a written or an Automated Tender Offer Program electronic transmission notice of withdrawal to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City Time on the Expiration Date. To be effective, a notice of withdrawal of Old Notes must (i) specify the name of the person who tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of such Old Notes), (iii) be signed by the holder of Old Notes in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee under the Indenture register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender, (iv) specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor, and (v) be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date. Withdrawals of tenders of Old Notes may not be rescinded, and any Old Notes withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, and no New Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Your Old Notes" at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

5.     PARTIAL TENDERS.

        Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in minimum denominations of $200,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. If a tender for exchange is to be made with respect to less than the entire principal amount of any Old Notes, fill in the principal amount of Old Notes which are tendered for exchange in column (4) of the box entitled "Description of Old Notes" above, as more fully described in the footnotes thereto. In case of a partial tender for exchange, new certificate(s), in fully registered form, for the remainder of the principal amount of the Old Notes, will be sent to the holders of Old Notes unless otherwise indicated in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.

6.     SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, POWERS OF ATTORNEY AND ENDORSEMENTS.

        (a)   The signature(s) of the holder of Old Notes on this Letter of Transmittal must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Old Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

        (b)   If tendered Old Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

        (c)   If any tendered Old Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal and any necessary or required documents as there are different registrations.

        (d)   When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the holder of the Old Notes listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsements of Old Notes or separate powers of attorney are required. If, however, Old Notes not tendered or not accepted are to be issued or returned in the name of a person other than the holder of Old Notes, then the Old Notes transmitted hereby must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney in a form satisfactory to the Company, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the holder of Old Notes appear(s) on the Old Notes. Signatures on such Old Notes or powers of attorney must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution).

        (e)   If this Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority so to act must be submitted.

11


        (f)    If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of Old Notes listed, the Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder of Old Notes appear(s) on the certificates. Signatures on such Old Notes or powers of attorney must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution).

7.     TRANSFER TAXES.

        Except as set forth in this Instruction 7, the Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If issuance of New Notes is to be made to, or Old Notes not tendered for exchange are to be issued or returned in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Old Notes tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemptions therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of any transfer taxes payable on account of any such transfer will be imposed on and payable by the tendering holder of Old Notes prior to the issuance of the New Notes.

8.     SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.

        If the New Notes, or if any Old Notes not tendered for exchange, are to be issued or sent to someone other than the holder of Old Notes or to an address other than that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. Holders of Old Notes tendering Old Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Old Notes not accepted be credited to such account maintained at DTC as such holder of Old Notes may designate.

9.     IRREGULARITIES.

        All questions as to the form of documents and the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Old Notes will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders for exchange of any particular Old Notes that are not in proper form, or the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of the Company (or its counsel), be unlawful. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive any defect, irregularity or condition of tender for exchange with regard to any particular Old Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms of, and conditions to, the Exchange Offer (including the instructions herein) will be final and binding. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with the Exchange Offer must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Guarantor, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in Old Notes tendered for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notice. A tender of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until all defects and irregularities with respect to such tender have been cured or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

10.   WAIVER OF CONDITIONS.

        The Company reserves the absolute right to waive, amend or modify any of the specified conditions described under "The Exchange Offer—Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments" in the Prospectus in the case of any Old Notes tendered (except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus).

11.   MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD NOTES.

        If a holder of Old Notes desires to tender Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, but any of such Old Notes has been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, such holder of Old Notes should contact the Trustee for the Old Notes for further instructions.

12.   REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.

        Requests for information about the procedure for tendering or for withdrawing tenders, or for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone number set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal.

         IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR A FACSIMILE THEREOF, IF APPLICABLE) TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES, OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY, AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

12


IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

        Each holder of Old Notes must, unless an exemption applies, provide the Exchange Agent with such holder's correct taxpayer identification number on the Substitute Form W-9 below, with the required certifications being made under penalties of perjury. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") the holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service in addition to being subject to backup withholding.

        If backup withholding applies, the Company is required to withhold 28% of any payment made to the holder of Old Notes or other payee pursuant to the exchange. Backup withholding is not an additional federal income tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service.

        Certain holders of Old Notes (including, among others, most corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding requirements with respect to interest payments. A foreign individual may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting to the Exchange Agent a properly completed internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN.

        Form W-8ECI or Form W-8IMY, as applicable (the terms of which the Exchange Agent will provide upon request), signed under penalty of perjury, attesting to the holder's exempt status. For payees exempt from backup withholding, see the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the "Guidelines") below.

        The holder of Old Notes is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of the Old Notes. If the Old Notes are held in more than one name or are not held in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Guidelines for additional guidance regarding which number to report.

        A holder of Old Notes should consult his or her tax advisor as to his or her qualification for exemption from the backup withholding requirements and the procedure for obtaining an exemption.

13



 
PAYER'S NAME: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 


SUBSTITUTE
FORM W-9
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service


 


Part 1— PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.


 


  
  
Social Security Number
OR
  
Employer Identification Number
   
 


 


 


Part 2— Certification
Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
(1) The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and
(2) I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and
(3) I am a U.S. person
   
 

Payer's Request for Taxpayer
Identification Number (TIN)

 

Certification Instructions —You must cross out item (2) in Part 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS stating that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2).

 

Part 3—
Awaiting TIN     o

Signature     

  Date       

Name    


Address

 

  

City     

  State       
  Zip Code       


NOTE:

 

FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN A BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENT MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER.

PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN
PART 3 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.


      

CERTIFICATION OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

            I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number within sixty (60) days, 28% of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I provide such a number.


Signature:

 

  


 

Date:

 

    

         FOR ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR FOR ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EXCHANGE AGENT BY TELEPHONE AT (302) 636-6181 OR BY FACSIMILE AT (302) 636-4139.


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

         Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the Payer. The taxpayer identification number for an individual is the individual's Social Security number. Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: e.g., 000-00-0000. The taxpayer identification number for an entity is the entity's Employer Identification number. Employer Identification numbers have nine digits separated by one hyphen: e.g., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.

For this type of account:
 
Give the NAME
SOCIAL SECURITY
number of—

 
For this type of account:

  Give the NAME and
EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION
number of—

   
         
1.   Individual   The individual   6.   A valid trust, estate, or pension trust   The legal entity(4)    
2.   Two or more individuals   The actual owner of the                
    (joint account)   account or, if combined   7.   Corporate   The corporation    
        funds, the first individual                
        on the account(1)   8.   Association, club,   The organization    
                religious, charitable,        
3.   Custodian account of   The minor(2)       educational or other        
    a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)           tax-exempt organization        

4.

 

a.  The usual revocable savings trust (grantor is

 

The grantor-trustee(1)

 

9.

 

Partnership

 

The partnership

   
   

     also trustee)

      10.   A broker or registered nominee   The broker or nominee    
   

b.  So-called trust account

  The actual owner(1)                
   

     that is not a legal or

      11.   Account with the   The public entity    
   

     valid trust under

          Department of        
   

     state law

          Agriculture in the name        
                of a public entity (such as        
5.   Sole proprietorship   The owner(3)       a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments        

(1)
List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.
(2)
Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number.
(3)
You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or "doing business as" name. You may use either your SSN or TIN (if you have one).
(4)
List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

Note: If no name is circled when more than one name is listed , the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.


The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:
Wilmington Trust, National Association

By Registered and Certified Mail
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed
  By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed
  By Hand Delivery
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed

Or by Facsimile Transmission (for eligible institutions only):
(302) 636-4139
Attn: Sam Hamed

For Information Call: (302) 636-6181




Exhibit 99.2

         NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

EXCHANGE OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
6.375% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2017
CUSIP NOS. 007643AA7 AND N0100PAA6
OF

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.
AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

        This form must be used by any holder of unregistered 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "Old Notes") of AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. (the "Company"), who wishes to tender Old Notes to the Exchange Agent in exchange for 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017, that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "New Notes"), pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" of the Prospectus, dated                         , 2012 (the "Prospectus"), and in Instruction 2 to the related Letter of Transmittal. Any holder who wishes to tender Old Notes pursuant to such guaranteed delivery procedures must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below) of the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal.

         THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                        , 2012 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE") UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM "EXPIRATION DATE" SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS OF OLD NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:
Wilmington Trust, National Association

By Registered and Certified Mail
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed
  By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed
  By Hand Delivery
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed

Or by Facsimile Transmission (for eligible institutions only):
(302) 636-4139
Attn: Sam Hamed

For Information Call: (302) 636-6181

         Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to an address other than the one set forth above or transmission of instructions to a facsimile number other than the one listed above will not constitute a valid delivery. The instructions set forth in this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and in the Letter of Transmittal should be read carefully before this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and the Letter of Transmittal are completed.

         THIS FORM IS NOT TO BE USED TO GUARANTEE SIGNATURES. IF A SIGNATURE ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS REQUIRED TO BE GUARANTEED BY AN "ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION" UNDER THE INSTRUCTIONS THERETO, SUCH SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MUST APPEAR IN THE APPLICABLE SPACE PROVIDED IN THE SIGNATURE BOX ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.


Ladies and Gentlemen:

        The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of Old Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus and in Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal.

        The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in authorized denominations. The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may not be withdrawn after the Expiration Date. Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date or if the Exchange Offer is terminated or as otherwise provided in the Prospectus.

        All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.

        The undersigned hereby tenders the Old Notes listed below:

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  Certificate Number(s) (If Known) of Old
Notes or if Old Notes will be Delivered by
Book-Entry Transfer at the Depository
Trust Company, Insert Account No.

   
  Aggregate Principal
Amount Represented

   
  Aggregate Principal
Amount Tendered

   
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         

2



Signature of Registered Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory:   Date:  

   


 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Registered Holder(s):

 

Address:

 

 


 

 


 


 

 


 


 

 


 

 

 

Area Code and Telephone No.:

 

 


 

3


        This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the holder(s) exactly as the name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for Old Notes or on a security position listing as the owner of Old Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information.

Please print name(s) and address(es)

Name(s):  

 

Capacity (Full Title):  

 

Address(es):  

        DO NOT SEND OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF OLD NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, AN EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

4


GUARANTEE
(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

        The undersigned, a firm which is a member of a recognized signature guarantee medallion program and is an "Eligible Guarantor Institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees deposit with the Exchange Agent of the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with the Old Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures described in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" and in the Letter of Transmittal) and any other required documents, all by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third New York Stock Exchange trading day following the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

     

Authorized Signature

Name of Firm:

           
   
 
       

Address:

     

Name:

   
   
 
     
 

     

Title:

   
           
 

Area Code and Telephone No.:

     

Date:

   
   
 
     
 

        DO NOT SEND OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF OLD NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, AN EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

5


INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

        1.      DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY.    A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder, and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. As an alternative to delivery by mail, the holders may wish to consider using an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedures, see Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal.

        2.      SIGNATURES ON THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY.    If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes referred to herein, the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Old Notes without alteration, enlargement, or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Old Notes, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing as the owner of the Old Notes.

        If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Old Notes listed or a participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered holder(s) appears on the Old Notes or signed as the name of the participant shown on the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's security position listing.

        If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and submit with the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery evidence satisfactory to the Company and the Guarantor of such person's authority to so act.

        3.      REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.    Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address specified in the Prospectus. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

6




EXHIBIT 99.3

         LETTER TO REGISTERED HOLDERS

EXCHANGE OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
$300,000,000 6.375% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2017
CUSIP Nos. 007643AA7 AND N0100PAA6
FOR REGISTERED
$300,000,000 6.375% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2017
CUSIP No. 007643AB5
OF
AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

         THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                        , 2012 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE") UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM "EXPIRATION DATE" SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS OF OLD NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

To Registered Holders:

        We are enclosing herewith the material listed below relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") by AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. (the "Company") to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "Old Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Company's and AerCap Holdings N.V.'s Prospectus dated                        , 2012 (the "Prospectus") and the related Letter of Transmittal.

        Enclosed herewith are copies of the following documents:

        We urge you to contact your clients promptly. Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                        , 2012, unless extended by the Company.

        The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of Old Notes being tendered.

        Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Old Notes (a "Holder") will represent to the Company that (i) the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the New Notes, whether or not such person is the Holder, (ii) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes, and (iii) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate", as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or AerCap Holdings N.V., a Dutch public limited liability company. If the Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired


as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in respect of such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the Holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

        The enclosed Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner contains an authorization by the beneficial owner of Old Notes held by you to make the foregoing representations and warranties on behalf of such beneficial owner.

        The Company will not pay any fee or commission to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the exchange agent for the Exchange Offer) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 7 of the enclosed Letter of Transmittal.

        Any inquiries you may have relating to the Exchange Offer and additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from the Exchange Agent at:

By Registered and Certified Mail
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed
  By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed
  By Hand Delivery
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed


Or by Facsimile Transmission (for eligible institutions only):
(302) 636-4139
Attn: Sam Hamed

 

 

Or by Telephone:
(302) 636-6181

 

 

         NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN.

2




EXHIBIT 99.4

LETTER TO DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY PARTICIPANTS

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
$300,000,000 6.375% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2017
CUSIP Nos. 007643AA7 AND N0100PAA6
IN EXCHANGE FOR REGISTERED
$300,000,000 6.375% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2017
CUSIP No. 007643AB5
OF

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.
AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

         THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                        , 2012 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE") UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM "EXPIRATION DATE" SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS OF OLD NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

To Depository Trust Company Participants:

        We are enclosing herewith the material listed below relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") by AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. (the "Company") to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "Old Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Company's and AerCap Holdings N.V.'s Prospectus dated                 , 2012 (the "Prospectus") and the related Letter of Transmittal.

        We are enclosing copies of the following documents:

        We urge you to contact your clients promptly. Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2012, unless extended by the Company.

        The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of Old Notes being tendered.

        Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Old Notes (a "Holder") will represent to the Company that (i) the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the New Notes, whether or not such person is the Holder, (ii) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes, and (iii) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder


pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or AerCap Holdings N.V., a Dutch public limited liability company. If the Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in respect of such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the Holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

        The enclosed Instruction Letter contains an authorization by the beneficial owners of the Old Notes for you to make the foregoing representations and warranties.

        The Company will not pay any fee or commission to any broker or dealer or to any other person (other than the Exchange Agent) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 7 of the enclosed Letter of Transmittal.

        Any inquiries you may have relating to the Exchange Offer and additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from the Exchange Agent at:

By Registered and Certified Mail
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed
  By Overnight Courier or Regular Mail
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed
  By Hand Delivery
Wilmington Trust,
National Association
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-1626
Attn: Sam Hamed

Or by Facsimile Transmission (for eligible institutions only):
(302) 636-4139
Attn: Sam Hamed

 

 

Or by Telephone:
(302) 636-6181

 

 

 


 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.
AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

2




Exhibit 99.5

         OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING

$300,000,000 6.375% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2017
CUSIP Nos. 007643AA7 AND N0100PAA6
IN EXCHANGE FOR REGISTERED
$300,000,000 6.375% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2017
CUSIP No. 007643AB5
OF

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.
AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

To Our Clients:

        We are enclosing herewith the material listed below relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") by AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V. (the "Company") to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "Old Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Company's and AerCap Holdings N.V.'s Prospectus dated                                    , 2012 (the "Prospectus") and the related Letter of Transmittal.

        We are enclosing copies of the following documents:

         THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                                    , 2012 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE") UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM "EXPIRATION DATE" SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS OF OLD NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

        We are the holder of record of Old Notes for your account. A tender of such Old Notes can be made only by us as the record holder pursuant to your instructions. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to tender Old Notes held by us for your account.

        We request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all of the Old Notes held by us for your account pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer. We also request that you confirm that we may make on your behalf the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal. In this regard, please complete the enclosed Instruction Letter and return it to us as soon as practicable.

        Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Old Notes (a "Holder") will represent to the Company that (i) the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the New Notes, whether or not such person is the Holder, (ii) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the


Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes, and (iii) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or AerCap Holdings N.V., a Dutch public limited liability company. If the Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in respect of such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the Holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

2




Exhibit 99.6

INSTRUCTION TO REGISTERED HOLDER
FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
$300,000,000 6.375% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2017
CUSIP Nos. 007643AA7 AND N0100PAA6
IN EXCHANGE FOR REGISTERED
$300,000,000 6.375% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2017
CUSIP No. 007643AB5
OF

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.
AERCAP HOLDINGS N.V.

To Registered Holder:

        The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                     , 2012 (the "Prospectus") of AerCap Aviation Solutions, B.V. (the "Company") and AerCap Holdings N.V. and accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal" which, together with the Prospectus, constitute the "Exchange Offer") relating to the offer by the Company to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (the "Old Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Capitalized terms used but not defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

        This will instruct you, the registered holder, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

        The aggregate face amount of the Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount):

$            of Old Notes

        With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check one of the following boxes):

o
To TENDER the following Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of Old Notes to be tendered (if any)):

$            of Old Notes

or

o
NOT to TENDER any Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

*
New Notes and the untendered portion of Old Notes must be in minimum denominations of $200,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

        If the undersigned instructs you to tender Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations, that (i) the New Notes to be


acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the New Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, (ii) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the New Notes, and (iii) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or AerCap Holdings N.V., a Dutch public limited liability company. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in respect of such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

SIGN HERE


 

 

Signature(s) of Owner(s)

Date:     

       

Name(s):    


  

(Please Print)

Capacity (Full Title):    

Address:     


  

(Include Zip Code)

Area Code and Telephone Number:    

Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s):    

2




Exhibit 99.7

 

FORM OF EXCHANGE AGENT AND DEPOSITARY AGREEMENT

 

This Exchange Agent & Depositary Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this [ · ] day of [ · ], 2012 by and between AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (the “Company”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association having its corporate trust offices in Minneapolis, Minnesota (hereinafter referred to from time to time as “Wilmington Trust”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is offering to exchange all of its outstanding 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (CUSIP Numbers 007643AA7 and N0100PAA6) (the “Old Notes”) for its 6.375% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2017 (CUSIP Number 007643AB5) (the “Exchange Notes”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated [ · ], 2012 (the “Prospectus”), and the related Letter of Transmittal, which together, as they may be supplemented or amended from time to time, constitute the “Offer.”  All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Offer.

 

WHEREAS, the Company hereby appoints Wilmington Trust to act as the exchange agent and depositary (together, the “Exchange Agent”) in connection with the Offer.  References hereinafter to “you” shall refer to Wilmington Trust.

 

The Offer is expected to be commenced by the Company on or about [ · ], 2012.  The Letter of Transmittal that accompanies the Offer (or in the case of book-entry securities, the Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) of DTC (as defined below)) is to be used by the holders of the Old Notes to accept the Offer.  The Letter of Transmittal contains instructions with respect to the delivery of certificates for Old Notes tendered in connection therewith.

 

The Offer shall expire at [ · ] p.m., New York City time, on [ · ], 2012, or on such subsequent date or time to which the Company may extend the Offer (the “Expiration Date”).  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Offer, the Company expressly reserves the right to extend the Offer from time to time and may extend the Offer by giving oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice to you before [ · ] a.m., New York City time, on the business day following the scheduled Expiration Date.

 

The Company expressly reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to (1) delay accepting any validly tendered Old Notes or (2) terminate or amend the Offer, in each case, by giving oral or written notice (any such oral notice to be promptly confirmed in writing) of such delay, termination or amendment to the Exchange Agent.  Any such delay in acceptance, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by a public announcement thereof by the Company.

 

In carrying out your duties as Exchange Agent, you are to act in accordance with the following instructions:

 

1.                              You will perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth herein.

 



 

2.                              You will establish a book-entry account in respect of the Old Notes at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), in connection with the Offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in the DTC system may make book-entry delivery of the Old Notes by causing DTC to transfer such Notes into the account maintained by you, pursuant to this section, in accordance with DTC’s procedures for such transfer, and you may affect a withdrawal of Old Notes through such account by book-entry movement as requested by the participant.  The account shall be maintained until all Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer shall have been either accepted or returned.

 

3.                              You are to examine each of the Letters of Transmittal and certificates for Old Notes (or confirmation of book-entry transfer into your account at DTC) and any other documents delivered or mailed to you by or for holders of the Old Notes to ascertain whether: (a) the Letters of Transmittal and any such other documents are duly executed and properly completed in accordance with instructions set forth therein; and (b) the Old Notes have otherwise been properly tendered.  In each case where the Letter of Transmittal or any other document has been improperly completed or executed or any of the certificates for Old Notes are not in proper form for transfer or some other irregularity in connection with the acceptance of the Offer exists, after consultation with any officer of the Company, you will endeavor to inform the presenters of the need for fulfillment of all requirements.

 

4.                              With the approval of either Managing Board Member of the Company (such approval, if given orally, to be promptly confirmed in writing), you are authorized to waive any irregularities in connection with any tender pursuant to the Offer.

 

5.                              Tenders of Old Notes may be made only as set forth in the section of the Prospectus captioned “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Your Old Notes” and Old Notes shall be considered properly tendered or delivered to you only when tendered in accordance with the procedures set forth therein.

 

6.                              Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 of this Agreement, Old Notes that the either Managing Board Member of the Company shall approve as having been properly tendered shall be considered to be properly tendered (such approval, if given orally, shall be promptly confirmed in writing).  The determination of all questions relating to the proper completion or execution of the Letters of Transmittal and other documents (such as the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt)), acceptance for payment, and/or tender or withdrawal of any tender of the Old Notes shall be made by the Company, in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding, it being specifically agreed that you shall have neither discretion nor responsibility with respect to these determinations; provided , that the Company will give you written notice of any such determination to the extent that such determination could impact your performance under this Agreement.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company also reserves the absolute right to waive any of the conditions of the Offer or any defect or irregularity in the tender of any particular Old Notes.

 



 

7.                              You shall advise the Company with respect to any Old Notes received subsequent to the Expiration Date and accept its instructions with respect to disposition of such Old Notes.

 

8.                              You shall accept tenders:

 

(a)                    in cases where the Old Notes are registered in two or more names only if signed by all named holders;

 

(b)                    in cases where the signing person (as indicated on the Letter of Transmittal) is acting in a fiduciary or a representative capacity only when proper evidence of his or her authority so to act is submitted; and

 

(c)                    from persons other than the registered holder of Old Notes, provided that customary transfer requirements, including payment of any applicable transfer taxes, if any, are fulfilled.

 

You shall accept partial tenders of Old Notes (only to the extent that the partial tender is equal to $200,000 in aggregate principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) and deliver certificates for Old Notes to the registrar for split-up and return any untendered Old Notes to the holder (or such other person as may be designated in the Letter of Transmittal) as promptly as practicable after expiration or termination of the Offer.

 

9.                              Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Offer, the Company will notify you (such notice, if given orally, to be promptly confirmed in writing) of its acceptance, promptly after the Expiration Date, of all Old Notes properly tendered indicating the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes accepted.  You, on behalf of the Company, will exchange, in accordance with the terms hereof, accepted Old Notes for Exchange Notes and cause such Old Notes to be cancelled.  Delivery of the Exchange Notes will be made on behalf of the Company by you at the rate of $200,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof for each $200,000 principal amount of the corresponding series of Old Notes and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof tendered promptly after notice (such notice if given orally, to be promptly confirmed in writing) of acceptance of such Old Notes by the Company; provided , however , that in all cases, Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer will be exchanged only after timely receipt by you of certificates for such Old Notes (or confirmation of book-entry transfer into your account at DTC), a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, or an agent’s message in lieu thereof.  You shall deliver Exchange Notes only in denominations of $200,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

10.                            Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer are irrevocable, except that, subject to the terms and upon the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer may be withdrawn at anytime prior to the Expiration Date.  All questions as to the form and validity (including time of

 



 

receipt) of notices of withdrawal will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding.  Any Old Notes so withdrawn shall no longer be considered to be properly tendered unless such Old Notes are re-tendered by a holder prior to the Expiration Date pursuant to the Offer.

 

11.                            The Company shall not be required to exchange any Old Notes tendered if any of the conditions set forth in the Offer are not met.  Notice of any decision by the Company not to exchange any Old Notes tendered shall be given (such notice, if given orally, to be promptly confirmed in writing) by the Company to you.  The interpretation by the Company of the terms and conditions of the Offer, the Letters of Transmittal and the instructions thereto (including without limitation the determination of whether any tender is complete and proper) shall be final and binding.

 

12.                            If, pursuant to the Offer, the Company does not accept for exchange all or part of the Old Notes tendered, you shall as soon as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Offer return those certificates for unaccepted Old Notes (or effect appropriate book-entry transfer), together with any related required documents and the Letters of Transmittal relating thereto that are in your possession, to the persons who deposited them.

 

13.                            All certificates for reissued Old Notes, unaccepted Old Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be (other than those effected by book-entry transfer) shall be shipped by an approved overnight air courier under a Mail & Transit insurance policy protecting you and the Company from loss or liability arising out of the non-receipt or non-delivery of such certificates up to limits set forth in the aforementioned policy .

 

14.                            You are not authorized to pay or offer to pay any concessions, commissions or solicitation fees to any broker, dealer, bank or other persons or to engage or utilize any person to solicit tenders.

 

15.                            As Exchange Agent hereunder you:

 

(a)            shall not be liable for any action or omission to act unless the same constitutes your own gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

(b)            shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein or as may be subsequently agreed to in writing between you and the Company;

 

(c)            will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any of the certificates or the Old Notes represented thereby deposited with you pursuant to the Offer, and will not be required to and will make no representation as to the validity, value or genuineness of the Offer;

 

(d)            may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telegram or other document or security

 



 

delivered to you and believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person or persons;

 

(e)            may act upon any tender, statement, request, document, certificate, agreement or other instrument whatsoever not only as to its due execution and validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information contained therein, which you shall in good faith believe to be genuine or to have been signed or presented by the proper person or persons;

 

(f)             may rely on and shall be protected in acting upon written or oral instructions from any authorized officer of the Company;

 

(g)            shall not be obligated to take any legal action hereunder which might in your judgment involve any expense or liability to you, unless you shall have been furnished with indemnity satisfactory to you;

 

(h)            shall not advise any person tendering Old Notes pursuant to the Offer as to the wisdom of making such tender or as to the market value or decline or appreciation in market value of any security, including the Old Notes; and

 

(i)             may consult with counsel and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by you hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

16.                            You shall take such action as may from time to time be requested by the Company (and such other action as you may deem appropriate) to furnish copies of the Prospectus, Letter of Transmittal and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (as described in the Prospectus), or such other forms as may be approved from time to time by the Company, to all persons requesting such documents and to accept and comply with telephone requests for information relating to the Offer, provided that such information shall relate only to the procedures for accepting (or withdrawing from) the Offer. All other requests for information relating to the Offer shall be directed to the Company, Attention: Gordon Chase, Head of Corporate Legal.

 

17.                            You are authorized to cooperate with and to furnish information to any organization (and its representatives) designated from time to time by the Company in the manner directed or authorized by the Company in connection with the Offer and any tenders thereunder.

 

18.                            You shall advise by e-mail or facsimile transmission Gordon Chase, the Head of Corporate Legal of the Company (at the facsimile number +31 20 659-0918 or the e-mail address gchase@aercap.com), and such other person or persons as Company may request, weekly (and more frequently during the week immediately preceding the

 



 

Expiration Date, if requested) up to and including the Expiration Date, as to the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes which have been tendered pursuant to the Offer and the items received by you pursuant to this Agreement, separately reporting and giving cumulative totals as items properly received and items improperly received.  In addition, you also will inform, and cooperate in making available to, the Company or any such other person or persons upon oral request made from time to time prior to the Expiration Date of such other information as they may reasonably request.  Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, the granting by you to the Company and such person as the Company may request of access to those persons on your staff who are responsible for receiving tenders, in order to ensure that immediately prior to the Expiration Date and each other Expiration Date, if any, the Company shall have received information in sufficient detail to enable it to decide whether to extend the Offer.  You shall then prepare a final list of all persons whose tenders were accepted, the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered and the amount accepted and deliver such list to the Company.

 

19.                            Letters of Transmittal and Notices of Guaranteed Delivery shall be stamped by you as to the date, and, after the expiration of the Offer, the time, of receipt thereof and shall be preserved by you for a period of time at least equal to the period of time you preserve other records pertaining to the transfer of securities.  You shall dispose of unused Letters of Transmittal and other surplus materials.

 

20.                            For services rendered as Exchange Agent hereunder, you shall be entitled to such compensation as set forth in that certain Fee Letter dated as of March 28, 2012 by and between you and the Company.  The provisions of this section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

21.                            Upon receipt, you shall acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.  Any inconsistency between this Agreement, on the one hand, and the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (as they may be amended from time to time), on the other hand, shall be resolved in favor of the latter two documents, except with respect to your duties, liabilities and indemnification as Exchange Agent, which shall be controlled by this Agreement.

 

22.                            The Company covenants and agrees to fully indemnify and hold you harmless against any and all loss, liability, cost or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable expenses, incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on your part, arising out of or in connection with your appointment as Exchange Agent and the performance of your duties hereunder, including without limitation any act, omission, delay or refusal made by you in reliance upon any signature, endorsement, assignment, certificate, order, request, notice, instruction or other instrument or document believed by you to be valid, genuine and sufficient and in accepting any tender or effecting any transfer of Old Notes believed by you in good faith to be authorized, and in delaying or refusing in good faith to accept any tenders or effect any transfer of Old Notes.  The provisions of this section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 



 

23.                            You shall arrange to comply with all applicable withholding and tax reporting requirements under the tax laws of the United States, including those relating to missing Tax Identification Numbers, and shall file any appropriate reports with the Internal Revenue Service (e.g., 1099, 1099B, etc.) as directed in writing by the Company.

 

24.                            You shall deliver or cause to be delivered in a timely manner to each governmental authority to which any transfer taxes are payable in respect of the transfer of Notes to the Company, the Company’s payment in the amount of all transfer taxes so payable; provided , however , that you shall reimburse the Company for amounts refunded to you in respect of the payment of any such transfer taxes, at such time as such refund is received by you.

 

25.                            This Agreement and your appointment as Exchange Agent hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state, and without regard to conflicts of laws principles, and shall inure to the benefit of, and the obligations created hereby shall be binding upon, the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. Without limitation of the foregoing, the parties hereto expressly agree that no holder of Old Notes or New Notes shall have any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

26.                            This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

27.                            In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

28.                            This Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be modified, amended, rescinded, cancelled or waived, in whole or in part, except by a written instrument signed

 



 

by a duly authorized representative of the party to be charged.  This Agreement may not be modified orally.

 

29.                            This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Exchange Agent with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

30.                            Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile or similar writing) and shall be given to such party, addressed to it, at its address or telecopy number set forth below:

 

If to the Company:

 

AerCap Aviation Solutions B.V.

AerCap House,

Stationsplein 965,

1117 EC

Schiphol, The Netherlands
Attn:
   Gordon Chase
Fax:
     +31 20 659-0918

 

 

If to the Exchange Agent:

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Exchange Agent

Corporate Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street

Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attn:  Ms. Jane Schweiger

Fax: (612) 217-5651

 

31.                            Unless terminated earlier by the parties hereto, this Agreement shall terminate 90 days following the Expiration Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 20 and 22 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.  Upon any termination of this Agreement, you shall promptly deliver to the Company any certificates for Notes, funds or property then held by you as Exchange Agent under this Agreement.

 

32.                            This Agreement shall be binding and effective as of the date hereof.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, hereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

AERCAP AVIATION SOLUTIONS B.V.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Gordon Chase

 

Title:

Head of Corporate Legal

 

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, solely in its capacity as Exchange Agent

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Jane Schweiger

 

Title:

Vice President